Foreign Control Of New Zealand: Key Facts May 13 2016 | From: CAFCA
Foreign direct investment (ownership of companies) in New Zealand increased from $15.7 billion in March 1989 to $110.6 billion at March 2015 – over seven times.
As a proportion of the total output of the economy, Gross Domestic Product, it has risen from 22% to 46%.
Ownership of overseas companies by New Zealand residents has not grown as fast over that period (over five times) so net foreign direct investment has grown eight and a half times from a net liability of $8.8 billion to $74.6 billion, and as a percentage of GDP multiplied two and half times from 13% of GDP to 31%.
Foreign Direct Investment from International Investment Position, National Accounts, Statistics New Zealand, InfoShare series IIP088AA. GDP from National Accounts, Statistics New Zealand, InfoShare series SNE038AA.
Foreign owners controlled 33% of the share market in 2015. In 1989, the figure was 19% and it was estimated to be below 5% in 1986.
At March 2014, they owned an estimated 29% of all equity (shareholdings) and 37% of privately owned equity, including shares not listed on the stock exchange.
Foreign investors owned 27% (or $355 billion) of wealth in New Zealand whose commercial net value totalled $1.3 trillion at March 2015.
This comprised housing, land, other property, plant, equipment and financial assets owned directly or indirectly by households, government and foreign investors. New Zealand residents owned a further $202 billion of investments abroad. (These totals exclude wealth held by non-profit organisations, shared natural wealth such as rivers, and human and social capital.)
In 2015, the OIO approved the sale of 75,008 hectares of freehold rural land and 4,889 hectares of leases and other interests in land to foreigners. About 43,000 hectares of the freehold land and 4,000 hectares of the leases and other interests in land were from one foreign investor to another.
In the decade 2006 to 2015, the average was 124,012 hectares of freehold and 42,044 hectares of leases and other interests in land approved for sale. Statistics on sales of land to overseas interests are poorly recorded and incomplete.
Our best estimate is that in 2011 at least 8.7 percent of New Zealand farmland including forestry, or 1.3 million hectares, was foreign-owned or controlled and it could have reached 10 percent.
In 2014, the OIO approved the sale of 38,120 hectares of freehold rural land and 2,671 hectares of leases and other interests in land to foreigners. About 12,000 hectares of the freehold land and 1,000 hectares of the leases and other interests in land were from one foreign investor to another.
In the decade 2005 to 2014, the average was 131,488 hectares of freehold and 43,162 hectares of leases and other interests in land approved for sale. Statistics on sales of land to overseas interests are poorly recorded and incomplete. Our best estimate is that in 2011 at least 8.7 percent of New Zealand farmland including forestry, or 1.3 million hectares, was foreign-owned or controlled and it could have reached 10 percent.
Overseas Investment Commission and Overseas Investment Office.
"Overseas Ownership Of Land: Far Greater Than The 1% The PM Claims", by Bill Rosenberg (www.converge.org.nz)
Statistics NZ figures, as of March 2015, list the biggest foreign owners of New Zealand companies as being from, in decreasing order: Australia, US, Hong Kong, UK, Singapore, Japan, Canada, Netherlands, British Virgin Islands, Ireland, Cayman Islands, China, Switzerland, Norway and France.
All had over $160m in foreign direct investment in New Zealand. These accounted for 96% of foreign direct investment in New Zealand and Australia alone accounts for 52%. British Virgin Islands and Cayman Islands are tax havens, and a Statistics New Zealand study showed that in 2010, large proportions of the foreign direct investment from the Netherlands, Singapore, Hong Kong and tax havens was in fact from other countries, led by the UK, US, Germany and Canada.
In 2015, Other tax havens with investments in New Zealand companies include Vanuatu, Channel Islands, Liechtenstein, Bermuda and the Bahamas, but for all except Bermuda, the value of their holdings has been suppressed as “confidential”.
Bermuda has shown a negative investment in New Zealand companies since 2009 (negative $1.8 billion in 2015). So has Germany since 2013. Negative investment suggests that the companies may have been loaded with debt to their parents or are technically insolvent.
International Investment Position, Statistics New Zealand: Directional basis stock of direct investment by country (Annual-Mar), InfoShare series IIP081AA. Note that these statistics are compiled on a different basis from those also from Statistics New Zealand above, so the total, $97.4b, does not match. These are compiled on a "directional" basis, based on ultimate nationality of ownership; the above are on a "balance sheet" basis, based on residency of the company. Industry statistics below are also compiled on a directional basis.
Mallika Kelkar. (2011). "The ultimate sources of foreign direct investment (p. 19). Presented at the New Zealand Association of Economists (NZAE) Conference, Wellington, New Zealand. Retrieved from stats.govt.nz
The Financial and insurance services sector, which includes the four big Australian owned banks, accounted for by far the biggest part of foreign ownership of New Zealand companies by industry in March 2015, with $32.1 billion. Next was Manufacturing at $14.7 billion.
Other industries having more than $1 billion of foreign investment were in decreasing size, Agriculture, forestry, and fishing; Retail trade; Wholesale trade; Electricity, gas, water and waste services; Rental, hiring and real estate services; Professional, scientific and technical services; Mining; Information media and telecommunications; and Health care and social assistance.
$16.6 billion was unable to be allocated to an industry because of the way foreign direct investment is estimated, or was suppressed as being confidential.
Source: International Investment Position, Directional basis stock of direct investment by industry (Annual-Mar), InfoShare series IIP080AA - Statistics New Zealand. See note regarding country statistics.
Transnational corporations (TNCs) make massive profits out of New Zealand. These can truly be called New Zealand's biggest invisible export. In the year to March 2015, they were $9.0 billion. Over the last decade they have averaged more than the combined exports of seafood and milk powder.
In the decade 2006-2015, TNCs made $77.5 billion in profits from New Zealand, an average rate of profit after tax on their shareholdings of 12.5% (12.0% in the year to March 2015). Only 26% was reinvested (only 15% in the year to March 2015). Profits have averaged twice the increase in foreign direct investment holdings each year.
Balance of Payments: Current account primary income (Annual-Mar), InfoShare Series BOP058AA; Current account investment income by sector (Annual-Mar), InfoShare series BOP059AA; and Balance of payments major components (Annual-Mar), InfoShare series BOP055AA – Statistics New Zealand.
Another $7.9 billion left New Zealand in the year to March 2015 made up of investment income from debt and smaller shareholdings (portfolio investment), making a total $16.9 billion. Over the last decade this has averaged more than the combined dairy and forest product exports.
Related: International Ownership of New Zealand Banks
More than two out of every five dollars of the $16.9 billion went to the owners of New Zealand's banking sector: $6.9 billion. The investment income from overseas ownership of the banking sector ("Deposit taking corporations") after taking account of its small investment income from abroad, accounted for four out of every five dollars of New Zealand's current account deficit in the year to March 2015: $6.5 billion compared to $8.1 billion.
The investment income deficit (income on New Zealand investment overseas less income on foreign investment in New Zealand) has been greater than the current account deficit for all but two years since 1989, which further increases New Zealand's foreign liabilities.
Exports: Key Statistics Table 7.04 - Value of principal exports (excl re-exports), InfoShare series EXP005AA - Statistics New Zealand.
Foreign investors are not great for employment - they only employ 17% of the workforce (down from 21% in 2000), despite owning a large proportion of the economy. Foreign ownership does not guarantee more jobs. In fact, it quite often adds to unemployment. TNCs have made tens of thousands jobless.
Business demography statistics: Enterprises by industry and overseas equity 2000-15, Statistics New Zealand, available in NZ.Stat.
Foreign ownership does nothing to improve New Zealand's foreign debt problem. In 1989, total private and public foreign debt stood at $47.5 billion, equivalent to about two-thirds of New Zealand's Gross Domestic Product, and worth $86.4 billion in March 2015 dollars.
As of March 2015, it was $246.2 billion (or $270.9 billion including derivatives), equivalent to 102% of New Zealand's Gross Domestic Product despite being helped out temporarily by $20.2 billion of insurance claims for the Canterbury earthquakes and all of the asset sales and takeovers.
Source: Statistics New Zealand as follows: International investment position (IIP) (Annual-Mar) – InfoShare series IIP088AA; External lending and debt by sector and relationship (Annual-Mar) – InfoShare series IIP078AA; International non-equity financial instruments by sector (Annual-Mar) – InfoShare series IIP074AA;
New Zealand's A&L - Level 3 Components (Discontinued March 2000) (Annual-Mar) – InfoShare series IIP007AA; GDP(P), Nominal, Actual, Total (Annual-Mar) – InfoShare series SNE038AA; overseas reinsurance claims from the Canterbury earthquakes – http://tinyurl.com/j9kmree
Graphs to accompany the Key Facts information shown below are available to download in Microsoft PowerPoint (.PPT) or Adobe Acrobat (.PDF) format.
Each page of the Adobe Acrobat version has a small square in the top left corner. Hovering the mouse over this square shows the source of the information in more detail.
Note that there are often revisions to official data, leading to some changes to reported data for past years.
The Khazarian Mafia’s System Of Cartels May 13 2016 | From: VeteransToday
There is no naturally occurring terrorism - it is only violence and wars engineered by the World’s largest organized crime syndicate.
The 'Khazarian Mafia' often resemble their 'global control' in the form of an Octopus. This was, ad nauseum, evidenced yet again in the latest James Bond film which was about a secret cabal running the world...
Thus, we now are aware that the so-called problem of terrorism is really a problem of organized crime that is initiated and deployed by the world’s largest organized crime syndicate.
Never before in history has an organized crime syndicate become so large with global reach, and never before so powerful and evil, specializing in the frequent mass-murder of innocent people solely to enhance its power and riches.
This largest global organized crime syndicate is best identified as the Khazarian Mafia (KM). This name is appropriate, because its origins go back in history to the period 700-1200 AD in the nation of Khazaria, which is approximately the same area as Ukraine.
The KM also mass-murdered at least that many Chinese during the Khazarian Mafia directed Maoist takeover in China in 1945.
Mike Harris also uncovered the longstanding blood feud of the Khazarian Mafia (aka the Bolsheviks, or Zionists) against the Russian people for destroying Khazaria in 1240 AD.
It is clear that the Khazarian Mafia has also had a longstanding blood feud against America the Constitutional Republic for breaking away from their City of London establishment that the KM had infiltrated and hijacked via the Rothschild banksters.
This KM blood feud against America has been conducted with the usual methods involving infiltration of key institutions, followed by their hijacking. This has been done within each of the largest US Corporations, which are further consolidated into several larger corporations that cooperate together against consumers and buyers of their products and services.
The application of several key KM processes have resulted in the hijacking and consolidation of most institutions and large corporations.
These key processes, infiltration, hijacking and consolidation of major institutions, corporations and even most governments worldwide, has been repeated over and over in many nations around the world.
This has resulted in the stealing of huge amounts of wealth from people and resulting in a worldwide KM hierarchy of control, best described as the Establishment Hierarchy.
In essence, these cooperating corporations function as a cartel or an illegal monopoly. This makes it quite easy for the KM to control entire industries and sectors of society, because they ensure that the leaders of the corporations have been initiated into their hierarchy of control and have a personally vested interest in following KM wishes and directives.
This same process has been enacted in every sector of American society after 1913, and we discover that every major institution of government and private industry, as well as most large church systems have been infiltrated and completely hijacked to be under the spell and control of the top leadership of the KM’s hierarchy.
Here is a brief list of the various interlocked Cartels that the Khazarian Mafia has created that control most of the world and have been placed under the control of the Establishment Hierarchy, (and not necessarily in the order of importance).
Each of these Cartels is organized into a large system best referred to as the Hierarchy, and the several wrinkled-up old men in wheelchairs that control it are called the “Select Few” by insiders.
The Money Cartel
Otherwise known as the Reserve Banking System - and in the US as the Federal Reserve System. It is nothing more than a fraudulent illegal unConstitutional system that prints fake money debt-notes instead of real Gold or Silver Certificates.
This is the epitome of RICO crime and fraud. Of course there is no statute of limitations on fraud, and all assets illegally asset stripped can be clawed back some day using the US military, if necessary.
The Petro Cartel which has provided the linchpin of the US Petro Dollar.
The Knowledge Cartel
Otherwise known as the educational system including public schools, private and public universities.
Rigid controls have been imposed which prevent free thought and investigation or teaching about certain forbidden subjects like the Federal Reserve System or all the secretly run illegal, unConstitutional practices of the Establishment Hierarchy.
4. The Military and Intel Cartel
This has served as the World’s policemen and used the soldiers of most countries as disposable cannon-fodder.
This itself is one of the most sinister crimes against all of us and is a well-planned attempt to destroy Goyim men and prevent them from defending America from the KM’s “final solution” and final revenge for ever leaving England which is the mass-murder of 90% of all people worldwide - not just Americans; a repeat of what they did in Russian in 1917 and China in 1945.
The Judiciary, Corrections and Police Cartel
is used to run interference and cover-ups for the Establishment Hierarchy.
It America it is staffed by mostly Israeli-American “Israeli-first” Dual Citizens and ex-Jag Officers who serve the Establishment Hierarchy no matter what.
6. The Big Medicine Cartel
Controls all medical schools, all medical, dental and nursing degrees, the CDC, the FDC and all health policies.
Like all other Establishment Hierarchy Cartels it serves the Hierarchy’s needs and serves up limited truth about all health problems and is oriented to making people sick in order to gain maximum profits and control of the masses by weakening them and asset stripping them.
The Big Pharma Cartel
This cartel has been designed to work closely with the Big Medicine Cartel in a symbiotic arrangement where each feeds the other and increases business for each other.
This is a sinister result of what good be an asset that has turned bad, becoming a tool to gain major profits at the expense of the health and financial well-being of people.
The Agricultural Cartel
This cartel has been created by infiltrating and hijacking corporations that buy, broker and process grains and produce.
It is associated with the banks in various financing schemes designed to result in the loss of family farms to become part of large corporate farms.
The Major Mass Media Cartel
This is best described as the Controlled Major Mass Media (CMMM). It uses an Intel proprietary to vet every single story carried by the news networks which actually function as a virtual and illegal Monopoly.
This KM proprietary is a major Investment House that claims to be on the Vanguard of progressive investments.
The Entertainment Cartel
This is based on the sophisticated mind-kontrol served up by Hollywood and the Television networks and movie theaters. It controls the culture, values and mores of the group mind and and keeps the massed sedated and satiated.
When folks experience frequent “shoot em up” action scenario’s sitting in front of large screen TVs and in movie theaters and frequently see the impossible, this satiates their expectations and exhausts their motivation to actually change society for the better.
Many have become so “programmed” mentally by the TV and movies that they have trouble distinguishing between fantasy and reality and easily accept their mind-kontrolled state.
The Bread and Circuses Cartel
This is Big Sports designed to keep the masses appeased so they don’t have time to become concerned about how the Establishment is ripping them off at every level nor any inclination to be motivated to stop them from doing so.
The Romans came up with the idea that if you keep the people fed, watered and entertained - distracted - the 'elite' can get away with anything, behind the scenes. Today we have professional sports hysteria, mass media movies, mindless reality TV and music filling that role nicely, while subconsciously programming the masses with the themes and thoughtforms the elite decide on to further their agendas
"Bread and circuses" (or bread and games; from Latin: panem et circenses) is metonymic for a superficial means of appeasement. In the case of politics, the phrase is used to describe the generation of public approval, not through exemplary or excellent public service or public policy, but through diversion; distraction; or the mere satisfaction of the immediate, shallow requirements of a populace, as an offered "palliative."
Its originator, Juvenal, used the phrase to decry the selfishness of common people and their neglect of wider concerns. The phrase also implies the erosion or ignorance of civic duty amongst the concerns of the commoner.
Much of the violence and filth we have to live with can be directly attributed to this powerful mind-kontrol system which operates by the power of 60 HZ conditioned susceptibility, hypnosis for many. Hollywood superstars are paid big money because what they do is important to the Establishment Hierarchy, in terms of mind-kontrolling the masses and much of the world.
The Religious Cartel
Sad to say that the KM has infiltrated and hijacked almost every major religion in the World, including the Vatican and Catholicism, Lutheranism and all the rest.
The illegal, unConstitutional tax exempt status regulation for churches has kept them in line and restricted them from getting involved in politics or preaching much truth related to evil in the highest echelons of their own governments, local, state and federal.
The Secret Society Cartel
The KM has established a worldwide network of secret occult-based societies which form the secret associations that control almost every major Institution from the top echelons.
This network is closely associated with Intel groups and actually has been secretly deputized as agents of national security which gives them immunity from any prosecution.
This Cartel uses various occult groups in its network such as satanic cults like the Process to do its dirty work, often assassinations, gang-stalking, secret break-ins and other crimes for the Intel Agencies who want distance and deniability.
There are cases where certain occult members who have embarked on missions to assassinate targeted individuals who have been clipped by a well-trained intended target and these incidents never get into the light of day for what really happened.
As more and more Americans are becoming armed under the new concealed carry “shall issue” laws, it is not so easy anymore for these occult groups to assassinate targeted individuals without getting clipped in the process.
The Government and Politics Cartel
This involves a coordinated system that controls all governments.
Various manipulations are used to bring conformity to the wishes and edicts of the Establishment Hierarchy such as political favors, bribery, human compromise and even harassment, threats and assassinations often disguised as medical illnesses.
15. The Arms Cartel
This is one of the biggest money makers for the wealthy KM families that own large blocks of stock in these defense contractors, especially those with no-bid contracts which are also involved in kidnapping and sex-slavery.
War is extreme profitable for the FRS Banks and these KM investor Families.
And that is why the Hierarchy pulls so many strings to hire mercenaries to conduct Gladio-style, inside-job false-flag attacks in order to start illegal, unConstitutional, unprovoked, undeclared, unwinnable, perpetual foreign wars.
Because the Russian Republic has checkmated this war-making process in the Mideast, it is likely that the KM is planning on transforming America into a large GAZA II war-zone and eventually into the World’s largest open-aired prison camp while they complete their goal to depopulate America by 90%.
The Narcotics Cartel
This is the most lucrative KM Cartel of all, next to the Money Cartel, which is the “head of the snake”. Retired DEA officials have privately spoken out and claimed that most of the large Wall Street banks would go under in a month unless they could launder the vast fortunes obtained from the Establishments with their international drug trafficking, especially into America.
The richest, top Establishment Hierarchy (KM) families who are in the upper crust dress with the most expensive clothes, live in big mansions, and attend charity events and give token amounts from their vast tax exempt charitable foundations pretending to be caring folks, when they are actually the most two-faced and evil of all, and directly gain from the enormous drug cartel profits which they hid in these tax exempt foundations and draw money out as long term loans and “operating expenses”.
This vast illegal drug income is split with the Intel agencies, who use it for black ops money and personal gain.
There is some good news with all this bad news.
Recently the KM has been completely checkmated for the very first time, and this has been accomplished in Syria by Putin and the Russian Federation with its use of superior state of the art air power at its ally Syria’s request.
Not only that, numerous new economic, trade and monetary coalitions have developed, which in time will sink the US Petro Dollar as the World’s Reserve Currency, maybe sooner than later.
Thus we see the BRICS Development Bank emerging, followed by the Chinese AIIB System and CIPS, the Chinese version of the Swift money-wire system.
Already most of the world’s governments (except the USA and Israel) have either signed up for BRICS or sent letters of intent.
Private trade deals have been negotiated between China, Russia and other nations, which are for the first time conducting trade without the use of the US Petro Dollar. Even Saudi Arabia is beginning to negotiate with the Chinese about mutual new trade deals without using the US Petro Dollar.
The die is set, and no matter how much the Federal Reserve System and its partner in crime the US Department of the Treasury monetize the US foreign debt by buying it back with newly issued but worthless debt-notes, it is only a matter of time until the whole global Reserve Banking system collapses under its own massive Ponzi scheme of financial fraud and fake money.
How can we stop this insidious monster the KM and its Establishment Hierarchy that has hijacked almost every American institution using the extreme power of its debt-note counterfeit money-magick? They have done this by buying or bribing almost every single government official and Judge including five of the now eight US Supreme Court Justices?
This is a difficult question to be sure. The best way is for the spontaneous emergence of a large scale mass populist awareness all over America at every level. This is in process now thanks to the increasingly negative economic situation and the alternative news on the Worldwide Internet, the World’s New Gutenberg Press. Worldwide now there are coodinated efforts to take this cabal down and recently huge advancements in these areas have been made that are not permitted to be spoken of in the mainstream media- yet.
As more and more people worldwide wake up to this and find out about the KM, the Establishment Hierarchy and the Select Few that run it, more and more of us will become motivated to dissent, protest and work hard to change this at every level instead of wasting most of their free time on TV entertainment and bread and circuses.
Abject secrecy is necessary for the KM’s survival and power. Up until recently, any presentation of such realities to one’s family or friends usually resulted in the accusation that such was conspiracy theory or crackpot Internet stuff.
Lately with all the government lies exposed even in the CMMM, especially when economic statistics are reported that everyone knows are clearly lies, folks are catching on and beginning to listen to such talk and believing it for the first time.
The best way would probably be for a patriotic faction of the US Military High Command to stage a coup d’état and cut the head off of the snake by arresting all of the top Hierarchy members for Treason, Sedition and RICO crimes against America, especially the Select Few.
The problem is that the Hierarchy’s control over all institutions has reached the point that we are possibly going to have to see the Hierarchy and the KM destroyed by the geopolitical and geo-economic manipulations of Russia, China and its new economic allies all around the world.
As this new reordering of monetary systems and trading nations emerges, the death of the US Petro Dollar is imminent, and when that happens the power of the KM and its Establishment Hierarchy and system of interlocked Cartels will collapse.
In fact, every single one of the KM Cartels listed above is being exposed and many are being checkmated by dissident people from all walks of life, including retired Intel, government officials and many of the now well-informed public.
In addition, the Russian Federation, China and their new associations with BRICS nations and AIIB participants are seeding the complete disempowerment and destruction of the KM and the Establishment Hierarchy.
The KM knows its end seems imminent, and had built Malaysia and China into economic powerhouses to later parasitize as their new hosts after they had reduced the USA to rubble and dead bodies.
But the Chinese have very long memories and their leaders have connected the dots and are hip to this and working closely with Putin and the Russian Federation to prevent this.
In the not too distant future, there will likely be no place to hide for the KM and their Establishment Hierarchy.
Stay tuned, because in a future article, an attempt will be made to explain why the KM members are so two-faced and so remarkably inhuman and evil. We need to explore why they are able to order individual murders and mass-murders of innocent civilians in war at the drop of a hat with absolutely no remorse.
We need to learn why they enacted extreme rules of engagement with We The People, while never expecting that someday the same rules of engagement could be directed back at them systematically at all levels.
Obama Speech: Does He Hint At His Premature Resignation And Pending Death Penalty?
May 12 2016 | From: Ellaster
May 5th 2016, Neil Keenan placed a statement and video message on his blog with a remarkable message: Obama surrendered, secretly resigned and handed over his power to the General Joseph Dunford.
This information was handed to Keenan through various sources, yet it might be dis-info deliberately disclosed to him, a common Cabal tactic. However given Obama’s speech he gave at the White House Correspondent’s Dinner, a couple of striking remarks makes you wonder what is going on behind the scenes.
At The White House Correspondent’s Dinner (WHCD) is a yearly event for journalists associated with the White House, and is attended by the president and vice president. This dinner traditionally takes place at the Washington Hilton since 1920. It is organised by the White House Correspondents’ Association, an organisation of journalist who cover the White House and the President of the United States.
On April 30th 2016 Obama’s final WHCD took place and traditionally he gave a speech in advance.
The tone of the speech was more like a performance of a stand-up comedian rather than a presidential speech. Most likely the text was not written by Obama himself and it was full of jokes.
Various people within journalism and politics were either taken the piss out of, or put in the spotlight in a comical way. Obama himself looked drugged, although he was still capable to give the speech. All this made the audience euphoric and they began to laugh heartily once Obama started his recitation.
Obama started by saying:
"It is an honor to be here at my last, and perhaps the last White House correspondents’ dinner.”
Is this the first hint at the big changes that are taking place? Why would this be the last WHCD? Why would this yearly tradition not take place with the newly elected president next year?
According to Neil Keenan’s sources prior to the WHCD dinner a back room deal was made in which Obama had handed over his power. Obama was cornered in such a way that he surrendered and handed over the control to General Dunford.
Whether this really took place was contradicted by Drake Bailey, who is however closely involved with The Plan to arrest many political figure heads in the US for high treason, including Obama.
The many insinuations made by Obama during his WHCD speech, do imply that something is going on behind the scenes. Obama continued his speech by saying:
"You all look great. The end of the Republic has never looked better.”
The end of the republic? Which republic? The republic of the United States incorporated? Or is it an implication to the end of another republic?
Obama continued his talk: “I do apologize. I know I was a little late tonight. I was running on CPT” Does he imply he was running on drugs?
Or should we have heard “I was running on Cpt. (Captain)” and what does this mean then? But to exhilarate his speech everything was wrapped up in a joke, and he continued by saying “…CPT… which stands for jokes that white people should not make.” The unsuspecting audience doubled up with laughter.
Around 3:20 minuted in the video below, again Obama made a remarkable comment. He looked back at his 8 years as president and compared his earlier looks with his present looks.
"Eight years ago, I was a young man full of idealism and vigor. And look at me now, I am gray, grizzled and just counting down the days to my death panel.”
Despite this Obama kept his crowd laughing and read the rest of his speech, which was by no doubt prepared by an entire team in the weeks prior to the dinner.
Around 23:45 minutes a funny video in MTV style was shown about the departure of the president. At 24:30 minutes there is a scene where the president makes a phone call in search for a job for after his resignation.
He calls the Washington Lizards and asked them whether they need a coach. Around 25 minutes there is another peculiar fragment in the video. Obama makes a selfie with Michelle’s phone, using the app Snapchat, which allows you to morph your portrait into another creature.
Interestingly enough Obama is shown as a shape-shifter with a clear resemblance to scenes in the (disclosure) movie "They Live."
At the end of the speech (32:25 minutes in the Youtube-video) Obama says: “With that I just have two more words to say: Obama out.”
He then makes a Freemason hand gesture with two fingers on his lips while he drops the microphone with his other. This Freemason symbol means ‘it is my duty to keep the secret’.
It is also a sign to other members of the secret society to remain silent. I interpret the dropped microphone as a sign ‘I will make no public announcement’.
According to Neil Keenan’s sources Obama had not returned to the White House since and no longer lives there. To keep up appearances he pretends he is still commander-in-chief although he will solely remain the spokesperson.
Allegedly the real person in charge is General Dunford. However, it is the intent to keep things ‘business as usual’ for the outside world, while General Dunford is in charge of the Republic until the presidential elections have taken place.
The claim that Dunford is in charge is contradicted by Thomas Williams, who together with Drake Bailey presents the weekly Cosmic Voice radio show. He says about the alleged take over: “General Dunford is like the Magic Man, he seems to appear in all kinds of events, but nothing ever comes off of it".
On the Cosmic Voice Facebook page Thomas Williams wrote: “keep hearing for over 12 months that Dunford is doing this and that with zero evidence of any of it.”
It is remarkable that Drake Bailey, with his many [supposed] contacts at the Pentagon and American army, cannot confirm Neil Keenan’s claim.
As this is confusing enough in itself, the big question remains why was this information leaked to Neil’s team and not shared by Drake’s sources? Is it deliberate dis-info disclosed to Group-K (Keenan’s team), and if so, what is the hidden agenda?
According to Thomas Williams there is raging a fierce inner battle between the various factions of the Illuminati behind the scenes. He thinks that the story that Neil Keenan has brought out is the script of the Asian faction who think they can become the new NWO (New World Order).
It has now become very clear that both Drake Bailey and his assistant Thomas Williams are woefully out of their depth.
Given all the debts that the US has with the Chinese, could it be possible that Obama is put under pressure and might have changed sides, perhaps the side of the Asian Cabal?
Let’s not forget that April 30th is an occult date with great importance to the Satanists, so why was this specific date chosen for the alleged power transfer?
For now, the claims about the power transfer and Obama’s speech raise more questions than it clears things up.
One thing is clear though, things do not quite look like ‘business as usual’ due to another significant fact. Obama has signed a premature Executive Order (Facilitation of a Presidential Transition) on May 6th to transfer his control, something that normally would take place after the presidential elections. So who did he transfer his control to?
The exact meaning of the recent events will get clear as more information will come out. That something is brewing is one thing that is for sure.
On Friday April 22nd, the “historical climate deal” – better known as “Paris Agreement” – was signed by 174 member states of UN, with moderate fanfare. The atmosphere around the event was, of course, forcibly euphoric – if tad awkward – with new designated climate groupie, Leonardo di Caprio, chanting the spent “we must act now!” mantra, and UN luminaries jumping around in somewhat masturbatory orgy of self-congratulating.
However, all this serves to hide the fact that, from the stand point of catastrophic global warming fan club, the deal is a failure. Namely, the main drive behind the 21st Conference of the Parties (meaning: sovereign member states of UN participating in UNFCC) in Paris, which ended on 12.12.2015, producing a 31 page draft agreement, was to impose a binding treaty and not merely an agreement; something that apparently did not materialize.
The proceedings of COP21 and presentation of “historical climate deal” came to pass in a surreal atmosphere of feigned urgency and strange mixture of ecstatic delight which, however, was confined to a tiny circle of participants, environmentalist activists and their mainstream media entourage.
This strange display of few chosen men and women rejoicing at imaginary solution to imaginary crisis was largely overlooked by populous which is, at least semi-consciously, becoming resistant to climate alarmism, if for nothing else, then because every lie has it’s expiration date and global warming scare is approaching 27th anniversary of it’s grand entry into mass media channels.
Be that as it may, Paris agreement is a compilation of “shoulds” while it was obviously meant to be a legally binding codification of “shalls”: while sovereign state is an endangered species in this world, it is obviously not yet extinct to such an extent that majority of world leaders would ratify the treaty that would de jure install the apparatus of global governance on pretext of combating ecological crisis.
The Paris Treaty is, in this author’s opinion, falling short of this aim miserably as it could have been anticipated even in the September of last year, when UN presented it’s latest Agenda, the so called Agenda 2030.
Namely, doctrine of sustainable development, and not empirical research of esoteric “climate science”, is a main purpose, and consequently: the main drive, behind the climate scare road show.
This doctrine, under various names, is being steadily pushed as an official ideology of Euro-Atlantic Bloc from early Seventies of the previous century, and it doesn’t really require global warming to make it work upon the minds of gullible.
If there’s any solid constant in protean “enemy image” upon which the system of sustainable development must be built, then it would be “overpopulation”, the inherently genocidal idea pervading all flavors of this doctrine.
Sustainable development is, simply put, a system of world encompassing control conceived to automatically self-differentiate and develop it’s functions on the basis of fear.
All it really requires is one absolute outside threat which cannot be removed but only infinitely mitigated by unified action of mankind.
This enemy image is, of course, just an image, because such threat doesn’t exist and every basis chosen by sustainability programmers has a definite expiration date. On closer analysis, the Agenda 2030document already indicated that “global warming” scare is reaching this date.
It was not very prominent among other “17 sustainability goals” and now it is slowly giving way to another cosmic Osama bin Laden, invoked to make us survey and control ourselves through fear: global – or to be more precise: European-based terrorism.
Intended Nationally Determined Contributions (INDCs) in reducing greenhouse gases, which serve as a basis of reaching the goal of keeping the global average temperature – whatever the hell that is – under „2 °C above pre-industrial levels and pursuing efforts to limit the temperature increase to 1.5 °C above pre-industrial levels, recognizing that this would significantly reduce the risks and impacts of climate change.“ (PA, 2.1. (a)), are far cry from what global warming dupes would like to see implemented.
"The fact that solar warming is heating up all the planets strongly suggests that global warming on our planet is not being caused by human activity at all. "
While we can detect some sporadic attempts to link “climate catastrophe” with demographical shifts from Middle East towards Europe, it is all too obvious, even to the dupes, that those shifts, while obviously man-made, have nothing to do with climate.
Moreover, while until now each and every draught, warm winter or forest fire was pointed out as an unmistakable sign of coming end times, the warm European winter of 2015/2016. apparently flew under the radar of alarmists.
This is also one of the clear signs that climate scare is finally spent, admittedly not by efforts of critics, nor by crumbling of pseudo-scientific edifice of advocates, but simply by quite banal passage of time.
However, here we are presented with difficulty. The publicly visible “world leaders”, grouped roughly around UN and Davos summits, are acting as if everything is still business as usual. The situation is surreal: while majority of people are ridiculing them – that is, those that pay them any attention at all – individuals like Christina Figuerres or Bill Gates are still chanting their same old mantras.
This is quite worrisome. Namely, someone could infer that they are simply delusional, finalizing their detachment from reality, and leave it at that. However, this is only half-true.
The whole truth, as it seems, is that their detachment from reality is the result not of mere mental blindness, but of power inflicted darkening of the minds. This is unmistakable sign of complete detachment of power from the “people”, i.e. masses of humanity or self-conscious groups in their midst.
The global elites are not deluded by their stupidity, but by their confident belief that they cannot be challenged. And, judging by signs of the times, they are quite right. So, when they continue to push global warming scare despite the fact that most people are becoming conscious of it being a sham, this could very well mean that they don’t feel any need to deceive anyone anymore.
Moreover, sustainable development is a true reason for existence of global warming scare and it is a doctrine that can gradually discard it for the sake of some better and more convincing principle, if need be. After all, this is why the Paris treaty exists in the first place:
“This Agreement, in enhancing the implementation of the Convention, including its objective, aims to strengthen the global response to the threat of climate change, in the context of sustainable development and efforts to eradicate poverty (…)“ (PA, 2.2)
The main novelty of Agenda 2030 is the first of it’s 17. sustainable development goals: “1. End poverty in all it’s forms everywhere” (A2030, pg. 12), which is to be accomplished until 2030. So we are expected to believe that the main constituent of human condition – namely, material misery – will be decommissioned from existence in 14 years period.
Those who believe that UN luminaries really buy into this crap are sporting minds of ten to twelve years old children; anyone, with just a modicum of common sense, must conjecture that something else is afoot here.
However, for our purpose, it is sufficient to point out that intersection of climate change, sustainable development and final solution of poverty is a basis for Paris Treaty.
And in this intersection, there exists hierarchy where sustainable systematization of world resources – human, environmental and economical is at the top, encompassing the other two. Both lower aims are expendable, because they’re merely pretexts for accomplishing sustainable development world-wide.
The very fact that globalist spokespersons are seriously spinning yarns no one in his right mind can believe in, goes to show that the power of lower strata of society – and that’s approximately everybody under the level of mainstream media pundits and professional politicians eligible for employment in global institutions – is at the all times low. And the members of higher strata are, explicitly or implicitly, aware of it.
So there’s no reason to gloat about idiocy of our rulers, because it is not really an idiocy but just a normal conduct stemming from the fact that they are not paying us any attention anyway.
Admittedly, the stories are getting thinner and narratives crumble as they are being written.
But is it because we are so smart?
Or is it because we are so detached from any kind of control over our livelihoods that those that have a firm grip on it, via control of media, politics and finance, really don’t bother to deceive us anymore?
To learn more about Agenda 2030, listen to this interview with Branko Malić on the Sunday Wire radio show with host Patrick Henningsen…
Prime Minister John Key took the unusual step of arranging a 1pm Saturday press conference to respond to allegations from the anonymous source behind the Panama Papers.
This morning, the source – named only as John Doe – released an 1800 word statement on the website of the International Consortium of Investigative Journalists (ICIJ), the group that has released various documents leaked from Panama-based law firm and foreign trust specialist Mossack Fonseca.
Mr Key was the only world leader named in the statement.
"I have as much responsibility for tax in the Cook Islands as I do for Russia," said Mr Key this afternoon.
"Prime Minister John Key of New Zealand has been curiously quiet about his country’s role in enabling the financial fraud Mecca that is the Cook Islands," John Doe wrote (in his statement's only reference to Mr Key or New Zealand).
But at his 1pm press conference, the PM said, "The whistleblower has got confused about my responsibilities. I have no responsibilities fro the tax jurisdiction of the Cook Islands. New Zealand has responsibilities for foreign policy and defence of the Cook Islands, but not for tax. I have as much responsibility for tax in the Cook Islands as I do for tax in Russia."
Video of Key's full stand-up:
Closed Down After 1988
Asked about why the Panama Papers leaker would tie the Cook Islands to Mr Key, he said he asked tax officials about it this morning and they replied with the theory that "He or she is likely to be European, and Europeans get terribly confused about the Cook Islands because they use New Zealand dollars."
It's also possible, however, that the "confused" European was making a reference to the winebox controversy.
Comment: As has been previously observed, this whole 'Panama Papers' debacle is clearly being implemented to expose and wipe out some of the lower minions within the cabal. Very interesting indeed; that Mr Key should have the distinction of being the only western political figure to have been publicly named.
Key did make an oblique reference to thr Cook Islands scandal, saying: "Prior to 1988, there were issues with New Zealanders avoiding their tax by having a structure in the Cook Islands," he told reporters at his 1pm stand-up. In 1988 that all closed down and subsequently there have been no issues.
Since 1988, New Zealanders have been taxed on their worldwide income, the prime minister noted. He also added that the Cook Islands tax controversy was before his time.
No Responsibility, but Some Care [!?]
Commentator Bernard Hickey was quick to take issue with the prime minister on social media, saying;
“Has New Zealand pressured the Cook Islands to change its trust secrecy/info sharing laws? If not, why not? The Cook Islands uses the New Zealand dollar and Cook Island citizens are New Zealand citizens."
Mr Hickey added, If New Zealand is serious about not being tarred with the tax haven brush, why not stop the Cook Islands from being a tax haven?"
"New Zealand does actually try to support the Cook Islands in improving its tax and the way it operates its system," Mr Key said this afternoon, though qualifying, "It has its own double tax agreement, its own tax – sharing agreement and, over the years since 1988, New Zealand's been working with the Cook Islands to make sure they've got a better structure, and that they're operating in a way with much greater transparency."
The New Zealand government doesn't get directly involved but officials try to provide support and encourage the Cook Islands to have best practice, Mr Key said.
Earlier today, the Prime Minister's office released a statement saying an independent review of foreign trust disclosure rules is now under way by former PwC chairman John Shewan. Mr Shewan is due to report on June 30. Additionally, Inland Revenue is participating in an OECD review of international tax arrangements.
Overnight, there was more Panama Papers grief for the prime minister, with the Australian Financial Review name-checking his personal lawyer, Ken Whitney, in an extended report on how a controversial Mexican construction tycoon put $100 million into three tax-free New Zealand trusts.
More to Come
Today, Mr Key called New Zealand a "footnote" in the Panama Papers. That may be true so far but more could be revealed when a fully searchable version of the leaked Mossack Fonseca papers is released on May 9.
Peter Bale, the New Zealander behind the ICIJ, has already said he thinks there is more to come on New Zealand in the Panama papers.
And this morning on the Nation (where he was interviewed on the same programme as Mr Bale), Winston Peters said he agreed – and hinted he was ready to reopen his winebox.
“Well, I said some time ago that these papers would be very, very serious revelations because 11 and a half million documents and New Zealand mentioned 60 times and us being positioned here in the South Pacific giving aid to countries who were at the same time running tax haven utilities or using all sorts of fancy phrases for cheating and fraud and money laundering, I think that the mention of Mr Key relates to where they’re going to go in one part of the world on this matter," Mr Peters said.
For his part, John Doe said he (or she) was willing to cooperate with authorities "to the extent that I am able", expressing a willingness to help authorities but also noting actions taken against recent whistleblower including Edward Snowden, currently exiled in Russia.
Related: Is John Key “Inside Trading” with New Zealand’s Debt?
Hundreds Of Skull And Bones Secret Society Docs Set To Be Released
May 9 2016 | From: Infowars
Over 1,500 documents related to the secretive Yale fraternity Skull and Bones are set to be made public within the next few months under a Freedom of Information Act request.
The trove of “letters, memos, a draft speech and other materials… are set for release in July” by the National Archives and Records Administration unless President Obama or former President George W. Bush object, reports Politico.
“Additional records include vetting materials, emails related to scheduled events, a phone message, a press briefing on Turkey, a register of Frederick Law Olmsted’s papers at the Library of Congress, requests for comments from the press, and a request for Vice President Richard B. Cheney to attend William F. Buckley’s memorial service,” the FOIA states.
Founded in 1832, the secret society has been a gateway for the elite and boasts three US presidents, with other members taking up prominent roles in state and federal governments, the intelligence community, academia, industry and finance.
In 2004, for instance, both Democrat and Republican presidential candidates, John F. Kerry and George W. Bush, were members of the Yale fraternity. George W’s father, George H.W. Bush, and his grandfather, Prescott Bush, were also members.
The group’s “Tomb,” a windowless building located at the southwest end of the campus, is reportedly decorated with skulls and filled with rooms where members are rumored to conduct macabre rituals and initiation ceremonies, one of which may include the reciting of past sexual experiences, according to journalist Ron Rosenbaum.
“You could ask Averell Harriman whether there’s really a sarcophagus in the basement and whether he and young Henry Stimson and young Henry Luce (Time magazine) lay down naked in the coffin and spilled the secrets of their adolescent sex life to 14 fellow Bonesmen,” Rosenbaum wrote for Esquire in 1977.
The club was also sued in February 2009 by descendants of the Apache hero Geronimo, whom alleged in a federal lawsuit that the group was in possession of their ancestor’s skull – which members have posed with in group photos for decades.
The skull was reportedly stolen from the warrior’s grave at Fort Sill by members of Skull and Bones who were stationed at the base, with some accounts alleging Prescott Bush played a role in the theft. The lawsuit was dismissed the following year.
Rosenbaum and a team in 2001 were able to film rituals being conducted in the inner courtyard of the “Tomb,” where members “acted out the tableau of a throat-cutting ritual murder,” according to the journalist.
“Of course, there is more to Skull and Bones than the mystical mumbo-jumbo of its rituals,” Rosenbaum wrote for the New York Observer at the time.
“The rituals are less important than the relationships–the bonds of power and influence that develop between Skull and Bones initiates after they graduate.”
Politico reports the latest FOIA request was put forth by author and researcher Robert Gaylon Ross Sr., who has in the past published an exposé on the “Who’s Who of the Elite,” and written books regarding the elites’ role in the JFK and MLK assassinations.
Panama Papers: The Gift That Keeps On Giving & The Controversial Mexican Construction Tycoon Put $100m Into New Zealand Trusts, Report Says May 8 2016 | From: NationalBusinessReview / Various
Controversial Mexican construction magnate Juan Armando Hinojosa Cantu put around $US100 million into three tax-free trusts in New Zealand, according to a report by Neil Chenoweth - the only Australasian journalist who has been granted access to documents leaked from law firm Mossack Fonseca and known as the Panama Papers.
He also highlights a letter from Ken Whitney (Prime Minister John Key's personal lawyer at the time) in which Mr Whitney offered a professional endorsement for Auckland law firm Cone Marshall, which was seeking professional accreditation with Mossak Fonseca.
Mr Chenoweth doesn't make any accusation that any laws were broken, and NBR politics editor Rob Hosking says allegations of Mr Whitney's influence on foreign trust policy don't stack up. Nevertheless, Mr Chenoweth's article has become a fixture in the Australian Financial Review's top five most-read list - provides another spotlight on the foreign trust issue that the government will find unwelcome.
UnitedFuture leader Peter Dunne says ongoing Panama Papers revelations - and more are expected involving NZ once the ICIJ's database becomes searchable on May 9 - are potentially very negative.
“If the label ‘tax haven’ is being bandied about now as it is, sticks, then that’s extremely damaging. You think of the way we perceive other countries that we’ve historically labelled as tax havens. We don’t view them credibly, and I think that’s the big risk to New Zealand," he says, closely echoing concerns raised by IRD in 2013.
According to a New York Times report, Mr Hinojosa has been close to Mexican President Enrique Pena Neito since Mr Pena Neito was a young political aide.
Mr Hinojosa struck controversy in early 2015 after he built a $US7 million house for Mr Pena Neito's wife, but only $US3 million was paid upfront (the balance was covered by a promissory note).
Juan Armando Hinojosa Cantu
Around the same time, media highlighted that Mr Hinojosa had been awarded several large government contracts that did not go to tender. Several ran way over budget, to the benefit of his companies.
Mr Hinojosa was not charged with any wrongdoing, but companies associated with him did subsequently see several of their government contracts cancelled, including a $US3.7 billion rail contract.
The government has drafted former PwC chairman John Shewan to review rules around foreign trust disclose. He is due to report on June 30.
Silent Coup Beginning To Overtake America Now May 8 2016 | From: USAwatchdog
Former Clinton insider Larry Nichols has worked with, and now against, the Clintons. Nichols has some of the top political and financial connections on the planet.
Nichols hopes the public is finally realizing the enormous power struggle going on. Nichols explains;
“There is no two-party system in the United States of America. Let’s get that straight. There is no two-party system, there is one. Part of it is a red team and part of it is a blue team.
You think you have a choice, but as you know you only have a choice between the two they give you to vote for, but here comes Trump.
Trump doesn’t need their money . . . he will bust up the system, and he will not only bust up the system for the Republican Party, but he will bust up the system (for both parties).
So, there are many establishment Republicans that have said they would rather vote for Hillary than Trump. . . .
They must maintain status quo of the system for these power elite people to stay where they want to be.”
Nichols goes on to say, “We are at the beginning of a velvet or silent coup. It’s been going on for years. There’s been a slow subtle takeover of our form of government, starting years and years ago, but it is coming to an end. That’s why there is this power play now.
It’s more aggressive than you have seen before. If we don’t stop Hillary, it’s over.
Is Trump the answer to all of our problems? I don’t know. Here’s what I do know about Donald Trump. Donald Trump is not in the system. How do I know that? As hard as they are working to keep him out is a pretty good recommendation for me.
He’s not one of them. He might be a good president. When you mention Hillary or the establishment, there is no ‘might.’ With them, we would get what we have been getting but only worse. There is not a ‘might’ there.”
Nichols says the good news might come in the general election in November. Nichols explains;
“The American voters’ vote counts in the general election.
The play in the system has always been to trick it in the primaries and get both people that are the same but different colors. The general election has always been set up where people do get to vote, and they will get to pick the lessor of two evils.
This time, it’s different. This time, the American voters can make a difference if Trump can stay in and actually get the nomination.”
On the teetering financial system, Nichols says;
“One of the five major banks has way too much of that $72 billion Puerto Rican debt. It might not sink them, but it may cause a problem. If one of the major banks took a hit like that... The FDIC just said it does not have enough liquidity if two major banks went into default.
If one of the major banks falls or if one major bank was getting ready to take a nose dive, people would run on all the banks wouldn’t they? If everybody tried to cash their money out of the banks at one time, they would get about 6 cents on the dollar. You think you got a $100,000 protected in the bank - you don’t.”
Nichols, who is currently undergoing treatments for lung cancer, also says, “I believe President Obama doesn’t really want to leave. Now, how could he stay? It only takes a crisis. If a national crisis is declared . . . FEMA comes in.
Most people don’t even know about the FEMA provisional plan. In case a meteor hits America and we go into a national crisis, FEMA has already got a plan in place ready to go where they will set up a provisional government. So, if the banks were to start collapsing, guess what Obama would do?
He’d go to Congress and get them to vote and boom, in comes the provisional FEMA government, which makes the president . . . king.”
Join Greg Hunter as he goes One-on-One with former Clinton insider Larry Nichols.
There is much, much more in the extensive video interview.
Had Enough Of Government Corruption Kiwis? Here Is A Venue For Reporting, Exposing & Taking Action: The “Citizens Government Corruption Watchdog Commission” May 7 2016 | From: EnviroWatchRangitikei
By making these reports you are adding to a database of complaints that documents multiple violations. This makes the case for change much stronger and if the department concerned doesn’t act then we can take it to media for publication and to pressure change.
Mainstream media will probably be either forced to print our exposes or lose their place as Mainstream Media and those who DO share it will become the new “Mainstream Media”!
Those of you who think beyond the mainstream media … or even those who don’t … you’ve probably noticed a few things are not ticking the boxes lately regarding democratic processes.
One example would be the way District Councils appear to have minds of their own and increasingly they are failing to consult those who elect them regarding decisions that will be affecting them. Recently the Whaleoil blog featured the growing problem of local government breaking the law and points out that they get away with it because nobody is policing it. Check out the blog as there are many examples cited of things folks are encountering with their DCs.
Here is a recent example in Shannon where locals were consulted by their representing Councillor Ross Campbell on whether they wanted yet another liquor outlet licensed … overwhelmingly more were against than for (309 to 3) … yet the DC has gone right ahead and issued the liquor license anyway.
So who is this council batting for? Their constituents, or the liquor industry? No prizes for guessing. Shannon has also had recent issues with discharge by Council of raw sewage into the local waterways, an ongoing issue with many DCs NZ wide. Cr Campbell was trespassed for two years by HDC for filming the discharge of raw sewage into the town’s waterways. Shutting down dissent!
The street poll by Cr Ross Campbell in the Horowhenua district … the poll overwhelmingly against the issuing of yet another liquor license in Shannon, and the DC has gone and issued the one anyway
The Rangitikei DC was also exposed last year with regard to their long standing non compliance in relation to pollution of its waterways with leachate. They too shut down dissent by failing to accept the recommendation of their own Community Committee!
For further examples of local government corruption see our Local Govt Watch pages.
Health and Related Services
Then we have many services (formerly ‘government’, now ‘corporate’ departments) that blatantly ignore the rules and run rough shod over people. I heard of one for instance just recently. An older woman who was admitted to A & E at a public hospital, left in a cold corridor, no warm blanket, no buzzer, calling for the toilet, left for hours in her own feces then loudly told off! The patient was too sick to respond.
With recent events in our corporatized government departments we need a watch on our health care providers and their protocols, particularly with the elderly and the dying
Also, on the hospital subject, I heard recently of a dying patient on ‘nil by mouth’, without the family’s knowledge. On this horrific subject please google ‘Liverpool Care Pathway’ the thin end of the wedge in my opinion, to euthanasia. Now there’s huge debate as we know about that, however, since when do we administer ‘nil by mouth’ without explaining the rationale to the distressed relatives, whose loved one is crying out for water? And since when has this become the ‘norm’? Dying of thirst? I don’t recall any public discussion around this.
Weather Modification Practices
The other glaring elephant in the room on the topic of flagrancy is the practice of geoengineering… ie spraying us all daily with toxic chemicals then telling us it is only steam or condensation.
Or worse, “nothing doing here please move along you ‘conspiracy theorists'”.
There will be many more issues and other departments that spring to mind that need policing.
Reporting and Taking Action
When these various events happen we’re often left standing, mouth open, grasping for who to tell, or, we’re so deep in grief we’re unable to act. And from my experience, often nobody knows just who to tell anyway. Many have tried for instance in the geoengineering domain to approach the various authorities charged with protecting us from unhealthy toxic environments only to be told there’s nothing doing.
So here is a venue for you to report these various incidents. It’s easy to do, simply go to the site (links below) and fill in the appropriate form online (more forms to come).
The reports will be collated to reveal the extent of the respective complaints, all documented in reports and kept for evidence when confronting the department concerned, and/or for timely publishing on this and other websites, and on social media. Since our so called mainstream media is displaying a growing reluctance to fully air the truth, we can become a force to be reckoned with. This is people power!
“By making these reports you are adding to a database of complaints that documents multiple violations. This makes the case for change much stronger and if the department concerned doesn’t act then we can take it to media for publication and to pressure change.
Mainstream media will probably be either forced to print our exposes or lose their place as Mainstream Media and those who DO share it will become the new “Mainstream Media”!
Here are links to both the site and the new Facebook page (head there and ‘like’ the page, and get reporting. You can also report historic incidents).
What Democracy Really Means, According To One Of Its Most Outspoken Champions May 5 2016 | From: HuffingtonPost
It’s not just about the will of the majority, said Yanis Varoufakis.
When Greece’s European creditors cut off emergency assistance to the beleaguered country’s banks last summer, bringing its financial system to the brink of collapse, it was only a matter of weeks before the Greek government capitulated to their demands.
When Greece’s European creditors cut off emergency assistance to the beleaguered country’s banks last summer, bringing its financial system to the brink of collapse, it was only a matter of weeks before the Greek government capitulated to their demands. A band of radical socialist politicians elected to upend the status quo agreed to the most onerous austerity package the country had yet experienced, in exchange for emergency loans it needed to repay mountainous debts to those same official lenders.
Yanis Varoufakis, a progressive economist, who as finance minister had been the most visible face of Greece’s new government and remains one of the country’s highest-profile political figures, resigned his cabinet post under pressure shortly before the deal was signed.
After leaving public office, he founded the Democracy in Europe Movement 2025. The goal of the pan-European initiative is to democratize the European Union institutions that enabled the financial blackmail against Greece last summer. Absent such change, DiEm25 argues, the united, peaceful and prosperous post-Cold War Europe will “disintegrate” in no more than a decade’s time.
But what exactly is undemocratic about the duly elected governments of the other 18 nations in the euro currency area imposing their will on the duly elected government of Greece? After all, in a democracy, the majority rules.
Varoufakis was in Washington on Wednesday to plug his new book about the European debt crisis, And The Weak Suffer What They Must? Europe’s Crisis And America’s Economic Future, so I asked him just that.
“Let me remind you that democracy is not the same thing as majoritarianism,” Varoufakis responded.
“If the majority decides to have the minority tortured, this is a tyranny of the majority and it has absolutely nothing to do with democracy. Democracy needs to combine majority with due process and with rights.”
Ex-Greek finance minister Yanis Varoufakis appears at an encampment of protesters in Paris opposed to neoliberal labor reforms. He believes the EU is undemocratic in its current form.
In Greece’s case, the analogy to torture is presumably leveraging Greece’s reliance on the European Central Bank to keep its troubled banks afloat to force it to accept painful economic measures rejected by its voters.
To illustrate his point, Varoufakis recounted a story from his first days as finance minister in January 2015. He met with Dutch finance minister Jeroen Dijsselbloem, the president of the Eurogroup, the powerful council of the individual eurozone nations’ finance ministers.
Dijsselbloem, according to Varoufakis, asked Varoufakis what his government’s intentions were for fiscal policy.
Varoufakis claims he gave a “very nuanced answer.”
“I said, ‘Well, we were elected to challenge that and to change that fiscal policy,’” Varoufakis recalled.
In Varoufakis’ mind, even this was a major compromise, since the previous six years of top-down European austerity policies imposed on Greece and other struggling countries on the European periphery had been a “macroeconomic failure greater than that in the history of humankind.”
“Nevertheless, let’s sit down and re-think this and find common ground,” Varoufakis remembered telling him. “I thought this was a very moderate thing to say. And it’s the minimum that respect for Greek democracy required.”
There is much to support Varoufakis’ economic critique of the eurozone’s actions up to that point. The drastic fiscal austerity Germany and other wealthy European nations had demanded from Greece since 2010 in exchange for emergency loans had succeeded in shoring up the German and French banks with Greek debts on their books, but had plunged Greece into a deep depression and state of political crisis. Nearly one in four Greeks is unemployed and its economy has shrunk by roughly one-third since 2008.
“Now the only way of describing this is as a coup d’état, as the dissolution of every democratic principle that has ever been withheld in Western civilization."
Worse still, the money is not even enough to allow it to pay off its creditors. The Mediterranean nation has had to return to the bargaining table on multiple occasions to ask for more cash, only to repeat the same never-ending cycle of re-payment, economic contraction, crisis and begging.
But Djisselbloem, Varoufakis said, was not having it. He reminded Varoufakis right away who held the poker chips, in a preview of the drama that would occur in late June and early July.
“If you insist on re-negotiating the fiscal policy of the previous government, your banks will be closed by the end of the month,” Djisselbloem said, according to Varoufakis.
“Now the only way of describing this is as a coup d’état, as the dissolution of every democratic principle that has ever been withheld in Western civilization,” Varoufakis said.
Greek voters re-elected Syriza, Varoufakis’ former political party, in September. Only this time, prime minister Alexis Tsipras campaigned on the promise of distributing the burden of austerity as equitably as possible, rather than reversing the approach entirely.
And there have been signs in recent months that the Greek government still has some fight left in it. It publicly tussled with the IMF in January over the need to cut pensions to reach its budget targets, rather than raising taxes to do so.
It also took the Fund to task in early April for a leaked conversation in which IMF officials implied that only a crisis-inducing credit event would prod Greece to do what is necessary.
Meanwhile, news outlets reported on Tuesday that talks between Greece and its international creditors had once again reached a standstill over reforms required to unlock a tranche of loans the country needs to make upcoming debt payments. Greece’s compliance with this round of demands is the price of opening up discussion of debt restructuring, according to the lenders.
Varoufakis, however, dismissed the idea that Greece has any say in the matter.
“The Greek government surrendered last July. This is why I resigned,” he said. “The Greek government will do anything that creditors ask it to do. They are just waiting for the creditors to decide what they want to impose upon Greece.”
Instead, the delays are due to a disagreement between Germany and the IMF, according to the former finance chief.
“There is no way they can agree, because the IMF understands that without a sensible debt restructure and a diminution in the primary surplus target, Greece is finished,” Varoufakis said.
In fact, while Greece’s ongoing influence is a matter of debate, the dispute between the IMF and Germany is no secret. The IMF - along with its largest shareholder, the United States - insists that Germany grant Greece debt relief and lower the budget targets it must meet, in order for Greece to regain its financial independence. Germany remains resistant to the idea.
The Greek prime minister’s office did not immediately respond to a request for comment on Varoufakis’ characterization.
Varoufakis argued that German officials had made debt relief politically impossible for themselves by falsely selling the original loans to Greece as a bailout for the Greek people, rather than as a bailout of the German and French banks, which stood to collapse if Greece could not pay up. Now the German parliament, with the backing of a bitter, tax-paying public, has no interest in cutting Greece any additional slack.
“There is no way they can agree, because the IMF understands that without a sensible debt restructure and a diminution in the primary surplus target, Greece is finished,” Varoufakis said.
“The creditors are now in a trap of their own making,” he concluded. “And Greece is fading into oblivion and into its awful, debt-deflationary crisis, while waiting for Washington, D.C., and Berlin to decide what to do.”
Boycott Tourism In NZ: More Fluorides? May 4 2016 | From: JonRappoport
Recently, I’ve written several articles about toxic fluorides (archive: here). The case is clear: cancer, lower IQ, other varieties of severe damage.
I became aware of a group in New Zealand, Fluoride Free NZ. They’ve had remarkable success working with local communities to ban fluorides in water supplies.
Jump in. Go for it. Send a message. A reader emailed me the letter he just wrote:
Dear Tourism New Zealand executive staff,
My name is Michael Blanshan. I am a naturopathic doctor in New Mexico, U.S.A. Years ago a group of friends and I were discussing New Zealand and all it has to offer as a country. Many of our group travelled to New Zealand and two families moved there, one to Nelso and one to Christchurch. These were good families with children and much to offer their local communities, not retirees looking for a country in which to retire.
In my own travels I often run into New Zealanders (aka kiwis). They are generally great travelers, good people, kind, open-minded, intelligent, and generally fun. The very spirit of New Zealand which most kiwis embody seems to me to serve as New Zealand’s best advertising.
Being a naturopath, I am keenly aware of the history of the fluoridation of drinking water, those who promoted this policy, their motivations for doing so, and the forms of pressure they use to continue the policy despite compelling scientific opposition. A local organization in New Zealand calling itself Fluoride Free NZ has worked tirelessly with communities to educate them on this issue.
They worked diligently and the majority of those communities have chosen not to fluoridate their local water supplies. In response to this group’s effectiveness, the NZ federal government is now acting to take the decision making authority away from local councils and communities and put the power into the hands of District Health Boards (DHB), who are under the direct control of Central Government.
This action has profound implications, though it may seem inconsequential to you, especially considering that you are a department for tourism. Though I stated that the people of New Zealand are its best feature, this is a black mark on New Zealand as a country. It points to a corruption of your federal government and its purported goals of serving its people. To the contrary, the government is showing that it has a will of its own and that it acts in the interests of other parties.
The policy of fluoridation originated in the U.S.A. in the 1940s. Many European countries have rejected this policy, knowing it was not about health but rather that it was the result of corrupt influences. For the New Zealand government to force this policy shows that they’re not interested in science or the natural rights of the people and worse, that the New Zealand government is caving to pressure from either American or UK interests.
Please understand that the irony of an American writing about corruption in government does not escape me. Educated Americans know all too well the workings and techniques of a dictatorship which presents itself as a democracy. It is as a result of the extreme corruption of the leadership of Western countries that we look to New Zealand and still see it to be a land of free individuals who can run their local communities as they like.
If the New Zealand federal government goes ahead with this decision, I personally will not visit New Zealand in the future. If any of my friends or clients discuss the possibility of travelling to New Zealand, I will do my best to dissuade them.
Potential visitors to New Zealand should know that all is not well in paradise and that behind the scenes you have the same dictatorship we see in the [rest of the] West. Despite all its physical beauty I still contend that the best part about New Zealand is its people.
If the people of New Zealand are forced to stand in the shadow cast by a dictatorial federal government, something vital and essential will have been lost.
Thank you, Fluoride Free NZ, for showing the way.
I keep hearing this thing called the Internet is a wonderful apparatus with many uses. Well, here’s one.
Comment: What does it take to wake these intentionally distracted master chef cooking-show home renovation watching reality -television watching idiots up already? Time is up!
Switzerland Follows Iceland In Declaring War Against The Banksters May 3 2016 | From: AustralianNationalReview "If you want to continue to be slaves of the banks and pay the cost of your own slavery, then let the bankers continute to create money and control credit." - Josiah Stamp
Iceland has gained the admiration of populists in recent years by doing that which no other nation in the world seems to be willing or capable of doing: prosecuting criminal bankers for engineering financial collapse for profit.
Inspired by Iceland’s progress, activists in Switzerland are now making an important stand against the banking cartels and have successfully petitioned to bring an initiative to public referendum that would attack the private banks where it matters most: their power to lend money they don’t actually have, and to create money out of thin air.
“Switzerland will hold a referendum to decide whether to ban commercial banks from creating money.
The Swiss federal government confirmed on Thursday that it would hold a plebiscite, after more than 110,000 people signed a petition calling for the central bank to be given sole power to create money in the financial system.
The campaign – led by the Swiss Sovereign Money movement and known as the Vollgeld initiative – is designed to limit financial speculation by requiring private banks to hold 100pc reserves against their deposits.” [The Telegraph]
Switzerland is in a key position to play a revolutionary role in changing how global banking functions. In addition to being the world’s safest harbor for storing wealth, it is also home to the Bank for International Settlements (BIS), a shadowy private company owned by many of the world’s central banks, and acting as a lender to the central banks.
The BIS is the very heart of global reserve banking, the policy that enables banks to lend money that does not actually exist in their bank deposits, but is instead literally created electronically from nothing whenever a bank extends a line of credit.
Reserve banking is the policy that guarantees insurmountable debt as the outcome of all financial transactions.
The Sovereign Money initiative in Switzerland aims to curb financial speculation, which is the intended and inevitable result of reserve banking, the tool that makes financial adventurism possible by supplying the banks with endless quantities of fiat money.
Limiting a bank’s ability to produce money from nothing would be a direct blow to the roots of the banking cartel, and would cripple their ability to manipulate the world economy. Here’s how it works, in rather simplified terms:
“…if we had access to the same computer terminals the banks have, we could magic in or out of existence all the imaginary stuff we are trained to think of as important – money – in whatever quantities we liked.
This is how it works: when they print quite a lot of this stuff there is a boom. When they print too much of it, there is inflation (actually, the printing of money is inflation). When they stop printing it or simply hold on to it, there is a depression.” [Source]
In Switzerland, 90% of all money in circulation is electronic, and for this, The National Bank of Switzerland has become the direct target of the Sovereign Money Campaign. Swiss law has in the past required required banks to back all currency creation with collateral assets like physical silver or gold, however in recent decades the climate has changed, and, “due to the emergence of electronic payment transactions, banks have regained the opportunity to create their own money.”
The grass roots campaign said in a public statement regarding the intentions of the referendum, “banks won’t be able to create money for themselves any more, they’ll only be able to lend money that they have from savers or other banks.”
This is an interesting twist in the human saga of man vs. banks, and while it remains to be seen if the referendum passes or not, it must be pointed out that it does have its own problems, articulated by Sam Gerrans:
“…if we had access to the same computer terminals the banks have, we could magic in or out of existence all the imaginary stuff we are trained to think of as important – money – in whatever quantities we liked.
This is how it works: when they print quite a lot of this stuff there is a boom. When they print too much of it, there is inflation (actually, the printing of money is inflation). When they stop printing it or simply hold on to it, there is a depression.” [Source]
Part of the cultural conditioning of our time is an ingrained, pre-assumed dependency on sacred cow institutions like banking. Just like it is impossible for most Americans to envision a world without Democrats and Republicans, it is difficult for most people to imagine a world without predatory global banking.
John Key: Land Tax Plan Could Happen By 2017
May 1 2016 | From: TheContrail
You may have heard the banker-controlled media report over the past few days that PM John Key is considering introducing a new “land tax” on foreign property speculators similar to Victoria in Australia to supposedly help suppress the house and property price rises bubble.
Well, unlike everyone else, it seems, I thought I would take the time this evening to research what it involves in Victoria by the COMMUNIST/FASCIST Victorian State Government.
Much to my surprise (really not a surprise), it is very nasty indeed, and is in the early stages of confiscating everyone’s properties with an exemption for you own home and a few others. Here are the current rates in Victoria:
The threshold for individuals is $250,000, but for “Trusts” is just $25,000. There is a massive attack against trusts! At present primary land is exempt if not in a trust - but of course, the present list of exemptions and relatively low Land Tax rates are only the beginning, and I predict will lead to full property confiscation.
I will predict in a relatively short space of time the rates in Victoria will go up ten-fold! It’s based on the old banking pirate strategy for introducing tolls on new privatized highways. First you open the new road with a low $2 toll to get all the masses used to it.
Then when you’ve got all the sheep regularly using it, you increase the toll to $12 then $20 – and in no time all of a sudden you realize the sheep have all been fleeced of their last dimes!
A few years ago, the NZ Treasury (run by devious foreign banking pirates here) proposed a similar tax called a “Residential Property Equity Tax” that would apply to all property including all homes and farmland WITH NO EXEMPTIONS FOR THE FAMILY HOME (unlike Australia at present) – but fortunately, it was firmly rejected then by the then government.
Now they’re coming back again, cunningly trying to introduce it as “Land Tax” (but at first only for greedy foreign speculators who are being blamed for pushing house prices up) – when in reality, it is easy credit, low interest rates and excessive immigration that is the real cause of rapidly pushing house prices up – being pushed by the banking pirates themselves.
Of course, the banker-controlled media will never blame the banking pirate crooks who in effect are mortgaging the whole country lock, stock and barrel to themselves.
While this is not only unique to Australia and New Zealand – May I ask the profound question?
Are we all so downright apathetic and mentally retarded to just sit back and put up with all this tyranny without even ushering a single word? What a Socialist madhouse? All totally designed to destroy the wealth of those who work hard!
But these successes are a threat, because they contradict the lies medical authorities spew about how safe fluorides are, and because grass-roots victories erode blind faith in centralized government.
Here are quotes from Kane Titchener, who represents the group, Fluoride Free NZ, in New Zealand. His remarks lay out what’s happening behind the scenes in that natural paradise:
“…the fluoridation issue has been brought to a head. The NZ Government is proposing that the [bigger] District Health Boards take over the decision making [about] fluoridation [in water supplies] as opposed to the local councils. This is because we have been very good at winning at the local council level.”
“Fluoride Free NZ was formed in 2003. Since that time we have had many substantial victories in local Councils throughout New Zealand. Local Councils that have stopped [fluoridating water supplies] as a result of Fluoride Free NZ’s lobbying efforts: New Plymouth; Taumarunui; Waipukurau; Far North…”
“In summary, the Government is planning to implement mandatory fluoridation to the whole of New Zealand. Currently, only around 50% of households are on fluoridated water, with only 23 out of 67 local councils still fluoridating, while voicing their growing concerns about fluoridation risks and dangers.
In response to more and more councillors and mayors deciding against fluoridation, the Government is now taking the decision away from local councils and communities and putting the power into the hands of District Health Boards (DHB), who are under the direct control of Central Government.”
If you think Fluoride Free NZ’s successes working with town councils is a walk in the park, think again. This group has scored victories against long odds. This group is smart, dedicated, and effective.
They represent what can happen when strong, clear-sighted, creative individuals band together to accomplish a righteous goal.
And the tyrannical response of big government is predictable.
However, there is going to be blowback against that government in New Zealand.
The degree and power of the blowback is going to depend, in part, on the response of people around the world who become aware of the situation and make their voices heard.
Contact Fluoride Free NZ. Help them. Spread their press releases all over the world.
Why should a government be permitted to dump poison into the water and call it medical treatment?
And having called it medical treatment, by what power can a government mandate it for all citizens without informed consent, without the explicit permission of those millions of patients? Yes, patients, because that’s what they are. They’re being treated every day.
By what power can this happen? Dictatorship calling itself democracy.
A note to tourists: how do you feel about traveling to New Zealand and bathing in, and drinking, poison? Do you like that bonus for spending your good money in “paradise?”
If not, you might want to contact the New Zealand tourism authority (newzealand.com) and let them know about your change of plans.
Such organizations are always interested in money, where it’s coming from—and where it won’t be coming from.
Censored, Surveilled, Watch Listed And Jailed: The Absurdity Of Being A Citizen In A Police State
April 29 2016 | From: InformationClearingHouse
In the police state, the price to be paid for speaking truth to power (also increasingly viewed as an act of treason) is surveillance, censorship, jail and ultimately death.
However, where many go wrong is in assuming that you have to be doing something illegal or challenging the government’s authority in order to be flagged as a suspicious character, labeled an enemy of the state and locked up like a dangerous criminal.
MIn fact, as I point out in my book Battlefield America: The War on the American People, all you really need to do is use certain trigger words, surf the internet, communicate using a cell phone, drive a car, stay at a hotel, purchase materials at a hardware store, take flying or boating lessons, appear suspicious, question government authority, or generally live in the United States.
With the help of automated eyes and ears, a growing arsenal of high-tech software, hardware and techniques, government propaganda urging Americans to turn into spies and snitches, as well as social media and behavior sensing software, government agents are spinning a sticky spider-web of threat assessments, flagged “words,” and “suspicious” activity reports aimed at snaring potential enemies of the state.
It’s the American police state’s take on the dystopian terrors foreshadowed by George Orwell, Aldous Huxley and Phillip K. Dick all rolled up into one oppressive pre-crime and pre-thought crime package.
What’s more, the technocrats who run the surveillance state don’t even have to break a sweat while monitoring what you say, what you read, what you write, where you go, how much you spend, whom you support, and with whom you communicate.
Computers now do the tedious work of trolling social media, the internet, text messages and phone calls for potentially anti-government remarks - all of which is carefully recorded, documented, and stored to be used against you someday at a time and place of the government’s choosing.
While this may sound like a riff on a bad joke, it’s a bad joke with “we the people” as the punchline.
The following activities are guaranteed to get you censored, surveilled, eventually placed on a government watch list, possibly detained and potentially killed.
Laugh at your own peril.
Use harmless trigger words like cloud, pork and pirates:
Simply by using a cell phone, you make yourself an easy target for government agents - working closely with corporations - who can listen in on your phone calls, read your text messages and emails, and track your movements based on the data transferred from, received by, and stored in your cell phone.
Mention any of the so-called “trigger” words in a conversation or text message, and you’ll get flagged for sure.
Drive a car:
Unless you’ve got an old junkyard heap without any of the gadgets and gizmos that are so attractive to today’s car buyers (GPS, satellite radio, electrical everything, smart systems, etc.), driving a car today is like wearing a homing device: you’ll be tracked from the moment you open that car door thanks to black box recorders and vehicle-to-vehicle communications systems that can monitor your speed, direction, location, the number of miles traveled, and even your seatbelt use.
Once you add satellites, GPS devices, license plate readers, and real-time traffic cameras to the mix, there’s nowhere you can go on our nation’s highways and byways that you can’t be followed.
Attend a political rally:
Enacted in the wake of 9/11, the Patriot Act redefined terrorism so broadly that many non-terrorist political activities such as protest marches, demonstrations and civil disobedience were considered potential terrorist acts, thereby rendering anyone desiring to engage in protected First Amendment expressive activities as suspects of the surveillance state.
Operation Vigilant Eagle, the brainchild of the Dept. of Homeland Security, calls for surveillance of military veterans returning from Iraq and Afghanistan, characterizing them as extremists and potential domestic terrorist threats because they may be “disgruntled, disillusioned or suffering from the psychological effects of war.”
Disagree with a law enforcement official:
A growing number of government programs are aimed at identifying, monitoring and locking up anyone considered potentially “dangerous” or mentally ill (according to government standards, of course). For instance, a homeless man in New York City who reportedly had a history of violence but no signs of mental illness was forcibly detained in a psych ward for a week after arguing with shelter police.
As a result of a nationwide push to certify a broad spectrum of government officials in mental health first-aid training (a 12-hour course comprised of PowerPoint presentations, videos, discussions, role playing and other interactive activities), more Americans are going to run the risk of being reported for having mental health issues by non-medical personnel.
For instance, one 37-year-old disabled man was arrested, diagnosed by police and an unlicensed mental health screener as having “mental health issues,” apparently because of his slurred speech and unsteady gait.
Appear confused or nervous, fidget, whistle or smell bad:
According to the Transportation Security Administration’s 92-point secret behavior watch list for spotting terrorists, these are among some of the telling signs of suspicious behavior: fidgeting, whistling, bad body odor, yawning, clearing your throat, having a pale face from recently shaving your beard, covering your mouth with your hand when speaking and blinking your eyes fast.
Allow yourself to be seen in public waving a toy gun or anything remotely resembling a gun, such as a water nozzle or a remote control or a walking cane, for instance:
No longer is it unusual to hear about incidents in which police shoot unarmed individuals first and ask questions later.
John Crawford was shot by police in an Ohio Wal-Mart for holding an air rifle sold in the store that he may have intended to buy. Thirteen-year-old Andy Lopez Cruz was shot 7 times in 10 seconds by a California police officer who mistook the boy’s toy gun for an assault rifle.
Appear to be pro-gun, pro-freedom or anti-government:
You might be a domestic terrorist in the eyes of the FBI (and its network of snitches) if you: express libertarian philosophies; exhibit Second Amendment-oriented views; read survivalist literature, including apocalyptic fictional books; show signs of self-sufficiency (stockpiling food, ammo, hand tools, medical supplies); fear an economic collapse; buy gold and barter items; voice fears about Big Brother or big government; or expound about constitutional rights and civil liberties.
Attend a public school:
Microcosms of the police state, public schools contain almost every aspect of the militarized, intolerant, senseless, overcriminalized, legalistic, surveillance-riddled, totalitarian landscape that plagues those of us on the “outside.”
Long before Chelsea Manning and Edward Snowden were being castigated for blowing the whistle on the government’s war crimes and the National Security Agency’s abuse of its surveillance powers, it was activists such as Martin Luther King Jr. and John Lennon who were being singled out for daring to speak truth to power.
These men and others like them had their phone calls monitored and data files collected on their activities and associations. For a little while, at least, they became enemy number one in the eyes of the US government.
There’s always a price to pay for standing up to the powers-that-be.
Yet as this list shows, you don’t even have to be a dissident to get flagged by the government for surveillance, censorship and detention.
All you really need to be is a citizen of the police state.
Open Source Government: True Government Of The People, By The People And For The People
April 28 2016 | From: Geopolitics
Government models have not evolved that much since the days of Plato’s Socratic Republic.
Instead, they have all deteriorated, corrupted, and have failed on many occasions to address and mitigate the most fundamental failing of man, i.e. greed for absolute power.
Members of Secret Societies claimed they have been raised and trained to properly handle power and authority, and yet we know how many times this hasn’t been the case.
Power is toxic and absolute power corrupts absolutely.
The only way power be prevented from being misused is when it is distributed to as many as possible. By then, power will cease to be more than just a routine exercise of collective free will.
Until today, the concept of collective free will has been nothing more than illusory at best. We call it democracy, the rule of the mob, or the tyranny of the majority. And rightly so, because we let sheer numbers decide who and what’s best for us, instead of high quality ideas taken and decided directly from each member of our society.
In order to create the illusion of direct participation, the elite minority devised a periodic ritual where we can all choose directly from preselected individuals out of a pool of nominees, i.e. club members, as our potential leaders, neither of whom is committed to serve the people’s interests, but the club.
Preselection is enforced by making each outsider poor enough to barely afford financing a political campaign. The reign of inbred mentally retarded families is thus maintained by default.
The fragile House of Cards is surprisingly, yet effectively sustained just by the mere satisfaction of earthly desires of the few below the pyramid. The entire system is self-sustaining in its corruption of the entire fabric of our miserable existence.
This stupidity cannot go on.
We cannot solve any problem by using the same mindset that created it in the first place. That is a Universal Truth.
Hundreds of years ago, this concept would have been impossible, but true democracy is being exercised daily in the realm of Open Software Development for decades now, and the cost is only as high as your monthly ISP bill, something that you are already doing now, as you read this article.
Therefore, it is a huge mistake to abandon this idea as merely Utopian. Labeling, or branding, has gotten us nowhere. It’s time to confront the systemic problem head on.
Open Source Government ensures that only the best solution survives while keeping the cost close to nil as everybody would be willing to volunteer their services as is already done in Open Source Communities.
Goodbye, Mr. Congressman. And that is only the beginning.
The Next OSG Evolution
It is only natural that the next evolution of Open Source Government is the establishment of a direct link between people formulated and approved policies and controls, which serves as the programming instructions into the machines that will do the actual dirty repetitive work of sustaining life on the planet.
By that time, real-time formulated policies will be translated as the macro firmware instructions that sits at the lowest level by which they can override all embedded intelligence, to maintain the superiority of man over machines.
Goodbye, Mr. President.
While possible, it is highly improbable that the majority will give machine instructions to kill themselves. Sustainability and security are therefore inherently built into the system.
Goodbye, FBI and NSA.
Recognizing the fact that money is just a form of control to our access to basic resources, and not a true manifestation of tangible wealth, there will be a time along the way when the majority decide that this Babylonian paper magik, too, could go away. And that’s when slavery is finally defeated.
Goodbye, Goldman Sachs, Federal Reserve, IMF-WB and Rothschild dynasty.
Understandably, government as we know it will lose its meaning and will cease to exist. Goodbye, representative United Nations!
Again, the template for Open Source Government is existing and is being used continuously by Google and Mozilla, to name just a few. We just have to migrate it into governance.
Automation and robotics technology is already being applied to replace humans in the realm of manufacturing. Why not link it with OSG to have a completely responsive government that responds in real-time?
Comment: Okay, so that comment above might sound a bit transhumanist. But the gist of this article is to inspire thinking. We collectively need to figure a way out of this paradigm and to determine what we move on to from here. Sitting around going "well this is shit" is not going to help us move forward in an upward, positively driven fashion.
Open Collaboration is the only feasible system that is already proven to sustainably work. It is the only government model where the highest quality of public services are guaranteed, transparency and peaceful interaction are built-in, all at the lowest cost possible.
In this politically correct world, our right to free speech is increasingly being eroded by the apparent rights of others who disagree with our views.
State broadcaster Television New Zealand came under attack last month, when they were accused of including
a ‘racist’ question in their new KiwiMeter survey.
KiwiMeter, a 10-minute on-line questionnaire, which examines what being a New Zealander means to different people, places participants in one of six groups according to their views – patriot, globalist, egalitarian, loyalist, traditionalist, or sceptic.
TVNZ’s Head of News and Current Affairs, John Gillespie, explained that KiwiMeter is a scientific study designed to provide a data-driven picture of New Zealand’s national identity in order to help the broadcaster ‘stay connected’ to the issues their audience most cares about. It was put together by the same team that developed their Vote Compass election survey, and was preceded by a local pilot study of 11,000 of those 300,000 participants.
Over 220,000 New Zealanders have completed KiwiMeter, and with the flag question accurately predicting the results of the final referendum, the data will indeed give TVNZ a real understanding of the views of our population.
But it didn’t take long for the critics to emerge. Within days of the survey being launched, the Labour Party’s MP for Te Tai Tokerau, Kelvin Davis, claimed that KiwiMeter was inciting “racial intolerance”.
There are three questions that touch on Maori culture, where respondents are asked to agree or disagree with a statement:
“Maori culture is something that all New Zealanders can take pride in, no matter their background”
“A history of discrimination has created conditions that make it difficult for Maori to be successful”
“Maori should not receive any special treatment”
Mr Davis claimed the question that included the statement, “Maori should not receive any special treatment”, was “out and out racism”. He demanded it be removed from the survey, stating, “It just evokes images of Don Brash 2004: implying that Maori have special treatment, I’d like to know what special treatment they’re talking about.”
Well, let’s try to answer that question for Mr Davis – and let’s begin with his Te Tai Tokerau electorate seat.
The Maori seats were created as a temporary measure in 1867 when gender, age, and private land title were the criteria used to determine voting eligibility. Since much of the land held by Maori was in common ownership, rather than private title, the Maori seats were introduced to ensure all Maori men had the right to vote – a privilege not enjoyed by those non-Maori men, who held land jointly or not at all.
In 1879, when all men gained the vote, the Maori seats should have been abolished, but as a result of strong advocacy – and weak politicians – they were retained.
It was the same in 1996, when MMP was introduced. The Royal Commission on the Electoral System had recommended that the Maori seats be abolished if MMP was adopted – to prevent an over-representation of Maori in Parliament. But Jim Bolger’s National Party retained the seats to appease Maori leaders, and as a result, the predicted over-representation of Maori in Parliament has now occurred, with twenty-three percent of current MPs claiming Maori descent.
These reserved seats, of which Kelvin Davis’s electorate seat is one, are a fine example of Maori privilege. Mr Davis is in Parliament because of Maori special treatment.
As a result of the Parliamentary leverage created by the race-based Maori seats, there are a plethora of race-based legislative initiatives that give Maori special rights. These include:
Special Maori content in the education curriculum
Maori-only education scholarships
Maori-only housing projects
Maori-only health initiatives
Maori-only welfare initiatives
Maori-only prisoner programmes
Maori-only positions on government agencies
Maori-only consultation rights under the Resource Management Act
Maori-only co-management of parks, rivers, lakes, and the coastline
Maori-only ownership rights to the foreshore and seabed
A special Maori Authority tax rate of 17.5 percent
A special Maori-only exemption to allow blood relatives to qualify for charitable status
Maori language funding
Maori radio and TV
Maori-only seats on local councils
Maori-only appointments onto local government committees
Maori-only local government Statutory Boards
Maori-only local government advisory committees
Maori seats in Parliament
The list of statutory Maori privilege is increasing all the time, as the government’s current plans to confer race-based rights to control fresh water demonstrates only too clearly.
As justification for Maori privilege, Mr Davis and others point to so-called ‘Maori disadvantage’. But they should remember that the statistics on these matters are no longer clear-cut.
Back in the seventies, when widespread intermarriage was resulting in a sharp decline in the number of people who could be categorised as Maori, the Labour Government changed the rules. Through the 1974 Maori Affairs Amendment Act, the racial classification of “Maori” based on someone having 50 percent or more of Maori blood was changed to one based on self-identification and ethnic affiliation – in other words, having a Maori descendent.
This guaranteed that the number of people being classified as Maori would continue to grow, since anyone with even a smidgeon of Maori blood could, for official purposes, be counted as Maori.
In 2000, Simon Chapple, a senior researcher with the Department of Labour, used 1996 census data to examine the impact of these new definitions. He found that instead of the 273,693 New Zealanders who indicated they were Maori-only being recognised as Maori for statistical purposes, the new policy of adding everyone who included Maori as one of their ethnic groups into the final count, boosted the official tally to 580,374.
In other words, that change in methodology effectively doubled the “official” number of Maori. Simon Chapple recommended to the Government that the Maori ethnic group should be restricted to those who identify as Maori-only in the Census, with everyone else allocated to their other major ethnic group. But his suggestion was ignored. As a result, so-called Maori disadvantage is overstated.
In addition, a fact that Mr Davis and others like to conveniently forget, is that while people who claim Maori ancestry might appear to be over represented in our worst social statistics, the causes are well documented and include long-term welfare dependency, solo parenthood, child abuse, and educational failure. Skin-colour does not predetermine one’s future.
TVNZ denied the accusations of racism being made against it. The Canadian firm Vox Pop Labs, which helped to design KiwiMeter – along with input from Auckland and Victoria University political scientists – refuted the racist allegations as “categorically false”.
But Mr Davis, no doubt with his own self-interest in mind, remained adamant: “I think it’s offensive, I think it’s racist, and I think it should be pulled.”
While Labour leader Andrew Little also condemned the question, the Prime Minister defended it, saying it was a legitimate question to ask. “There was nothing wrong with asking a question, to get a sense of what people’s views are. People ask questions all the time about potentially controversial things, we live in an open society and people are free to ask a question.”
John Key is right. In this country – at least at the present time – our rights to free speech are protected by law and guaranteed under Clause 14 of the New Zealand Bill of Rights Act:
"Everyone has the right to freedom of expression, including the freedom to seek, receive and impart information and opinions of any kind and in any form”.
However, the right to say whatever we like is tempered by the Human Rights Act, which makes it an offence to express opinions that could be deemed to be ‘threatening, abusive, or insulting’ on the grounds of ‘colour, race, or ethnic or national origins’.
While the Human Rights Commission indicated they were looking into complaints of racism against TVNZ, their website explains, that our right to the “freedom of expression” means that people can make highly controversial or unpopular remarks, and while they may be regarded as offensive, unless they are likely to cause or exacerbate serious ethnic tension or unrest, no action will be taken:
"Only where there is the potential for significant detriment to society can the right to freedom of expression be limited”.
The right to offend is at the heart of robust debate about controversial matters. As British comedian Rowan Atkinson explained;
"The freedom to criticise or ridicule ideas – even if they are sincerely held beliefs – is a fundamental freedom of society. In my view the right to offend is far more important than any right not to be offended.
The right to ridicule is far more important to society than any right not to be ridiculed because one in my view represents openness – and the other represents oppression.”
David Round, a law lecturer at Canterbury University and this week’s NZCPR Guest Commentator – with a speech he delivered at the University’s commemoration of the 800th anniversary of the Magna Carta – is no stranger to free speech and controversy.
He remains undaunted, upsetting many sensitivities when he used his address to denounce the “deplorable shortsightedness and stupidity on the part of our political and intellectual class”, who claim the Treaty of Waitangi is a “Maori Magna Carta”:
“Now ~ in our own day, and in our own country, there is a mythologizing and a flagrant misinterpretation, as notable and as bizarre as any seventeenth century deification of Magna Carta, of a certain document.
That document is of course the Treaty of Waitangi, sometimes referred to as ‘the Maori Magna Carta’.
This brief general memorandum of understanding recorded ~ not just in the English translation but in the Maori original ~ an agreement that the Queen should be sovereign over New Zealand and that Maori should be her subjects, with the rights and privileges of British subjects ~ a position of equality before the law.
By some mysterious alchemy the document has come to be widely understood to mean the exact opposite ~ to establish some as yet undefined ‘Maori sovereignty’ or at the least a ‘partnership’ between the Crown and Maori, or between part-Maori New Zealanders and those not of Maori descent.
This process is at least as remarkable as anything that happened in the seventeenth century. It is complete nonsense to describe the current misinterpretation of the Treaty as anything remotely like Magna Carta.”
Feigning offence is a tactic commonly used by those who want to close down a debate. By using this strategy and playing the race card, Kelvin Davis was able to divert attention away from the real issue of Maori privilege onto the question of whether or not KiwiMeter – and TVNZ – is racist.
Maori sovereignty activists are increasingly targeting the media in an attempt to prevent them from publishing anything that doesn’t suit their separatist agenda.
It is going on right now, with some of the newspapers around the country that are currently running the NZCPR’s public information advertisement calling for submissions on National’s plan for the race-based control of fresh water, being targeted and accused of racism – including by the taxpayer funded Maori TV.
By using bully-boy tactics, they no doubt hope to intimidate newspapers and discourage them from running such ads in the future.
And with the Human Rights Commission maintaining a register of media that publish material they deem to be unfavourable to Maori, it is clear that our fundamental right to the freedom of speech is under serious threat.
If, as a society, we value free speech, we must not allow ourselves to be intimidated into silence. For silence is interpreted as approval. In the present debate over fresh water, the government will think that those who are not speaking out condone tribal control – when that is the very thing that most will oppose.
Speaking up is vital in a democracy. Your single voice is critical. Together many voices can move a nation.
If you haven’t put in a submission opposing all race-based proposals for fresh water reform, this is our last reminder. People power is the only way to stop this – a simple email stating your position and sent to firstname.lastname@example.org is all that is needed. And why not send your thoughts on to all National MPs (their addresses are here), as they are the only ones who can stop this.
From The Archives For ANZAC Day: All Wars Are Bankers' Wars April 14 2015 | From: MichaelRivero / Various Sources
A very eloquent and relatively concise video discourse on how and why the title of this piece is so tragically true, followed by a very detailed article for those who wish to read more.
This really is a must see / must read piece to be aware of the real history of banking and warmongering over the last 100 years - along with the how and why such nefarious plans were implemented; and to what ends.
This exposes the same plan that is being rolled out globally, not just in the United States.
"The common enemy of all human kind are private central banks issuing the public currency as a loan at interest, and as history will show, they will do anything up to, and including global war - to keep their lock on yours and your children's economic wellbeing and productivity.
We are not a free society. Media will tell us that we are free, but we are not free.
We are slaves, our slave chains are made of paper - and that paper is the Federal Reserve note [including the central bankster issued debt-based-notes of every other country]."
Too few of our leaders have tried to stand up to this system of enslavement, usually with lethal results. But if all of the people of the world stood up at the same time and said "No more private central banks", it will come crashing down, just as slavery did, just as rule by divine right did and we will be embarking on a new era in human history where the emphasis on human development is on the people and not on the money junkies.
[Note: This does not mean we should not remember the dead, who were duped into giving their lives for lies.]
"Banking was conceived in iniquity and was born in sin. The Bankers own the Earth. Take it away from them, but leave them the power to create deposits, and with the flick of a pen they will create enough deposits to buy it back again.
However, take it away from them, and all the fortunes like mine will disappear, and they ought to disappear, for this world would be a happier and better world to live in. But if you wish to remain slaves of the Bankers and pay for the cost of your own slavery, let them continue to create deposits."
- Sir Josiah Stamp, President of the Bank of England in the 1920s, the second richest man in Britain
I know many people have a great deal of difficulty comprehending just how many wars are started for no other purpose than to force private central banks onto nations, so let me share a few examples, so that you understand why the US Government is mired in so many wars against so many foreign nations. There is ample precedent for this.
The United States fought the American Revolution primarily over King George III's Currency act, which forced the colonists to conduct their business only using printed bank notes borrowed from the Bank of England at interest.
Interest Bearing bank note from the Bank of England, 1764
"The bank hath benefit of interest on all moneys which it creates out of nothing."
- William Paterson, founder of the Bank of England in 1694
King George III
After the revolution, the new United States adopted a radically different economic system in which the government issued its own value-based money, so that private banks like the Bank of England were not siphoning off the wealth of the people through interest-bearing bank notes.
"The refusal of King George 3rd to allow the colonies to operate an honest money system, which freed the ordinary man from the clutches of the money manipulators, was probably the prime cause of the revolution."
- Benjamin Franklin, Founding Father
Following the revolution, the US Government actually took steps to keep the bankers out of the new government!
"Any person holding any office or any stock in any institution in the nature of a bank for issuing or discounting bills or notes payable to bearer or order, cannot be a member of the House whilst he holds such office or stock."
- Third Congress of the United States Senate, 23rd of December, 1793, signed by the President, George Washington
But bankers are nothing if not dedicated to their schemes to acquire your wealth, and know full well how easy it is to corrupt a nation's leaders.
Congress still refused to renew the charter for the First Bank of the United States, whereupon Nathan Mayer Rothschild railed,"Teach those impudent Americans a lesson! Bring them back to colonial status!"
The British Prime Minister at the time, Spencer Perceval was adamently opposed to war with the United States, primarily because the majority of England's military might was occupied with the ongoing Napoleonic wars.
Spencer Perceval was concerned that Britain might not prevail in a new American war, a concern shared by many in the British government.
The First Bank of the United States
Then, Spencer Perceval was assassinated (the only British Prime Minister to be assassinated in office) and replaced by Robert Banks Jenkinson, the 2nd Earl of Liverpool, who was fully supportive of a war to recapture the colonies.
Click for larger imageof the Geneva Gazette for July 1, 1812, reporting on the assassination of Spencer Perceval together with the declaration of the War of 1812
"If my sons did not want wars, there would be none."
- Gutle Schnaper, wife of Mayer Amschel Rothschild and mother of his five sons
Financed at virtually no interest by the Rothschild controlled Bank of England, Britain then provoked the war of 1812 to recolonize the United States and force them back into the slavery of the Bank of England, or to plunge the United States into so much debt they would be forced to accept a new private central bank.
Once again, private bankers were in control of the nation's money supply and cared not who made the laws or how many British and American soldiers had to die for it.
The Second Bank of the United States
Bank Note from the Second Bank of the United States
Once again the nation was plunged into debt, unemployment, and poverty by the predations of the private central bank, and in 1832 Andrew Jackson successfully campaigned for his second term as President under the slogan, "Jackson And No Bank!" True to his word, Jackson succeeds in blocking the renewal of the charter for the Second Bank of the United States.
"Gentlemen! I too have been a close observer of the doings of the Bank of the United States. I have had men watching you for a long time, and am convinced that you have used the funds of the bank to speculate in the breadstuffs of the country.
When you won, you divided the profits amongst you, and when you lost, you charged it to the bank. You tell me that if I take the deposits from the bank and annul its charter I shall ruin ten thousand families. That may be true, gentlemen, but that is your sin!
Should I let you go on, you will ruin fifty thousand families, and that would be my sin! You are a den of vipers and thieves. I have determined to rout you out, and by the Eternal, (bringing his fist down on the table) I will rout you out!"
- Andrew Jackson, shortly before ending the charter of the Second Bank of the United States.
From the original minutes of the Philadelphia committee of citizens sent to meet with President Jackson (February 1834), according to Andrew Jackson and the Bank of the United States (1928) by Stan V. Henkels
News report of Jackson shutting down the Second Bank of the United States, Geneva Gazette, October 2, 1833
President Zachary Taylor, ca 1850
President James Buchanon
President Abraham Lincoln
Shortly after President Jackson (the only American President to actually pay off the National Debt) ended the Second Bank of the United States, there was an attempted assassination which failed when both pistols used by the assassin, Richard Lawrence, failed to fire.
President Zachary Taylor opposed the creation of a new Private Central Bank, owing to the historical abuses of the First and Second Banks of the United States.
"The idea of a national bank is dead, and will not be revived in my time."
- Zachary Taylor
Taylor died on July 9, 1850 after eating a bowl of cherries and milk rumored to have been poisoned. The symptoms he displayed are consistent with acute arsenic poisoning.
President James Buchanan also opposed a private central bank. During the panic of 1857 he attempted to set limits on banks issuing more loans than they had actual funds, and to require all issued bank notes to be backed by Federal Government assets.
He was poisoned with arsenic and survived, although 38 other people at the dinner died.
The public school system is as subservient to the bankers' wishes to keep certain history from you, just as the corporate media is subservient to Monsanto's wishes to keep the dangers of GMOs from you, and the global warming cult's wishes to conceal from you that the Earth has actually been cooling for the last 16 years.
Thus is should come as little surprise that much of the real reasons for the events of the Civil War are not well known to the average American.
"The few who understand the system will either be so interested in its profits or be so dependent upon its favours that there will be no opposition from that class, while on the other hand, the great body of people, mentally incapable of comprehending the tremendous advantage that capital derives from the system, will bear its burdens without complaint, and perhaps without even suspecting that the system is inimical to their interests."
- The Rothschild brothers of London writing to associates in New York, 1863
When the Confederacy seceded from the United States, the bankers once again saw the opportunity for a rich harvest of debt, and offered to fund Lincoln's efforts to bring the south back into the union, but at 30% interest.
Lincoln remarked that he would not free the black man by enslaving the white man to the bankers and using his authority as President, issued a new government currency, the greenback. This was a direct threat to the wealth and power of the central bankers, who quickly responded.
"Dear Sir: It is advisable to do all in your power to sustain such prominent daily and weekly newspapers... as will oppose the issuing of greenback paper money, and that you also withhold patronage or favors from all applicants who are not willing to oppose the Government issue of money. Let the Government issue the coin and the banks issue the paper money of the country...
[T]o restore to circulation the Government issue of money, will be to provide the people with money, and will therefore seriously affect your individual profit as bankers and lenders."
- Triumphant plutocracy; the story of American public life from 1870 to 1920, by Lynn Wheeler
"It will not do to allow the greenback, as it is called, to circulate as money any length of time, as we cannot control that." -- Triumphant plutocracy; the story of American public life from 1870 to 1920, by Lynn Wheeler
"Slavery is likely to be abolished by the war power, and chattel slavery destroyed.
This, I and my European friends are in favor of, for slavery is but the owning of labor and carries with it the care for the laborer, while the European plan, led on by England, is for capital to control labor by controlling the wages. THIS CAN BE DONE BY CONTROLLING THE MONEY."
- Triumphant plutocracy; the story of American public life from 1870 to 1920, by Lynn Wheeler
Following Lincoln's assassination, the Greenbacks were pulled from circulation and the American people forced to go back to an economy based on bank notes borrowed at interest from the private bankers.
Tsar Alexander II, who authorized Russian military assistance to Lincoln, was subsequently the victim of multiple attempts on his life in 1866, 1879, and 1880, until his assassination in 1881.
With the end of Lincoln's Greenbacks, the US could no longer create its own interest free money and was manipulated during the term of President Ruthford B. Hayes into borrowing from the Rothschilds banking system in 1878, restoring to the Rothschilds control of the US economy they had lost under Andrew Jackson.
Messrs. Rothschild & Sons to Mr. Sherman.
Hon. John Sherman,
Secretary of the Treasury, Washington D. C.:
Very pleased we have entered into relations again with American Government. Shall do our best to make the business successful.
James A. Garfield was elected President in 1880 on a platform of government control of the money supply.
"The chief duty of the National Government in connection with the currency of the country is to coin money and declare its value.
Grave doubts have been entertained whether Congress is authorized by the Constitution to make any form of paper money legal tender.
The present issue of United States notes has been sustained by the necessities of war; but such paper should depend for its value and currency upon its convenience in use and its prompt redemption in coin at the will of the holder, and not upon its compulsory circulation.
These notes are not money, but promises to pay money. If the holders demand it, the promise should be kept."
- James Garfield
"By the experience of commercial nations in all ages it has been found that gold and silver afford the only safe foundation for a monetary system.
Confusion has recently been created by variations in the relative value of the two metals, but I confidently believe that arrangements can be made between the leading commercial nations which will secure the general use of both metals.
Congress should provide that the compulsory coinage of silver now required by law may not disturb our monetary system by driving either metal out of circulation.
If possible, such an adjustment should be made that the purchasing power of every coined dollar will be exactly equal to its debt-paying power in all the markets of the world."
- James Garfield
"He who controls the money supply of a nation controls the nation."
- James Garfield
Garfield was shot on July 2, 1881 and died of his wounds several weeks later. Chester A. Arthur succeeded Garfield as President.
In 1896, William McKinley was elected President in the middle of a depression-driven debate over gold-backed government currency versus bank notes borrowed at interest from private banks.
McKinley favored gold-backed currencies and a balanced government budget which would free the public from accumulating debt.
"Our financial system needs some revision; our money is all good now, but its value must not further be threatened.
It should all be put upon an enduring basis, not subject to easy attack, nor its stability to doubt or dispute. Our currency should continue under the supervision of the Government.
The several forms of our paper money offer, in my judgment, a constant embarrassment to the Government and a safe balance in the Treasury." - William McKinley
McKinley was shot by an out-of-work anarchist on September 14, 1901, in Buffalo, NY, succumbing to his wounds a few days later. He was suceeded in office by Theodore Roosevelt.
Finally, in 1913, the Private Central Bankers of Europe, in particular the Rothschilds of Great Britain and the Warburgs of Germany, met with their American financial collaborators on Jekyll Island, Georgia to form a new banking cartelwith the express purpose of forming the Third Bank of the United States, with the aim of placing complete control of the United States money supply once again under the control of private bankers.
Owing to hostility over the previous banks, the name was changed to "The Federal Reserve" system in order to grant the new bank a quasi-governmental image, but in fact it is a privately owned bank, no more "Federal" than Federal Express.
The Federal Reserve; it is neither "Federal" nor does it have any actual "Reserves", creating as it does money out of thin air.
"When you or I write a check, there must be sufficient funds in our account to cover the check; but when the Federal Reserve writes a check, there is no bank deposit on which that check is drawn. When the Federal Reserve writes a check, it is creating money." -- From the Boston Federal Reserve Bank pamphlet, "Putting it Simply."
"Neither paper currency nor deposits have value as commodities. Intrinsically, a 'dollar' bill is just a piece of paper. Deposits are merely book entries."
- "Modern Money Mechanics Workbook" - Federal Reserve of Chicago, 1975
"I am afraid the ordinary citizen will not like to be told that the banks can and do create money. And they who control the credit of the nation direct the policy of Governments and hold in the hollow of their hand the destiny of the people."
- Reginald McKenna, as Chairman of the Midland Bank, addressing stockholders in 1924
"States, most especially the large hegemonic ones, such as the United States and Great Britain, are controlled by the international central banking system, working through secret agreements at the Bank for International Settlements (BIS), and operating through national central banks (such as the Bank of England and the Federal Reserve)...
The same international banking cartel that controls the United States today previously controlled Great Britain and held it up as the international hegemon.
When the British order faded, and was replaced by the United States, the US ran the global economy. However, the same interests are served.
States will be used and discarded at will by the international banking cartel; they are simply tools."
- Andrew Gavin Marshall
1913 proved to be a transformative year for the nation's economy, first with the passage of the 16th "income tax" Amendment and the false claim that it had been ratified.
"I think if you were to go back and and try to find and review the ratification of the 16th amendment, which was the internal revenue, the income tax, I think if you went back and examined that carefully, you would find that a sufficient number of states never ratified that amendment."
- U.S. District Court Judge James C. Fox, Sullivan Vs. United States, 2003.
Later that same year, and apparently unwilling to risk another questionable amendment, Congress passed the Federal Reserve Act over Christmas holiday 1913, while members of Congress opposed to the measure were at home.
This was a very underhanded deal, as the Constitution explicitly vests Congress with the authority to issue the public currency, does not authorize its delegation, and thus should have required a new Amendment to transfer that authority to a private bank.
But pass it Congress did, and President Woodrow Wilson signed it as he promised the bankers he would in exchange for generous campaign contributions.
News report of Wilson's signing the Federal Reserve Act. Under the Constitution, only a new Amendment could transfer the government's authority to create the currency to a private party.
President Woodrow Wilson
Woodrow Wilson later regretted that decision.
"I am a most unhappy man. I have unwittingly ruined my country.
A great industrial nation is now controlled by its system of credit.
We are no longer a government by free opinion, no longer a government by conviction and the vote of the majority, but a government by the opinion and duress of a small group of dominant men."
- Woodrow Wilson 1919
Thomas Edison, arguably the most brilliant man of the age, was also well aware of the fraud of private central banks.
"People who will not turn a shovel full of dirt on the project nor contribute a pound of material, will collect more money from the United States than will the People who supply all the material and do all the work.
This is the terrible thing about interest ...
But here is the point: If the Nation can issue a dollar bond it can issue a dollar bill.
The element that makes the bond good makes the bill good also.
The difference between the bond and the bill is that the bond lets the money broker collect twice the amount of the bond and an additional 20%.
Whereas the currency, the honest sort provided by the Constitution pays nobody but those who contribute in some useful way.
It is absurd to say our Country can issue bonds and cannot issue currency.
Both are promises to pay, but one fattens the usurer and the other helps the People.
If the currency issued by the People were no good, then the bonds would be no good, either.
It is a terrible situation when the Government, to insure the National Wealth, must go in debt and submit to ruinous interest charges at the hands of men who control the fictitious value of gold."
- Thomas A. Edison
The next year, World War One started, and it is important to remember that prior to the creation of the Federal Reserve, there was no such thing as a world war.
In 1913, the Rothschild KM was able to establish a beachhead by bribing crooked, treasonous members of Congress to pass the illegal, Unconstitutional Federal Reserve Act on Christmas Eve without a required quorum. The Act was then signed by a crooked, bought off President, who was a traitor to America, like the members of Congress who voted for it.
Archduke Franz Ferdinand, whose assassination triggered World War One
Hitler as TIME's man of the year
World War One started between Austria-Hungary and Serbia with the assassination of Archduke Ferdinand.
Although the war started between Austria-Hungary and Serbia, it quickly shifted to focus on Germany, whose industrial capacity was seen as an economic threat to Great Britain, who saw the decline of the British Pound as a result of too much emphasis on financial activity to the neglect of agriculture, industrial development, and infrastructure (not unlike the present day United States).
Although pre-war Germany had a private central bank, it was heavily restricted and inflation kept to reasonable levels.
Under government control, investment was guaranteed to internal economic development, and Germany was seen as a major power.
So, in the media of the day, Germany was portrayed as the prime opponent of World War One, and not just defeated, but its industrial base flattened.
Following the Treaty of Versailles, Germany was ordered to pay the war costs of all the participating nations, even though Germany had not actually started the war.
This amounted to three times the value of all of Germany itself.
Germany's private central bank, to whom Germany had gone deeply into debt to pay the costs of the war, broke free of government control, and massive inflation followed (mostly triggered by currency speculators), permanently trapping the German people in endless debt.
When the Weimar Republic collapsed economically, it opened the door for the National Socialists to take power.
Their first financial move was to issue their own state currency which was not borrowed from private central bankers.
Freed from having to pay interest on the money in circulation, Germany blossomed and quickly began to rebuild its industry.
The media called it "The German Miracle".
TIME magazine lionized Hitler for the amazing improvement in life for the German people and the explosion of German industry, and even named him TIME Magazine's Man Of The Year in 1938.
Once again, Germany's industrial output became a threat to Great Britain.
Germany's state-issued value based currency was also a direct threat to the wealth and power of the private central banks, and as early as 1933 they started to organize a global boycott against Germany to strangle this upstart ruler who thought he could break free of private central bankers!
"Should Germany merchandise (do business) again in the next 50 years we have led this war (WW1) in vain."
- Winston Churchill in The Times (1919)
"We will force this war upon Hitler, if he wants it or not."
- Winston Churchill (1936 broadcast)
"Germany becomes too powerful. We have to crush it."
- Winston Churchill (November 1936 speaking to US
- General Robert E. Wood)
"This war is an English war and its goal is the destruction of Germany."
- Winston Churchill (- Autumn 1939 broadcast)
Click on the image above to view a larger version in a new window
As had been the case in World War One, Great Britain and other nations threatened by Germany's economic power looked for an excuse to go to war, and as public anger in Germany grew over the boycott, Hitler foolishly gave them that excuse. Years later, in a spirit of candor, the real reasons for that war were made clear.
"The war wasn't only about abolishing fascism, but to conquer sales markets. We could have, if we had intended so, prevented this war from breaking out without doing one shot, but we didn't want to."
- Winston Churchill to Truman (Fultun, USA March 1946)
"Germany's unforgivable crime before WW2 was its attempt to loosen its economy out of the world trade system and to build up an independent exchange system from which the world-finance couldn't profit anymore. ...We butchered the wrong pig."
-Winston Churchill (The Second World War - Bern, 1960)
As a side note, we need to step back before WW2 and recall Marine Major General Smedley Butler. In 1933, Wall Street bankers and financiers had bankrolled the successful coups by both Hitler and Mussolini. Brown Brothers Harriman in New York was financing Hitler right up to the day war was declared with Germany.
Marine Corps Major General Smedley Butler
And they decided that a fascist dictatorship in the United States based on the one on Italy would be far better for their business interests than Roosevelt's "New Deal" which threatened massive wealth re-distribution to recapitalize the working and middle class of America.
So the Wall Street tycoons recruited General Butler to lead the overthrow of the US Government and install a "Secretary of General Affairs" who would be answerable to Wall Street and not the people, would crush social unrest and shut down all labor unions.
General Butler pretended to go along with the scheme but then exposed the plot to Congress. Congress, then as now in the pocket of the Wall Street bankers, refused to act.
When Roosevelt learned of the planned coup he demanded the arrest of the plotters, but the plotters simply reminded Roosevelt that if any one of them were sent to prison, their friends on Wall Street would deliberately collapse the still-fragile economy and blame him for it.
Roosevelt was thus unable to act until the start of WW2, at which time he prosecuted many of the plotters under the Trading With The Enemy act.
The Congressional minutes into the coup were finally declassified in 1967, but rumors of the attempted coup became the inspiration for the movie, "Seven Days in May" but with the true financial villains erased from the script.
"I spent 33 years and four months in active military service as a member of our country's most agile military force - the Marine Corps.
I served in all commissioned ranks from second lieutenant to Major General. And during that period I spent more of my time being a high - class muscle man for Big Business, for Wall Street and for the bankers.
In short, I was a racketeer, a gangster for capitalism. "I suspected I was just a part of a racket at the time.
Now I am sure of it.
Like all members of the military profession I never had an original thought until I left the service. My mental faculties remained in suspended animation while I obeyed the orders of the higher-ups. This is typical with everyone in the military service.
Thus I helped make Mexico and especially Tampico safe for American oil interests in 1914. I helped make Haiti and Cuba a decent place for the National City Bank boys to collect revenues in.
I helped in the raping of half a dozen Central American republics for the benefit of Wall Street. The record of racketeering is long.
I helped purify Nicaragua for the international banking house of Brown Brothers in 1909-12. I brought light to the Dominican Republic for American sugar interests in 1916.
In China in 1927 I helped see to it that the Standard Oil went its way unmolested. During those years, I had, as the boys in the back room would say, a swell racket.
I was rewarded with honors, medals and promotion. Looking back on it, I feel I might have given Al Capone a few hints. The best he could do was to operate his racket in three city districts. I operated on three continents."
- General Smedley Butler, former US Marine Corps Commandant,1935
President John F. Kennedy
As President, John F. Kennedy understood the predatory nature of private central banking. He understood why Andrew fought so hard to end the Second Bank of the United States. So Kennedy wrote and signed Executive Order 11110 which ordered the US Treasury to issue a new public currency, the United States Note.
Presidents Kennedy and Soekarno
Kennedy was working with President Soekarno of Indonesia who was at that time the signatory for the Global Collateral Accounts which were intended to be used for humanitarian purposes but which were subverted at the time of the Bretton-Woods agreement at the end of WWII.
The intention of Kennedy and Soekarno was to end the reign of the globalist privately owned central banking system - which is the main reason that Kennedy was killed, and for his part Soekarno remained under house arrest for the rest of his life.
The efforts to regain control of the Global Collateral Accounts are now being led by Neil Keenan.
The West had been stealing from the Collateral Accounts
for nearly 100 years but this has now been stopped by Neil Keenan and his associates, who have gone to considerable expense and risk in their mission to ensure the Global Collateral Accounts are accessible - for the humanitarian purposes for which they were established.
Kennedy's United States Note - with the lack of reference to the FEDERAL RESERVE
Kennedy's United States Notes were not borrowed from the Federal Reserve but created by the US Government and backed by the silver stockpiles held by the US Government. It represented a return to the system of economics the United States had been founded on, and was perfectly legal for Kennedy to do.
All told, some four and one half billion dollars went into public circulation, eroding interest payments to the Federal Reserve and loosening their control over the nation. Five months later John F. Kennedy was assassinated in Dallas Texas, and the United States Notes pulled from circulation and destroyed (except for samples held by collectors).
John J. McCloy
John J. McCloy, President of the Chase Manhattan Bank, and President of the World Bank, was named to the Warren Commission, presumably to make certain the banking dimensions behind the assassination were concealed from the public.
As we enter the eleventh year of what future history will most certainly describe as World War Three, we need to examine the financial dimensions behind the wars.
Towards the end of World War Two, when it became obvious that the allies were going to win and dictate the post war environment, the major world economic powers met at Bretton Woods, a luxury resort in New Hampshire in July of 1944, and hammered out the Bretton Woods agreement for international finance.
The British Pound lost its position as the global trade and reserve currency to the US dollar (part of the price demanded by Roosevelt in exchange for the US entry into the war). Absent the economic advantages of being the world's "go-to" currency, Britain was forced to nationalize the Bank of England in 1946.
The Bretton Woods agreement, ratified in 1945, in addition to making the dollar the global reserve and trade currency, obligated the signatory nations to tie their currencies to the dollar. The nations that ratified Bretton Woods did so on two conditions. The first was that the Federal Reserve would refrain from over-printing the dollar as a means to loot real products and produce from other nations in exchange for ink and paper; basically an imperial tax.
That assurance was backed up by the second requirement, which was that the US dollar would always be convertible to gold at $35 per ounce.
The Bretton Woods resort, New Hampshire
The Federal Reserve, being a private bank and not answerable to the US Government, did start overprinting paper dollars, and much of the perceived prosperity of the 1950s and 1960s was the result of foreign nations' obligations to accept the paper notes as being worth gold at the rate of $35 an ounce.
Then in 1970, France looked at the huge pile of paper notes sitting in their vaults, for which real French products like wine and cheese had been traded, and notified the United States government that they would exercise their option under Bretton Woods to return the paper notes for gold at the $35 per ounce exchange rate.
The United States had nowhere near the gold to redeem the paper notes, so on August 15th, 1971, Richard Nixon "temporarily" suspended the gold convertibility of the US Federal Reserve Notes.
Nixon announced the end of gold convertability
Later termed the "Nixon shock", this move effectively ended Bretton Woods and many global currencies started to delink from the US dollar.
The "Nixon Shock"
Worse, since the United States had collateralized their loans with the nation's gold reserves, it quickly became apparent that the US Government did not in fact have enough gold to cover the outstanding debts.
Foreign nations began to get very nervous about their loans to the US and understandably were reluctant to loan any additional money to the United States without some form of collateral.
So Richard Nixon started the environmental movement, with the EPA and its various programs such as "wilderness zones", Roadless areas", Heritage rivers", "Wetlands", all of which took vast areas of public lands and made them off limits to the American people who were technically the owners of those lands.
But Nixon had little concern for the environment and the real purpose of this land grab under the guise of the environment was to pledge those pristine lands and their vast mineral resources as collateral on the national debt. This was part of the forerunner to the UN Agernda 21 "Sustainability" farce.
The plethora of different programs was simply to conceal the true scale of how much American land was being pledged to foreign lenders as collateral on the government's debts; eventually almost 25% of the nation itself.
All of this is illegal as the Enclave Clause of the Constitution limits the Federal Government to owning the land under Federal Government buildings and military bases, and that Enclave Clause was written into the Constitution by the Founding Fathers to specifically to prevent the Federal Government simply seizing the land belonging to the people to sell off, pledge as collateral, or rent!
With open lands for collateral already in short supply, the US Government embarked on a new program to shore up sagging international demand for the dollar.
The United States approached the world's oil producing nations, mostly in the Middle East, and offered them a deal. In exchange for only selling their oil for dollars, the United States would guarantee the military safety of those oil-rich nations.
The oil rich nations would agree to spend and invest their US paper dollars inside the United States, in particular in US Treasury Bonds, redeemable through future generations of US taxpayers.
The concept was labeled the "petrodollar". In effect, the US, no longer able to back the dollar with gold, was now backing it with oil.
Other peoples' oil. And that necessity to keep control over those oil nations to prop up the dollar has shaped America's foreign policy in the region ever since.
But as America's manufacturing and agriculture has declined, the oil producing nations faced a dilemma. Those piles of US Federal Reserve notes were not able to purchase much from the United States because the United States had little (other than real estate) anyone wanted to buy.
Europe's cars and aircraft were superior and less costly, while experiments with GMO food crops led to nations refusing to buy US food exports.
Israel's constant belligerence against its neighbors caused them to wonder if the US could actually keep their end of the petrodollar arrangement. Oil producing nations started to talk of selling their oil for whatever currency the purchasers chose to use.
Iraq, already hostile to the United States following Desert Storm, demanded the right to sell their oil for Euros in 2000 and in 2002, the United Nations agreed to allow it under the "Oil for food" program instituted following Desert Storm.
One year later the United States re-invaded Iraq under the lie of Saddam's nuclear weapons, lynched Saddam Hussein, and placed Iraq's oil back on the world market only for US dollars.
The clear US policy shift following 9-11, away from being an impartial broker of peace in the Mideast to one of unquestioned support for Israel's aggressions only further eroded confidence in the Petrodollar deal and even more oil producing nations started openly talking of oil trade for other global currencies.
Over in Libya, Muammar Gaddafi had instituted a state-owned central bank and a value based trade currency, the Gold Dinar.
Gaddafi announced that Libya's oil was for sale, but only for the Gold Dinar. Other African nations, seeing the rise of the Gold Dinar and the Euro, even as the US dollar continued its inflation-driven decline, flocked to the new Libyan currency for trade.
This move had the potential to seriously undermine the global hegemony of the dollar. French President Nicolas Sarkozy reportedly went so far as to call Libya a “threat” to the financial security of the world.
So, the United States invaded Libya, brutally murdered Qaddafi (the object lesson of Saddam's lynching not being enough of a message, apparently), imposed a private central bank, and returned Libya's oil output to dollars only. The gold that was to have been made into the Gold Dinars is, as of last report, unaccounted for.
General Wesley Clark blew the whistle on US plans to conquer the oil-rich Middle East, to attack and take over 7 countries in 5 years.
According to General Wesley Clark, the master plan for the "dollarification" of the world's oil nations included seven targets, Iraq, Syria, Lebanon, Libya, Somalia, Sudan, and Iran (Venezuela, which dared to sell their oil to China for the Yuan, is a late addition).
What is notable about the original seven nations originally targeted by the US is that none of them are members of the Bank for International Settlements, the private central bankers private central bank, located in Switzerland.
This meant that these nations were deciding for themselves how to run their nations' economies, rather than submit to the international private banks.
Now the bankers' gun sights are on Iran, which dares to have a government central bank and sell their oil for whatever currency they choose.
The war agenda is, as always, to force Iran's oil to be sold only for dollars and to force them to accept a privately owned central bank.
Malaysia, one of the few remaining nations without a Rothschild central bank, is now being invaded by a force claimed to be "Al Qaeda" and has suffered numerous suspicious losses of its commercial passenger jets.
With the death of President Hugo Chavez, plans to impose a US and banker friendly regime on Venezuela are clearly being implemented.
Germany's gold bullion. Where is it?
The German government recently asked for the return of some of their gold bullion from the Bank of France and the New York Federal Reserve. France has said it will take 5 years to return Germany's gold. The United States has said they will need 8 years to return Germany's gold.
This suggests strongly that the Bank of France and the NY Federal Reserve have used the deposited gold for other purposes, most likely to cover gold futures contracts used to artificially suppress the price of gold to keep investors in the equities markets, and the Central Banks are scrambling to find new gold to cover the shortfall and prevent a gold run.
So it is inevitable that suddenly France invades Mali, ostensibly to combat Al Qaeda, with the US joining in. Mali just happens to be one of the world's largest gold producers with gold accounting for 80% of Mali exports. War for the bankers does not get more obvious than that!
Mexico has demanded a physical audit of their gold bullion stored at the Bank of England, and along with Venezuela's vast oil reserves (larger than Saudi Arabia), Venezuela's gold mines are a prize lusted after by all the Central Banks that played fast and loose with other peoples' gold bullion.
So we can expect regime change if not outright invasion soon.
You have been raised by a public school system and media that constantly assures you that the reasons for all these wars and assassinations are many and varied.
The US claims to bring democracy to the conquered lands (they haven't; the usual result of a US overthrow is the imposition of a dictatorship, such as the 1953 CIA overthrow of Iran's democratically elected government of Mohammad Mosaddegh and the imposition of the Shah, or the 1973 CIA overthrow of Chile's democratically elected government of President Salvador Allende, and the imposition of Augusto Pinochet), or to save a people from a cruel oppressor, revenge for 9-11, or that tired worn-out catch all excuse for invasion, weapons of mass destruction. Assassinations are always passed off as "crazed lone nuts" to obscure the real agenda.
The real agenda is simple. It is enslavement of the people by creation of a false sense of obligation.
That obligation is false because the Private Central Banking system, by design, always creates more debt than money with which to pay that debt.
Private Central Banking is not science, it is a religion; a set of arbitrary rules created to benefit the priesthood, meaning the owners of the Private Central Bank.
The fraud persists, with often lethal results, because the people are tricked into believing that this is the way life is suppoed to be and no alternative exists or should be dreamt of.
The same was true of two earlier systems of enslavement, Rule by Divine Right and Slavery, both systems built to trick people into obedience, and both now recognized by modern civilizatyion as illegitimate.
Now we are entering a time in human history where we will recognize that rule by debt, or rule by Private Central Bankers issuing the public currency as a loan at interest, is equally illegitimate.
It only works as long as people allow themselves to believe that this is the way life is supposed to be.
But understand this above all; Private Central Banks do not exist to serve the people, the community, or the nation. Private Central Banks exist to serve their owners, to make them rich beyond the dreams of Midas and all for the cost of ink, paper, and the right bribe to the right official.
Behind all these wars, all these assassinations, the hundred million horrible deaths from all the wars lies a single policy of dictatorship. The private central bankers allow rulers to rule only on the condition that the people of a nation be enslaved to the private central banks.
Failing that, said ruler will be killed, and their nation invaded by those other nations enslaved to private central banks.
The so-called "clash of civilizations" we read about on the corporate media is really a war between banking systems, with the private central bankers forcing themselves onto the rest of the world, no matter how many millions must die for it.
Indeed the constant hatemongering against Muslims lies in a simple fact. Like the ancient Christians (prior to the Knights Templars private banking system) , Muslims forbid usury, or the lending of money at interest. And that is the reason our government and media insist they must be killed or converted. They refuse to submit to currencies issued at interest. They refuse to be debt slaves.
So off to war your children must go, to spill their blood for the money-junkies' gold. We barely survived the last two world wars. In the nuclear/bioweapon age, are the private central bankers willing to risk incinerating the whole planet just to feed their greed?
Apparently so. This brings us to the current situation in the Ukraine, Russia, and China.
The European Union had been courting the government of the Ukraine to merge with the EU, and more to the point, entangle their economy with the private-owned European Central Bank.
The government of the Ukraine was considering the move, but had made no commitments. Part of their concern lay with the conditions in other EU nations enslaved to the ECB, notably Cyprus, Greece, Spain, and Italy. So they were properly cautious.
Then Russia stepped in with a better deal and the Ukraine, exercising the basic choice all consumers have to choose the best product at the best price, dropped the EU and announced they were going to go with Russia's offer.
It was at that point that agents provocateurs flooded into the Ukraine, covertly funded by intelligence agency fronts like CANVAS and USAID, stirring up trouble, while the western media proclaimed this was a popular revolution. Snipers shot at people and this violence was blamed on then-President Yanukovich.
However a leaked recording of a phone call between the EU's Catherine Ashton and Estonia's Foreign Minister Urmas Paet confirmed the snipers were working for the overthrow plotters, not the Ukrainian government. Urmas Paet has confirmed the authenticity of that phone call.
This is a classic pattern of covert overthrow we have seen many times before.
Since the end of WW2, the US has covertly tried to overthrow the governments of 56 nations, succeeding 25 times.
Examples include the 1953 overthrow of Iran's elected government of Mohammed Mossadegh and the imposition of the Shah, the 1973 overthrow of Chile's elected government of Salvador Allende and the imposition of the Pinochet dictatorship, and of course, the current overthrow of Ukraine's elected government of Yanukovich and the imposition of the current unelected government, which is already gutting the Ukraine's wealth to hand to the western bankers.
Brazil, Russia, India, China, and South Africa have formed a parallel financial system called BRICS, officially launched on January 1, 2015. As of this writing some 80 nations are ready to trade with BRICS in transactions that do not involve the US dollar.
Despite US economic warfare against both Russia and China, the Ruble and Yuan are seen as more attractive for international trade and banking than the US dollar, hence the US attempt to fan the Ukraine crisis into war with Russia, and attempts to provoke North Korea as a back door to war with China.
The US Corporate Government: "These are the enemies of everything we hold dear in America: Your children must kill them for us..."
Flag waving and propaganda aside, all modern wars are wars by and for the private bankers, fought and bled for by third parties unaware of the true reason they are expected to gracefully be killed and croppled for.
The process is quite simple. As soon as the Private Central Bank issues its currency as a loan at interest, the public is forced deeper and deeper into debt.
When the people are reluctant to borrow any more, that is when the Keynesian economists demand the government borrow more to keep the pyramid scheme working.
When both the people and government refuse to borrow any more, that is when wars are started, to plunge everyone even deeper into debt to pay for the war, then after the war to borrow more to rebuild.
When the war is over, the people have about the same as they did before the war, except the graveyards are far larger and everyone is in debt to the private bankers for the next century. This is why Brown Brothers Harriman in New York was funding the rise of Adolf Hitler.
As long as Private Central Banks are allowed to exist, inevitably as the night follows day there will be poverty, hopelessness, and millions of deaths in endless World Wars, until the Earth itself is sacrificed in flames to Mammon.
The path to true peace on Earth lies in the abolishment of all private central banking everywhere, and a return to the state-issued value-based currencies that allow nations and people to become prosperous.
"Banks do not have an obligation to promote the public good."
- Alexander Dielius, CEO, Germany, Austrian, Eastern Europe Goldman Sachs, 2010
"I am just a banker doing God's work."
- Lloyd Blankfein, CEO, Goldman Sachs, 2009
From the film "The International" which tells the story of the take-down of the corrupt Bank of Credit and Commerce International which was the 7th largest private bank in the world.
'The question the people of the world should be asking is not whether to raise debt ceilings, but rather why our governments, which are authorised to create and issue interest-free money, instead borrow that money at interest from a privately-owned central banking system, thereby plunging future generations into debt slavery to that bank?'
Three steps from Private Central Bank to World War:
Step 1: Enslave the nation to a private Central Bank issuing the public currency as a loan at interest to trap the people in unpayable debt
Step 2: When the people cannot borrow any more, have the government borrow on their behalf (and without their permissiono) to keep the pyramid scheme working
Step 3: When both the people and the government can no longer borrow, start a world war to conquer other nations wealth to "balance the books"
An Revealing Look at the Interests of the United Nations bodies of NATO and the WTO:
Click the image above to open a larger version in a new browser window
Washington Launches Its Attack Against BRICS
April 24 2016 | From: PaulCraigRoberts
Having removed the reformist President of Argentina, Cristina Fernandez de Kirchner, Washington is now disposing of the reformist President of Brazil, Dilma Rousseff.
Washington used a federal judge to order Argentina to sacrifice its debt restructuring program in order to pay US vulture funds the full value of defaulted Argentine bonds that the vulture funds had bought for a few pennies on the dollar.
These vultures were called “creditors” who had made “loans” regardless of the fact that they were not creditors and had made no loans. They were opportunists after easy money and were used by Washington to get rid of a reformist government.
President Kirchner resisted and, thus, she had to go. Washington concocted a story that Kirchner covered up an alleged Iranian bombing in Buenos Aires in 1994.
This implausible fantasy, for which there is no evidence of Iranian involvement, was fed to one of Washington’s agents in the state prosecutor’s office, and a dubious event of 22 years ago was used to clear Kirchner out of the way of the American looting of Argentina.
In Brazil, Washington has used corruption insinuations to get President Rousseff impeached by the lower house. Evidence is not necessary, just allegations. It is no different from “Iranian nukes,” Saddam Hussein’s “weapons of mass destruction,” Assad’s “use of chemical weapons,” or in Rousseff’s case merely insinuations.
The Secretary General of the Organization of American States, Luis Almagro, notes that Rousseff “hasn’t been accused of anything.” The American-backed elites are simply using impeachment to remove a president who they cannot defeat electorally.
In short, this is Washington’s move against the BRICS. Washington is moving to put into political power a rightwing party that Washington controls in order to terminate Brazil’s growing relationships with China and Russia.
The great irony is that the impeachment bill was presided over by the corrupt lower house speaker, Eduardo Cunha, who was recently discovered to have stashed millions of dollars in secret Swiss bank accounts (perhaps his pay-off from Washington) and who lied under oath when he denied having foreign bank accounts. You can read the sordid story here:
Pro-government deputies hold a banner that reads in Portuguese “Cunha out!” behind the table of House speaker Eduardo Cunha, seated center, during a voting session on the impeachment of President Dilma Rousseff, in Brasilia, Brazil, April 17, 2016.
Kirchner and Rousseff’s “crimes” are their efforts to have the governments of Argentina and Brazil represent the Argentine and Brazilian peoples rather than the elites and Wall Street. In Washington these are serious offenses as Washington uses the elites to control South American countries. Whenever Latin Americans elect a government that represents them, Washington overthrows the government or assassinates the president.
Washington is close to returning Venezuela to the control of the Spanish elite allied with Washington.
The presidents of Ecuador and Bolivia are also targeted. One reason Washington will not permit its British lapdog to honor the asylum Ecuador granted to Julian Assange is that Washington expects to have its own agent back in as President of Ecuador, at which time Assange’s asylum will be repealed.
Washington has always blocked reform in Latin America. Latin American peoples will remain American serfs until they elect governments by such large majorities that the governments can exile the traitorous elites, close the US embassies, and expel all US corporations. Every Latin American country that has an American presence has no future other than serfdom.
Mainstream Media Achieve Historic Milestone + Trust This: New Zealanders Don't Trust MPs, Bloggers, The Media April 24 2016 | From: Geopolitics / AP / RadioNewZealand The mainstream media has achieved a new historic milestone lately: Only 6% Americans trust them, which means 94% are now asking relevant questions that are pushing them away from the lies and deceptions that mainstream media are all about.
Trust in the news media is being eroded by perceptions of inaccuracy and bias, fueled in part by Americans’ skepticism about what they read on social media. Just 6 percent of people say they have a lot of confidence in the media, putting the news industry about equal to Congress and well below the public’s view of other institutions. In this presidential campaign year, Democrats were more likely to trust the news media than Republicans or independents.
But trust today also goes beyond the traditional journalistic principles of accuracy, balance and fairness.
Faced with ever-increasing sources of information, Americans also are more likely to rely on news that is up-to-date, concise and cites expert sources or documents, according to a study by the Media Insight Project, a partnership of The Associated Press-NORC Center for Public Affairs Research and the American Press Institute.
They want to be able to navigate the news app or website easily and quickly, without having to wade through intrusive or annoying ads.
“The skill set that journalists have to master is bigger,” said Tom Rosenstiel, executive director of the American Press Institute. That’s because the expectations of news consumers have increased.
The poll shows that accuracy clearly is the most important component of trust.
Nearly 90 percent of Americans say it’s extremely or very important that the media get their facts correct, according to the study. About 4 in 10 say they can remember a specific incident that eroded their confidence in the media, most often one that dealt with accuracy or a perception that it was one-sided.
The news media have been hit by a series of blunders on high-profile stories ranging from the Supreme Court’s 2012 ruling on President Barack Obama’s health care law to the Boston Marathon bombing that have helped feed negative perceptions of the media.
Download the survey results and analysis from here.
The establishment is definitely feeling the crunch as of late. But, they are still in control of the system, and they are still rigging it.
A New York City elections official has been suspended without pay after a bureaucratic error allegedly resulted in the removal of over 100,000 Brooklyn voters’ names from the city rolls during the state’s presidential primary, according to a report.
Sources told the Daily News that Borough Office Chief Clerk Diane Haslett-Rudianoshe skipped one of the steps meant to stop the system from purging eligible voters.
The voting books need to be purged from time to time to eliminate people who pass away, move to new locations or become ineligible for other reasons. This eventually resulted in voters being improperly removed.
She was suspended “without pay, effective immediately, pending an internal investigation into the administration of the voter rolls in the Borough of Brooklyn,” the city’s Board of Elections (BOE) reportedly said in a statement.
This disenfranchisement of 100,000 voters was claimed to have tip the balance towards Clinton’s favor.
So, not only that both parties are owned and controlled by the same puppet masters, the process of selecting party candidates itself is also a game of survival of the fittest.
And as the masses are fully entertained by this periodic game of musical chairs, the Western economy is left burning without the mainstream media telling like it is.
They’re not only in utter denial, but they are wary more of their own irrelevance as the internet-based alternative media is now virtually certified as the new mainstream media.
Humanity has definitely achieved something significant right here. And we can still achieve more if we continue to work together in spite of our cultural differences.
Trust This: New Zealanders Don't Trust MPs, Bloggers, The Media
New Zealanders are trusting politicians less and less, according to a new survey. Just 8 percent of people questioned said they trusted MPs, while government ministers edged up towards 9 percent.
The survey, carried out by Colmar Brunton for Victoria University's Institute for Governance and Policy Studies, asked 1000 people across the country about their confidence in government ministers, academics, judges, churches and the media, among others.
Medical practitioners scored highest with 56 percent trusting them "lots" or "completely", followed by police (53 percent). Judges and courts had a 34 percent rating.
But there was little faith in politicians, nor in media, with print and broadcast media at 9 percent, and last on the list, bloggers, trusted by 5 percent in the survey.
Not only do people have little trust in their elected officials, they're trusting them less.
The survey showed trust in MPs and government ministers fell over the last three years more than any other group, with 58 percent saying they trust them less.
ACT party leader David Seymour said the survey was concerning, though not surprising.
“"It was already starting from a low base, so that is very disappointing."
New Zealand First leader Winston Peters said once politicians get into parliament, they forgot the people who elected them.
“Many MPs are living evidence that New Zealanders can take a joke. You've seen their behaviour - their egregious, self-serving behaviour [and] the fact they get outside their electorate and forget their people."
Green Party co-leader James Shaw said politicians tended to come across as a "self-interested political class" who had "nothing better to do than throw insults at each other."
In order to fix that image, the processes in Parliament needed to change.
“The way that we examine bills breaks the process down in such a way that MPs, they show up, they make a five-minute speech and they go away again. That is clearly not a real debate.
There are some things that the Speaker can do to lift standards of behaviour [and] I think we should have a code of ethics for politicians and political operators that is way more rigorous than the one we currently have."
Institute for Governance and Policy Studies director, Professor Michael Macaulay, said the rankings offered a snapshot of the current political climate, which was "typified by low voter turn out and a public largely disengaged with politics."
The survey revealed numbers but did not go into the reasons for people's lack of confidence, and he wanted it to be used as a basis for further research.
9/11 Cover-Up Imploding As Mainstream Media Forced To Report Saudi Link April 23 2016 | From: Infowars / FreeThoughtProject / Various Establishment media finally coming clean about attack: New evidence reveals a link between Saudi Arabia and 9/11, according to an international newspaper.
Ghassan Al-Sharbi, a Saudi bombmaker, is said to have taken flying lessons with the 9/11 hijackers and U.S. investigators found his flight certificate in an envelope from the Saudi embassy in Washington, D.C., the Australianreported, citing a recently declassified U.S. memo.
“The envelope points to the fundamental question hanging over us today: to what extent was the 9/11 plot facilitated by individuals at the highest levels of the Saudi government?” Asked Brian McGlinchey, the activist who uncovered the 2003 memo known as Document 17.
Al-Sharbi was captured in Pakistan in 2002 and has since been held in Guantanamo Bay, which may indicate why President Obama has kept the detention center open despite promising he would close it “immediately” during his 2008 presidential campaign.
And Document 17 may explain why Saudi Arabia is freaking out right now, including the recent threat to dump nearly $750 billion in U.S. Treasury bonds and other assets if Congress passes a popular bill that would allow 9/11 victims to sue the country.
And it may also explain why both House Speaker Paul Ryan and Senate Majority Leader Mitch McConnell are trying to derail the bill, but they face a losing battle in the long-run: other mainstream outlets are finally coming clean about the Saudi connection to 9/11.
“The kingdom’s involvement was deliberately covered up at the highest levels of our government, and the coverup goes beyond locking up 28 pages of the Saudi report in a vault in the US Capitol basement,” Paul Sperry of the N.Y. Post reported. “Investigations were throttled, co-conspirators were let off the hook.”
“Case agents I’ve interviewed at the Joint Terrorism Task Forces in Washington and San Diego, the forward operating base for some of the Saudi hijackers, as well as detectives at the Fairfax County (Va.) Police Department who also investigated several 9/11 leads, say virtually every road led back to the Saudi Embassy in Washington, as well as the Saudi Consulate in Los Angeles.”
After 60-Minutes Bombshell, White House Says Secret 9/11 Docs Could Be Declassified In 60 Days
On a recent episode of 60-Minutes, former Florida governor, Democratic U.S. Senator and onetime chairman of the Senate Select Committee on Intelligence, Bob Graham implicated a US ally for their role in the September 11th attacks.
“I think it’s implausible to believe that 19 people, most of whom didn’t speak English, most of whom had never been in the United States before, many didn’t have a high school education, could have carried out such a complicated task without some support from within the United States,” says Graham in the interview, implicating Saudi Arabia for thier role in 9/11."
CBS reported that Graham and his Joint Inquiry co-chair in the House, former Representative Porter Goss (R-FL) - who went on to be director of the CIA - say the 28 pages were excised from their report by the Bush Administration in the interest of national security.
Graham wouldn’t discuss the classified contents, but says the 28 pages outline a network of people he believes supported hijackers in the U.S. He tells Steve Kroft he believes the hijackers were “substantially” supported by Saudi Arabia. Asked if the support was from government, rich people or charities, the former senator replies, “all of the above.”
Until now, anyone who questioned the highly suspect ‘official’ narrative on the 9/11 attacks has been labeled a conspiracy theorist or a kook. But when current and former members of Congress, U.S. officials, and the 9/11 Commissioners themselves call for the release of these 28-pages, which tells a different story of what happened that fateful day - people will listen - and listen, they did.
On Tuesday, after Graham’s appearance on 60-Minutes, he says he received a phone call - from the White House.
“Graham told the Tampa Bay Times that Brett Holmgren, a senior policy adviser to the assistant to the president for Homeland Security, told him the declassification review of the documents withheld from a report issued by a Joint Congressional Commission in 2003 will soon be completed.
Graham, who asked the president to declassify the records more than two years ago, said he asked how soon he could expect a decision and was told “one or two months.”
Graham was co-chairman of a joint congressional committee that investigated the attacks.
The 28 pages were classified at the request of the FBI. Graham has been pushing for release of the documents since 2011 when he learned that the FBI had failed to disclose part of its investigation that included reports that high-ranking Saudi Arabian officials provided financial aid and other help to the 19 hijackers who flew airplanes into the World Trade Center and the Pentagon.
He says the FBI initially denied there were such reports but has since turned over 80,000 pages in a federal lawsuit seeking the release of all reports on the investigation.
The decision makers at the White House have realized the public cares about it and there is an urgency to come to a decision,’’ Graham said, noting that he appearance on 60-minutes prompted the White House to finally address the issue.
For over a decade, the families of the victims have demanded the full story on what happened and have only been met with ridicule and closed doors.
This information being aired on mainstream television followed by an ‘official’ response and plan to declassify the information is historical and heartening news to those seeking the truth. Now, we the people may finally receive more insight into the murderous actions on that day, bringing us closer to the closure we so sincerely deserve.
9/11 Commission Members Call For Release Of 28 Pages
Saudi Arabian connection soon to be brought to light: Two months ago when Donald Trump said the release of the 28 classified pages of the 9/11 report would show the involvement of the Saudi government, NATIONAL REVIEW called him a “9/11 Truther” and said “Trump turned into an ALEX JONES SHOW caller”.
Now CBS’ 60 Minutes, along with former Senator Bob Graham, Chairman of the Senate Select Committee on Intelligence and former members of the 9/11 Commission like Sen Bob Kerrey and John Lehman, Reagan’s Secretary of the Navy ,have joined Trump and Alex Jones Show callers in demanding the classified information be released.
When Idiots Control Technology, This Is What Happens April 23 2016 | From: Geopolitics / Sputnik Here on this planet exists one giant multi-layered corporation comprising of thousands sub-corporations, with each layer promoting and protecting each own interests which when summed up lead only to one definite conclusion, i.e. self-destruction.
We are part of that multi-layered corporation, whether by sheer ignorance, or through lies and deception.
However methods used that brought us together up to this giant control structure, we don’t have any excuse whatsoever why we should not correct the present trajectory before this present path reach its disastrous end.
We are aware of one of the most obvious misapplications of science and technology which is the continued establishment of surveillance system far bigger than its predecessors. This is to be used to merge humanity to machines to facilitate AI control later on.
The Colossal Costs of Building UK’s Monster Surveillance Network
The proposal, which the Home Office wants to rush through the House of Commons just after Easter, will cost the country billions of pounds. The centers will be required to keep large databases of all the connections made by UK Internet users for one year - and to share them automatically with the UK’s government and intelligence agencies.
The government is bracing itself for the vote as the news arrives that the only other country in the world to have ever tried a similar approach - Denmark - has just decided to abandon the plan, for the second time in ten years.
The first Danish “session logging” system was put into place in 2007, but was abandoned in 2013 after the country’s police and security services found it to be practically useless - besides being very expensive for Internet providers to install and operate.
Another attempt to build an improved system, carried out by the Danish Ministry of Justice at the start of March 2016 also appears to have foundered.
Before the final decision was taken, the Danish government asked accounting firm Ernst & Young to ascertain how much the new surveillance network would cost.
The experts found that total expenses would be around one billion Danish Krone (US$150 million). The Danish government decided that the costs were too high for the country and its tech sector.
In the UK, the costs are likely to be much-much higher. If in Denmark - a country of 5.6 million people - the government estimated that each citizen would produce about 62,000 records every year, in Britain, whose population is about ten times the size of Denmark’s, the final annual database would have to include about four trillion a year.
Other estimates suggest that the sheer amount of records could even hit tens of trillions every year. That is because each of those records, as per the law, would have to contain: a customer account reference or device identifier; the date and time of the event; the duration; the source and destination IP and port number of each session; the domain name or linked URL; the volume of data; and the name of Internet service you connected to.
The UK will have to find a way to store an enormous amount of information every day — even if each record’s weight was brought down to 100 bytes, on a yearly level, we are talking exabytes (thousands of petabytes).
The only surefire way to deal with this information is by building new massive data centers, which will need at least US$140 million in equipment to handle each exabyte. Add the building, as well as cooling and electricity management and you have only started understanding the eventual costs of the UK’s new monster surveillance plans.
That’s Fust the Tip of The Iceberg
The AI control mechanism itself requires the merging of different sciences which when all tied in together also explains the physics behind all the myths, legends and conspiracies that ultimately define our present reality as it is today.
If you are not turned off by its title, the video above will surely reinforce what you’ve learned so far, and hopefully convince you that all the madness that is still going on around the world today needs to end.
More importantly, don’t allow yourself to get distracted over by any Gladio type operations wherever they may occur. Just stay within the course of your own evolution.
Self-evolution is the most powerful revolution.
Henry Kissinger, War Criminal Extraordinaire: What You Need To Know About His Real History - And Why The Sanders / Clinton Exchange Matters April 22 2016 | From: Sott / Various Sanders was right about Kissinger. His civilian death toll nears 4 million, his policies built today's Middle East. Vote Hillary, get Henry. That seemed to be the message Hillary Clinton wants to send; she's spoken highly of Kissinger in her last two debates with Bernie Sanders.
Sanders fired back at Clinton for seeking foreign-policy wisdom from the Vietnam-era secretary of state. "I find it rather amazing," Sanders said, "given that I happen to believe that Kissinger was one of the most destructive secretaries of state in the modern history of this country. I am proud to say that Henry Kissinger is not my friend. I will not take advice from Henry Kissinger."
Maybe Kissinger will be the Dick Cheney of this campaign, angling for a shot at a dark-lord VP, you know, like Cheney himself. I doubt it. Though, at 92 and still a congenital publicity seeker, he must be enjoying himself.
In my most recent book, Kissinger's Shadow, I tried to use Kissinger as a window onto both the collapse of the national security state, brought about by Vietnam, its reconstruction on new footings reading to meet the challenges of 1970s and beyond.
It is in that reconstruction, in which Kissinger was key, that one can find the beginning of the militarization of the Persian Gulf - that is, the seeds sprouting the catastrophe we now find ourselves in.
As I wrote a few months ago for TomDispatch:
“Similarly, each of Kissinger's Middle East initiatives has been disastrous in the long run.
Just think about them from the vantage point of 2015: banking on despots, inflating the Shah, providing massive amounts of aid to security forces that tortured and terrorized democrats, pumping up the U.S. defense industry with recycled petrodollars and so spurring a Middle East arms race financed by high gas prices, emboldening Pakistan's intelligence service, nurturing Islamic fundamentalism, playing Iran and the Kurds off against Iraq, and then Iraq and Iran off against the Kurds, and committing Washington to defending Israel's occupation of Arab lands.
Combined, they've helped bind the modern Middle East into a knot that even Alexander's sword couldn't sever."
At the debate, Bernie went on the offensive. He not only called Kissinger one of the most destructive secretaries of state in our modern history, he explained some of the history.
"In fact, Kissinger's actions in Cambodia, when the United States bombed that country, over - through Prince Sihanouk, created the instability for Pol Pot and the Khmer Rouge to come in who then butchered some 3 million innocent people - one of the worst genocides in the history of the world."
I have no doubt that the fact-checkers are going to mangle Sanders' claims here, but he is pretty much right.
Kissinger didn't create the Khmer Rouge, but his mad and illegal bombing of Cambodia created the conditions where the most genocidal, militant faction of a broad and diverse insurgency could seize control of first the insurgency and then the state.
So for the sake of fact-checking Kissinger's genocide in Cambodia for millennial supporters of Sanders, who weren't yet alive when Kissinger was acting with his full power, here's how I describe his responsibility in Kissinger's Shadow, with the help of Ben Kiernan, a professor of history at Yale:
That Kissinger, along with Nixon, presided over the bombing of Cambodia, and had done so since March of 1969, is now well known. Less so is that the worst of his bombing started in February 1973, a month after Washington, Hanoi, and Saigon signed the Paris Peace accords.
In 1972, the U.S. dropped, in total, 53,000 tons of bombs on Cambodia. Between February 8 and August 15, 1973, that number increased nearly five-fold and targeted not just enemy "sanctuaries" in the country's east but the whole country.
In other words, Washington dropped the same amount of explosives on Cambodia in these six months as it did in the entire previous four years. Think of it as an accelerando climax to Nixon and Kissinger's epic bombing opera.
"We would rather err on the side of doing too much," Kissinger said to his envoy in Cambodia the day after the escalation began, referring to the bombing, than too little. "I see no reason not to really whack the hell out of them in Cambodia," Nixon said to Kissinger a few days later.
The nominal reason for this intensified bombing was the same as it ever was: to save face. Years of bombing had, as discussed earlier, created an untenable situation in the country, leading to a 1970 coup that, in turn, broadened the social base of the insurgency to include communists, "Sihanoukists" (supporters of deposed Prince Sihanouk (whom Sanders mentioned in the debate) and other non-communists.
Nixon and Kissinger's solution to this crisis caused by bombing was more bombing, including phosphorous explosives and cluster bombs that each released thousands of either ball bearings or darts.
The assault was meant to force the insurgency to the bargaining table, or force North Vietnam or China to force the Cambodian insurgents to the table. And, as always, there were domestic calculations: bombing Cambodia might distract from the Watergate scandal. It didn't.
The historian Ben Kiernan calls this intensified phase of the bombing a "watershed in Kampuchean history." Kiernan is now a professor of history at Yale University and head of its Genocide Studies Program.
In the 1970s, he learned the Khmer language and interviewed hundreds of Cambodian refugees, including victims and former members of the Khmer Rouge. Based on those interviews, as well as extensive documentary research, including Air Force bombing data, he drew the following three conclusions:
First: The bombing caused "enormous losses" of Cambodian "life and property" on an almost unimaginable scale, across the country. The campaign was indiscriminate, with rural civilians the primary victims. As many as three million people were forced out of their homes during the war, almost half the country's population.
It's impossible to read the testimonies taken by Kiernan and others and not be stunned: twenty people killed in one raid, thirty in another, entire families obliterated, hundreds of acres of crops scorched, whole villages destroyed. "They hit houses in Samrong," one survivor recalls, "and thirty people were killed:"
Another said that the "bombing was massive and devastating, and they just kept bombing more and more massively, so massively you couldn't believe it, so that it engulfed the forests, engulfed the forests with bombs, with devastation."
Second: The bombing was an effective recruitment tool for the Khmer Rouge. Propaganda doesn't seem like quite the right word, since it implies some form of deception or manipulation. Object lesson might be a better description of the service Kissinger provided to Pol Pot. Here's a former Khmer Rouge cadre describing the effect of the bombing:
"The ordinary people sometimes literally shit in their pants when the big bombs and shells came. Their minds just froze up and they would wander around mute for three or four days.
Terrified and half crazy, the people were ready to believe what they were told. It was because of their dissatisfaction with the bombing that they kept on co-operating with the Khmer Rouge, joining up with the Khmer Rouge, sending their children off to go with them . . .
Sometimes the bombs fell and hit little children, and their fathers would be all for the Khmer Rouge."
Another told a journalist that his village, Pursat, had been destroyed by U.S. bombs, "killing 200 of its 350 inhabitants and propelling him into a career of violence and absolute loyalty" to the Khmer Rouge. One elderly woman said she had never met a "Khmer Rouge" until her village was destroyed.
The propaganda was strategic but the fury and confusion real: "The people were very angry with the U.S., and that is why so many of them joined the Khmer communists," reported one witness. Another said that after the bombs destroyed a number of monasteries, "people in our village were furious with the Americans; they did not know why the Americans had bombed them."
Third: The bombing that took place between February and August 1973 had two consequences: It delayed a Communist victory while at the same time radically transformed the nature of that victory when it did come two years later.
Had Lon Nol fallen in early or mid-1973, the insurgent victors would have been comprised of diverse factions, including moderates and Sihanouk loyalists. By the time Lon Nol did fall in early 1975, not only had the Khmer Rouge come to dominate the insurgency but a radical faction had come to dominate the Khmer Rouge.
Nixon and Kissinger's intensification of the bombing killed or scattered much of the anti- Lon Nol opposition, driving the insurgency into siege mode and giving the upper hand to a hardened corps of extremists circling around Pol Pot.
The bombing sanctioned their extremism: when political-education cadre pointed to charred corpses and limbless children and said this was a "manifestation of simple American barbarism," who could disagree? And it made them even more extreme: in the villages, "people were made angry by the bombing and went to join the revolution," and so it followed that those who didn't join the revolution were "CIA agents" and targeted for reprisal.
The destruction of the countryside also brought out a "revival of national chauvinism," which included anger toward the Vietnamese for abandoning the struggle even as Cambodia was being devastated. Sihanouk supporters, Vietnamese, and other moderates were purged from opposition forces.
At the same time, the strain of living under constant bombardment forced those areas under Khmer Rouge rule into an accelerated program of peasant collectivization, justified by the demands of having to survive during wartime. Emerging from the carnage was fury directed not just at United States imperialism but at the capital "Phnom Penh," the city as a symbol of decadent, urban and industrial modernity.
On April 17th, 1975, the Khmer Rouge took Phnom Penh, and Pol Pot declared "Year Zero." His cadre immediately began to empty out the capital and other cities, deporting millions of urban dwellers to the country's northwest.
Cambodia's new rulers targeted for persecution Buddhist monks, ethnic minorities, former government loyalists, intellectuals, moderate Communists, and anyone who would stand in the way of establishing their agrarian utopia. Nearly the entire population of Cambodia was forced into rural labor camps.
By the time a now unified Vietnam invaded the country in 1979, overthrew the Khmer Rouge, and put an end to the madness, as many as two million people, perhaps more, had been killed - of starvation, exhaustion, disease, or murdered.
And of course, not just Cambodia. I was queried about how I came up - in a Nation piece last week - with these numbers:
"A full tally hasn't been done, but a back-of-the-envelope count would attribute 3 million, maybe 4 million deaths to Kissinger's actions," in my post on Hillary Clinton's pride in being tutored by Henry Kissinger. More sources can be found in Kissinger's Shadow, but here it goes:
Kissinger's hardline in southern Africa - in response to movements of national liberation in Angola and Mozambique and anti-white supremacy struggles in Rhodesia and South Africa - led him to support allied insurgencies.
And that's what Kissinger did. In July, he stepped up covert aid to UNITA, a pro-American, anti-MPLA insurgency in Angola that he had already been running.
Likewise in Mozambique. All told, historians guess that these wars killed between 1,750,000 and 2 million people. Neither country "disintegrated." But they were devastated, their infrastructure ruined, their governments militarized and bankrupted, their hospitals and morgues filled beyond capacity. Mozambique's civil war ended in 1992, while fighting in Angola dragged on for yet another decade.
The U.S.'s illegal bombing campaign in Cambodia: 100,000 civilians dead in the bombing. 1,671,000 killed in the resultant genocide.
Indonesia's invasion and occupation of East Timor, which Kissinger greenlighted: 200,000 dead
Chile: at least 3,000
The Guatemalan genocide is an atrocity often not associated with Henry Kissinger, since the worst of its slaughter came in 1978-1983, a few years after he left office. But here, too, his fingerprints show.
In 1970, Kissinger and his military aide Alexander Haig were involved in passing the names and addresses of "Guatemalan terrorists" to security forces, even though Washington was well aware that that the government was using its U.S.-funded counter-terror program to eliminate not just armed insurgents but all political opposition and that the great majority of political prisoners taken were summarily executed.
Shortly thereafter, repression in Guatemala got so out of hand that a member of Kissinger's NSC staff urged that the so-called "40 Committee" - the committee chaired by Kissinger that brought together various arms of the national security state, which helped organize the campaign to overthrow Allende in Chile - reconsider U.S. support for the Guatemalan government.
Kissinger, as chair, didn't think it was an issue worth taking up and robust military support continued, paving the way for the killing of over 100,000 people.
Senior war criminal Henry Kissinger and war criminal apprentice Hillary Rodham Clinton interviewed by media shill Charlie Rose
So, to sum up, using the lower estimates above: Kissinger's policies resulted in at least 4,124,000 civilian deaths, probably many times that number of wounded and refugees - and that doesn't include Kissinger's victims in Vietnam - a war that he (and Nixon) helped prolong for five years when they sabotaged 1968 peace talks - Laos, or Argentina, Uruguay, the Middle East and Persian Gulf, at the hands of Kissinger's partners, such as the Shah and the Saudis.
"Should Hillary Clinton be basking in Henry Kissinger's praise," Michael Tracey, at the New Republic asked Clinton's team.
This was after the candidate, at the previous debate, seemed to think that Kissinger's approval was evidence of her "progressivism." Joel Benenson, a Clinton "surrogate," said: "People generally believe that Henry Kissinger was a good secretary of state . . . I think he's respected."
Clinton's campaign manager, John Podesta, said: "Here's a guy who's certainly knowledgeable about what it takes to manage the State Department."
Considering the carnage Secretary of State Clinton left in her wake in Libya, Mali and Honduras (and, as a senator, in Iraq), there's much truth in that statement.
Greg Grandin is a professor of history at New York University and the author of Kissinger's Shadow: The Long Reach of America's Most Controversial Statesman. He is the author of a number of prize-winning books, including The Empire of Necessity: Slavery, Freedom, and Deception in the New World, which won the Bancroft Prize in American History.
He is also the author of Fordlandia: The Rise and Fall of Henry Ford's Forgotten Jungle City (Metropolitan 2009), a finalist for the Pulitzer Prize in History, as well as for the National Book Award and the National Book Critics Circle Award.
Henry Kissinger's Legacy of War Crimes Exposed by Secret Yale Visit
Abby Martin speaks about how Yale University's secret invite to Henry Kissinger has shined a new light into the former Secretary of State's long list of criminality, by helping facilitate US war crimes in South East Asia, South America and the Middle East, which resulted in the deaths of millions of civilians.
Of course there is also those famous Kissinger quotes:
"Military men are just dumb, stupid animals to be used as pawns in foreign policy."
"Control oil, and you control nations; control food and you control the people."
Emergency Meetings, Banker Summits, Crashing European Banks, And The Worst Bank Reports Since The Great Recession
+ Is The American Debt-Note Factory Nearing Its End? April 21 2016 | From: ActivistPost / PoliticalVelCraft / VeteransToday / Various Just about every major banker and finance minister in the world is meeting in Washington, DC, last week, following two rushed, secretive meetings of the Federal Reserve and another instantaneous and rare meeting between the Fed Chair and the president of the United States.
These and other emergency bank meetings around the world cause one to wonder what is going down. Let’s start with a bullet list of the week’s big-bank events:
The Federal Reserve Board of Governors just held an “expedited special meeting” on Monday in closed-door session.
The White House made an immediate announcement that the president was going to meet with Fed Chair Janet Yellen right after Monday’s special meeting and that Vice President Biden would be joining them.
The Federal Reserve very shortly posted an announcement of another expedited closed-door meeting for Tuesday for the specific purpose of “bank supervision.”
A G-20 meeting of finance ministers and central-bank heads starts in Washington, DC, on Tuesday, too, and continues through Wednesday.
Then on Thursday the World Bank and the International Monetary Fund meet in Washington.
The Federal Reserve Bank of Atlanta just revised US GDP growth for the first quarter to the precipice of recession at 0.1%.
US banks are widely expected this week to report their worst quarter financially since the start of the Great Recession.
The European Union’s new “bail-in” procedures for failing banks were employed for the first time with Austrian bank Heta Asset Resolution AG.
Italy’s minister of finance called an emergency meeting of Italian bankers to engage “last resort” measures for dealing with 360-billion euros of bad loans in banks that have only 50 billion in capital.
It’s official. Overnight, China launched its gold-backed Yuan to boost its control over the gold and paper currency market at the same time. Although, mainstream media are saying that it is a “Yuan gold fix” where gold has a fix Yuan units equivalent, it’s basically the same banana.
Earlier, Deutsche Bank was forced to admit its culpability in rigging the prices of gold and silver in connivance with other players in the precious metals market, which put resource rich countries at a gross disadvantage.
With Yuan basically the same as gold, and worthless fiat dollar not allowed to swap with Yuan, this is the beginning of the end for the Federal Reserve fiat dollar.
It is rare for presidents to meet with the chair of the Federal Reserve. The last time President Obama met with Janet Yellen was in November of 2014, a year and a half ago. It is even more rare for the vice president of the United States to join them. In fact, I’ve heard but haven’t verified that it has never happened in a suddenly called meeting with the Fed before.
For security reasons, the president and vice president don’t regularly attend the same events.
There are, of course, many planning sessions or emergency meetings where they do get together, but not with the head of the Federal Reserve.
Emergency meetings where the VP is included in the planning session would include situations related to dire national security in case the VP winds up having to take over.
(George Bush and Dick Cheney were exceptional to the point that everyone commented on how often the VP was included in meetings with the president, but I always figured that was because George Bush couldn’t think and speak without Cheney acting as the ventriloquist.)
In fact the meeting with the prez and vice prez is so rare that the White House is bending over backwards to assure the entire nation that the president is not meeting with Yellen to try to influence the Fed, which is required to act independently of politics (so they claim).
According to the White House, President Obama is meeting with the Fed chair and Biden to discuss the nation’s “longer-term economic outlook,” even though Yellen just told the entire nation that the economy was strong and had arrived nearly back at “full health.” The president says they will be “comparing notes.” Do their notes about the nation’s outlook disagree? “Compare notes” sounds sufficiently vague to cover everything imaginable.
“White House spokesman Josh Earnest said both Obama and Yellen are focused on ways to expand economic opportunities for the U.S. middle class. He called the meeting an opportunity for the two to “trade notes” while emphasizing that Yellen makes decisions about monetary policy independently."
Either such meetings are, indeed, extremely rare, or the White House doth protest to much because they spent more time this week emphasizing what the president was not going to do than what he was going to do in assuring us all that the president will not try to influence Yellen.
“The president has been pleased with the way that she has fulfilled what is a critically important job,” Earnest said. He added that Obama has “the utmost respect for the independent nature of her role.”
Earnest also said that, “even in a confidential setting” Obama would not “have a conversation that would undermine” the Fed’s ability to make “critical financial decisions independently.”
I’m waiting to here the next words - “trust us!”
If such meetings with the Fed are so rare they require careful defensive explanation, why the sudden call of the meeting, oddly timed between two specially called, emergency meetings of the Fed - or, at least, “expedited” meetings of the Fed.
It can’t just be that the president wants to plan what he will be saying at this week’s G-20 conference, if he’s to speak there. That kind of planning would happen in advance because one knows the conference is coming.
One striking peculiarity of the president’s meeting with the Fed is that it appeared to have been called immediately after the Fed announced Monday’s “expedited” meeting of the Board of Governors.
We are in an election cycle, and I already speculated in my last article that, with the anti-establishment, Fed-hating candidates Sanders and Trump doing so well in their bids for the presidency, we could be sure the Administration would be doing all it can with the Fed to put some accelerant on this economy and forestall the recession that I believe we have already begun.
Another Point to Consider: Shanghai Shock April 19, 2016: Yuan Based Gold Standard
China’s new gold-backed Yuan was issued on Tuesday April 19, 2016; the entire world now has the choice of a new currency to use for international trade: The old US Dollar which is backed by nothing, or the new Chinese Yuan, which is backed by gold. Which currency would YOU use?
The Great Tectonic Shift of Gold from West to East:
Switzerland plays a key role in the gold market because it is home to many big gold refiners, so its report confirms what we’ve been saying about gold’s move out of the West to the strong hands of the East. Swiss report showed an incredible 80 percent of gold shipments went to Asia.
Bloomberg states that “there’s no evidence” that China seeks to adopt a traditional gold standard. 6/5/2015
China is warning foreign banks that they must participate in Yuan-based gold price fixing. The first-ever Chinese benchmark is set to launch in April of this year. 1/5/2016
If China were to partially back its yuan with gold it would require a gold price of $64,000 per ounce, 50 times gold bullion’s price today, according to a recent article from respected Bloomberg Intelligence.
China has been quietly accumulating a significant amount of gold bullion in recent years. They are now the top producer and top consumer of gold in the world. They are believed to keep all of their domestic production, plus import significant amounts from other nations. In addition, they have been buying up gold mines around the globe at steep discounts and bringing home gold they had stored in London, New York and Switzerland.
After accumulating all of this gold, along with their close ally Russia, many believe they will eventually break the metal free from the price manipulation undertaken by the banks/governments in the United States and United Kingdom. Once price discovery moves from West to East, they will allow the price to float to free-market levels and the value of all the gold they have been accumulating will skyrocket.
Removing the gold price suppression will be accompanied by wholesale dumping of U.S. treasury bonds and test the world’s faith in the US dollar debt-based fiat currency system.
This will give China, Russia and others a greater influence in world financial markets and better stability in their currencies. It may give them a considerable strategic advantage over the United States, a nation that many believe no longer has the gold that they claim.
Indeed, with a lack of a comprehensive audit and unwillingness of officials to allow one, many believe the gold is no longer in Fort Knox.
Now we move to the really interesting part of this story. Not only has China been accumulating huge amounts of gold (on and off record), but they also launched their own international gold trading platform on the SGE. It has become the largest physical gold exchange in the world, with an estimated 52 times more physical gold withdrawals versus the predominantly paper exchange of the COMEX.
Is the American debt-note Factory nearing its end?
It's becoming pretty obvious that the days of Federal Reserve System hegemony are now limited, in that much of the world is dumping the US Petro Dollar and plans to shift to direct trade and use of Gold, Silver and commodity-backed real currencies.
They are finding out it is a private corporation, a franchisee of the privately owned Bank of London located in the City of London, a private Khazarian Mafia nation-state with its own ambassadors and police.
The City of London is not a part of the UK and pays no taxes to England.
It was infiltrated and completely hijacked by the Rothschild Banking family by use of some crafty covert operations.
Click on the image above to open a larger version in a new window
The most notable major covert operation by the Luciferian Rothschild money-changers was a stock price suppression operation which allowed them to buy up vast quantities of stock at fire-sale prices. This was based on a false announcement a victory of Napoleon in the Battle of Waterloo, when it was just the opposite.
Another lessor but still very important covert operation was the use of Rothschild money power to place Oliver Cromwell in power in England. This prepared the way for the Rothschilds to deeply infiltrate the City of London.
Cromwell was a Rothschild family puppet who was willing to harass, abuse and even murder Rothschild opposition which allowed them to complete their hijacking of the City of London financial and Banking enterprises and make England the center of their ancient Luciferian dark-side Babylonian Talmudic black-magick powers.
From their new home base in England they were able to expand their private central banking kingdom as a replacement for the eroded and dying British Empire which when at it peak was claimed that the Sun never set upon it it was so worldwide and vast.
It was the Rothschilds who were allegedly anointed by Lucifer (Satan) to become the functional head of the Khazarian Mafia, the World’s biggest Organized Crime Syndicate based on the power of the dark side.
Those who run the dark side using the RKM and its Worldwide occult network of Evil must first give up their souls to Lucifer and must function as non-humans dedicated to living in an occult world of secret evil dedicated to performing the opposite of everything that is good, loving, just and righteous.
Hierarchy advancement to the higher positions of extreme power, privilege, wealth and status is based on participation in evil initiation rites based on deviant, perverted criminal acts such as satanic black masses, drug usage, pedophilia, child torture, child-hunting at private hunting lodges, child sacrifice, and human vivisection all secretly videoed for later blackmail purposes in the initiate ever goes outside their allowed behavioral parameters.
The RKM learned of the addictive nature of Turkish Opium and its medicinal and intoxicating powers, and its ability to temporarily stop time and remove all worldly cares.
Battle between the British war ships and the Chinese junks from the first Opium War– it is interesting that the RKM used its proprietary cutout the East India company as its chief opium trafficker
The English had been buying a lot of tea, spices and silk from China and had paid them a lot of silver and gold in exchange for these products which the English people demanded and paid high prices for.
The Rothschild decided they would traffick opium into China to create massive addictions and thereby recover all the silver and gold they had paid out to the Chinese for tea, spices and silk. Opium was deployed by the Khazarian mafia associated “bloodline families” as a weapon of covert economic war.
It didn’t take too long for the Chinese warlords to figure this all out and fight back. Thus the Opium Wars occurring. English troops prevailed but because they had suffered some losses negotiated treaties allowing some opium sales but with significant curtailment.
Ever since, at various times, the Khazarian Mafia has continued to deploy illegal, habit forming narcotics that are able to steal a person’s very soul and dirty them up for life in most cases, an addiction that usually takes everything they have including their life itself.
The Rothschild Khazarian Mafia (RKM) “Beast” is centered in the City of London (COL) and is run by the Luciferian Rothschilds.
It is these Banksters who are reputed to have been anointed and empowered directly by Lucifer who are the head of the occult beast known as the “Hierarchy” which uses the High Freemasonry, and the Worldwide Satanic and occult networks as cover, and has continually trafficked illegal habit forming narcotics.
The RKM have trafficked numerous illegal drugs into America as covert weapons of war to not only destroy America the Constitutional Republic but to raise vast “off the books” black funds for various worldwide covert criminal activities as well as to make the Bloodline families participating in the drug trade rich beyond reason.
Many of these funds are used to finance vast mercenary operations of mind-kontrolled dupes pretending to be and acting like bloodthirsty terrorists who have lost their souls and are no longer functionally human.
Because the RKM basically owns and control every head of most of the American Intel and Law Enforcement Agencies they are basically immune from any arrest and prosecution for their massive illegal drug trafficking into and across America and much of the World.
Only their small time cutouts are ever arrested as token LE prosecutions to fool everyone.
After many years of failed attempts, the Rothschild COL Banksters were able to buy off most members of the US Congress and the sitting US President and were able to establish a foothold inside America with their passage of the Federal Reserve Act of 1913.
President Andrew Jackson — a true Constitutional Populist
President Andrew Jackson had driven the RKM Banksters out of America and felt they were evil. He was correct. He fully understood that these COL Banksters were foreign based vipers and parasites.
“Gentlemen, I have had men watching you for a long time and I am convinced that you have used the funds of the bank to speculate in the breadstuffs of the country. When you won, you divided the profits amongst you, and when you lost, you charged it to the bank. You tell me that if I take the deposits from the bank and annul its charter, I shall ruin ten thousand families.
That may be true, gentlemen, but that is your sin! Should I let you go on, you will ruin fifty thousand families, and that would be my sin! You are a den of vipers and thieves.”
“If Congress has the right under the Constitution to issue paper money, it was given to be used by themselves, not to be delegated to individuals or corporations.”
These are quotes from Andrew Jackson, who was a distinguished Constitutional President of the United States 1829-1837, and who killed the RKM Bank and drove it out of America. Sadly, it successfully bribed its way back into America in 1913, this time to last for over 100 years; and the RKM bank effectively parasitized millions of American soldiers’ lives and health, along with most American’s earned wealth and assets.
Once these COL RKM Banksters were able to set up their stateside franchise, they were able to slowly and systematically change the US Dollar from Gold and Silver Certificates (real money) to their own FRS Fiat (counterfeit) money better known as Federal reserve notes.
These FRS notes are actually pernicious interest bearing debt-notes and slowly but surely all Gold and Silver backing was removed in 1971 by Richard Nixon and they became debt-notes only.
This final act of the JFK Assassination coup d’etat occurred in 1971 by the man Richard Nixon who was deeply involved in what he called “that Bay of Pigs Thing” with GHWB.
It was GHWB who served as the titular head of the Bush Crime cabal which ran the CIA as its personal tool on behalf of the Fourth Reich and it was he who planned and ran the JFK assassination of the behalf of the Fourth Reich which was functioning as a part of the RKM.
The Federal Reserve Board, 1913
This seems so counter-intuitive but when one pulls back the curtain one finds the RKM Babylonian Talmudic Zionists at the core of the RKM who work with every other major crime syndicate including the Fourth Reich which they set up and ran in the first place.
Henry Kissinger, Nixon’s national security advisor and high ranking secret RKM appointee of David Rockefeller and former Soviet Mole (Soviet secret code-named according to FBI files of “Bor”).
David Rockefeller has been the head of the American RKM franchise. Kissinger negotiated the US Petro Dollar deal with the Mideast Oil producers. The deal was the US Military and NATO will protect you and will make sure you have plenty of profitable western markets only if you agree to accept US Dollars for your oil sales.
If you want to know the ugly truth about Heinz Kissinger (“Bor”) invest about 8 hours listening to Kay Griggs’ video affidavit, a truly great American Hero like Gwenyth Todd and Sibel Edmonds.
This deal was made and soon the US Petro Dollar became the World’s Reserve Currency, a distinct advantage for the FRS franchisee of the COL RKM private central Banking System.
We now know for certain that the RKM private central banking system is international, and functions like an octopus with many tentacles.
That is why insiders have called it both the “Octopus” and the “Baby” which is short for the current form of the ancient Babylonian Talmudic “black magick” money from nothing Zionist system (aka the secret Sionist Luciferian occult black-magick money-creation system).
And we know that without question a strong association between the RKM private banking octopus has always been associated with both illegal narcotics and drug trafficking and the massive Rockefeller created oil cartel which started out as the Seven Sisters and has now morphed into a smaller number of much larger corporations.
We know that one of the main methods used by the RKM to infiltrate and hijack many nations has been through the infiltration and capture of control over the underworld or criminal organizations in each nation, as well as by infiltrating their banking and corporations and consolidating them.
All the significant RKM leaders are initiated into secret societies using criminal, sadistic and highly deviant rituals, which increase in intensity and severity at each higher level as one become initiated to move up to the next higher level in the RKM system (aka the Hierarchy). Once the RKM gains control over the leaders in every sector, the rest is relatively easy.
And if these leaders go outside their prescribed and allowed parameters, they are sanctions and sometimes their evil activities during initiations are weakened to the public through Press stooges for the Hierarchy.
We now have gained a simple understanding of how the RKM buys its way into (infiltrates), then hijacks large corporations and then consolidates them into larger and larger entities that operate as virtual monopolies in function only but not corporate structure.
The joke was on us, the American people with the Bankster Bailouts. The FRS threatened that there would be blood in the streets and martial law would have to be declared unless the FRS and the “too big to fail” Wall Street Banks were bailed out by the US Taxpayers. This trick was successfully pulled off — TWICE
Once an industry is consolidated, be it oil, manufacturing or entertainment or media, it is easy for the RKM to exercise control over these virtual monopolies because all of the CEOs are owned and controlled by the RKM or its Cutouts one way or another.
Despite the incredible power and control the RKM has exercised over every American institution including the Pentagon, Intel, Law Enforcement, Congress, the Judiciary and almost every administration, their system has been exposed and such knowledge is rapidly diffusing to the masses who are beginning to connect the dots and have now had about enough.
The question of how long the American masses are going to continue to allow several wrinkled up old Luciferian occult masters in wheel chairs to run their lives and destroy everything they ever worked for and America too, is now becoming a prominent issue.
These wrinkled up old Satanic pedophile mass-murderers and child-sacrificers have run the Hierarchy and gained reach all the way down to your street level through their control of local police, and state and federal agencies.
The answer seems to be “not much longer”. Why does this now seem a certainty? The answer will surprise many.
The private Federal Reserve System as well as it franchiser the City of London RKM are both nearing complete collapse.
And this is all due to a strange convergence of different factors including the end of the US Petro Dollar as the oil sales medium and the World’s reserve Currency, the emergence of the BRICs Development bank, the Chinese AIIB and their new swift type electronic exchange system, and numerous direct trade agreements between nations that avoid any use of the US Dollar at all.
The FRS has been buying up US Treasury notes from the Chinese and other nations who fear they are soon approaching a complete loss of value. Thus the FRS and the US Treasury are monetizing debt, which means they are kiting up the whole system to manipulate the statistics to look good, while the whole system nears ultimate collapse.
The top FRS officials know this as do the real owners of the FRS, who are the Bloodline families who have made immense unjustified riches off of the American taxpayer and renter of their fake FRS Debt-notes, which are little more than mere promises to repay the debt with pernicious accrued interest.
Certainly this is some kind of an admission of near complete FRS insolvency and a coming financial storm.
But it is also a request for a get out of jail free card and an apparent attempt to shift responsibility from the Bloodline owners of the FRS to the US Public.
This is a crafty new way to monetize the debt by shifting ownership of it to the American people.
It is being proposed because the FRS Bloodline families who are the true stockholders and owners of the FRS realize that they cannot squeeze much more value out of it anymore.
The FRS was used to covertly kite the system through built-in inflation by using each local member bank loan to create money from nothing and then charging pernicious usury to use what should have been owned by the American people directly themselves in the first place.
Most of the BRICS and AIIB members have already discussed in secret that these various new currencies will have to be linked to gold, silver and commodities as their backing for money.
Some believe it will end up being digitally based but still linked to Gold, Silver and commodities.
And there will have to be trade boards to adjust exchange rates between trading countries in a mutually agreeable fashion.
It was all the unConstitutional Free trade Agreements and the mad addiction by Wall Street Banks to various pyramid Ponzi scams such as the S&L scam and the Enron scam (CIA black fundraisers), the Mortgage balloon Scam, and addiction to out of control derivatives and their continual repackaging and fraudulent sales as equity backed securities when they were anything but securitized by equity, and actually were fraudulent paper.
And we still have numerous top corporate leaders claiming on behalf of the RKM that America has a shortage of educated skilled workers and are continually begging for more H1B foreign visa’d immigrant workers.
This claim is of course based on a lie and is designed to keep the wages low and to destroy America the Republic by removing jobs from mainstream highly educated American workers.
And that the lies surrounding free trade and unrestricted immigration that Donald Trump and Bernie Sanders are now exposing is just one major reason why their words are resonating with so many Americans.
Many Americans are starting to envision the new dream team of Trump for President with Bernie Sanders as his VP running mate. Actually they agree on most of the most important issues. If both are cheated out of becoming their party candidates, they should quit their parties and join forces to become independents which both have been before. This team if they could iron out their differences would be unbeatable.
Bernie Sanders is popular among college students and the younger, and Donald Trump is popular among a wide spectrum, including many African Americans and Hispanics which is turning out to be a surprise to many so-called political experts.
The American masses do not want the sleazy Clintons back in the White House with all Bill’s un-prosecuted rapes and sexual abuse incidents, and Hillary’s Whitewater scam, the Web Hubbell love child in the former First Family, the Vince Foster murder and being rolled up in the W.H. rug incident, and her W.H. Waco bloodfest tantrum.
Hitlery is the Satanic RKM’s choice, and we shall see if their current diminished state of American political power is great enough to keep her out of jail for running a company covert op on her email, while getting a big chunk of money for herself or enough fake votes to get her elected as POTUS.
So far, her course has been completely protected, and she has been promoted to a status similar to the Queen of England.
No wonder she acts so haughty and laughs off every good question without answering it.
She has the whole Hierarchy leadership behind her and is serving as a major Cutout right now. Of course they want her to be elected POTUS. If elected, she will be open for Hierarchy business 24/7.
With Hillary everything is always for sale, everything to anybody with enough money, and believe you me, it takes a lot to get what you want in DC these days.
But there are other secret forces at work here to expose her and block her, and these go deep within certain secret factions in the Pentagon and some powerful Intel agencies, and even Majesty, the beyond-black group that is alleged to handle the most sensitive Alien ET matters including secret negotiations and treaties with some such groups.
Far too many of their crimes were covered up and went unprosecuted because of their being appointed by the RKM Hierarchy to serve as master RKM puppets.
The Establishment wants the Clinton’s back in power because with them everything is for sale 24/7 and this is what the RKM members want so they can remain feeding off USG pork like pigs at the taxpayer trough.
As the RKM is now cornered by the rest of the World that is tired of their debt note private central Banksters Fiat counterfeit currency scam, it is becoming obvious by the day that the RKM is losing power and soon the Hierarchy itself will be taken apart at the seams.
Top Hierarchy members know this is happening and are scrambling to shift the FRS into the USG as a US Federal Agency owned by We The People to create cover and provide an escape from the peasants and their pitchforks.
Many Americans are now learning that the US Congress is spending about 40% more than it takes in in Tax revenues.
This means that it must borrow more and more FRS Petro-Dollar debt-notes from the unending, elastic American Money Factory which is a true monopoly and completely illegal and unConstititional.
If a law is unConstitutional, it is by definition illegal and no American has any obligation to obey it.
The only reason that 'We The People' pay taxes is because the RKM Banksters have transformed this world into their own police state with their “owned” judicial system, and their ability to use their unbridled power of the boot in your face and threatened imprisonment to force compliance.
[They know that. Now you know that. Wake up and stand up.]
This year it has been reported tax revenues are up. This is of course due to the secret actions of the “Plunge Protection team” which kites up stock with direct secret purchases and intercepts electronic trades using A.I. algorithms to make profits not otherwise available.
You can bet the Plunge Protection team has also been making secret tax deposits through various complex means to kite up the system and fool everyone.
When any government reached such a state that it has to borrow 40% or more money to balance its books, this is a scenario that is certainly a formula for complete financial collapse.
And when you add so-called Free Trade Agreements, massive foreign immigration into the picture, H1B visas and a World increasingly saturated in US Petro Dollars that are losing value by the day, you can see this is a formula for coming catastrophe.
The rest of the World is now catching on and is deeply committed to constructing serious firewalls against the US Petro Dollar such as BRICs, AIIB and direct trade agreements without the use of the US Petro Dollar.
The handwriting is on the wall, the days of the FRS and RKM World hegemony are now limited, and the end for them is near.
100 Days - Claiming Back New Zealand April 20 2016 | From: 100DaysToDemocracy Horrified and shocked-she isn’t the only one: This isn’t the New Zealand our parents and grandparents lived in* - and we’re certainly not the better for it.
So isn’t it high time we started holding to account the politicians who’ve been so very largely responsible for this, and for the fact that many New Zealanders are now finding it difficult to afford living here in what is – (or was?) – our own country?
It’s not a good sign when those returning from the UK, for example, comment on how much more expensive everything is now – food, electricity, very basic living costs.
Even more crucially, we now have the least affordable houses of any country in the world in relation to income – although we all remember Prime Minister John Key blatantly denying there was even a housing shortage in Auckland. How could he have not known?
NZ Herald: Home truths: Can you afford to buy in New Zealand?
So perhaps it’s not surprising that PM John Key has been so very keen to get rid of the flag that they* and we have long lived under…the one flying over us all. John Key wanted the Union Jack removed, and apparently, the politicized Chinese with whom he gets on so very well agreed with him. Of course.
But not Hong Kong Chinese, fighting for basic freedoms against their predatory neighbour. Hong Kong Chinese apparently value the Union Jack, saying it represents the freedoms they had under the British and no longer have, and that it expresses the difference in values between Hong Kong and its over-authoritarian Communist government.
All the nonsense talked by Key and parroted by the inner circles of government about New Zealanders “needing to discover our national identity” and “our own place in the world” is basically manipulation.
How many of us go to sleep fretting about our national identity?
Mind you, as it’s increasingly not being seen as our own country any more, this question is going to be raised – but not as the PM apparently wants. We pretty well knew our own place in the world – in fact we owned our own place. But do we now?
Increasingly New Zealanders feel that we don’t. Nor will many of us have been impressed by learning that Key also sent a text to former All Blacks captain Richie McCaw (whom we’ve recently seen in an advertisement for an Australian-owned bank) and his team-mate, Dan Carter, asking them to watch his video promoting a flag change.
Whether this is appropriate behaviour for a Prime Minister, and whether sporting figures would be wiser to refrain from being lured into looking too close to powerful politicians is another issue.
The PM, of course, has his devoted cheerleaders among the media, so perhaps it’s not so extraordinary as it would otherwise be that we can guarantee many of them are managing not to look too closely at the essentially vulgar antics which have been his trademark at a personal level.
However, more worryingly, what should be a proudly independent fourth estate manages to pretty well look the other way and to barely, if at all, mention happenings which are so extraordinary that they should have us all shocked and horrified – not just the individual who heard, second-hand, of the one below.
It has been, culpably, so little reported that we should be doubly grateful to Senior Herald reporter, David Fisher, for making us aware that the Prime Minister was the guest of honour at a private fundraising lunch held at an Auckland Chinese restaurant.
The point is that it was hosted by the Change the Flag lobby group to raise cash from wealthy Chinese donors who supported the flag change. A small handful of National’s MPs were there, too.
It was all to fund a last-minute push for votes, including a pamphlet to send out just days before the voting started. This small, exclusive lunch was not publicly advertised, and the Change the Flag chairman, Lewis Holden, confirmed not the names of the donors, but that over $100,000 was raised for the entire campaign.
He admitted that some was donated by the Chinese donors who wanted the Union Jack gone from the New Zealand ensign, Mr Holden commented – naively, some would say.
In January, Taiwan elected its first female president after a furore“We knew there was support in the Chinese community because of the Union Jack" just before Election Day when a 16 year old Taiwanese singer for a girl band was forced to give a forlorn apology for holding a Taiwanese flag on a TV show. China has refused to allow the 7.2 million people of Hong Kong a free vote next year on deciding who will lead the city.
And reportedly, an uproar in Hong Kong over the disappearance of five dissident booksellers believed to be in the hands of the Chinese security services has also understandably a had huge impact on public opinion in Taiwan.
This of course, is typical behaviour from a brutal Communist régime which imprisons, tortures and even executes dissidents (let alone its continued opposition to Chinese Christians, and its appalling record of “farming” the Falun Gong to forcibly remove their organs for live transplants organs.
Not that New Zealand ever officially and publicly protests – any more than many countries similarly turned a blind eye to the appalling and barbarous treatment that Nazi Germany showed to its Jewish population, in World War 11.
And yet, does or does not a country have a moral responsibility to make its views publicly known about a trade partner’s oppression of its own people? Is it okay to just look away, to pretend it isn’t happening or doesn’t really count?
Mr Holden should have specified that he was referring only to the increasingly large Communist Chinese community in this country.
Other long-settled Chinese in New Zealand would not only disagree (including a highly respected academic who protested in his youth at the butchery of Tiananmen Square) but are deeply concerned at the influence that Communist Chinese interests are apparently having on our National Party government, dominated by its acknowledged authoritarian leader.
In fact, Mr Holden admitted he was pretty surprised that John Key agreed to come. Concerned New Zealanders who have been asking what is happening to this country, and why we have the state we are now in, are not all surprised. After all, the buck stops at the top.
Interestingly enough, too, back in November, 2015, a Facebook user John Miller spotted another flag design – one of those proposed – appearing on the labelling for New Zealand apples in Shanghai. He asked, “Do the Chinese know something about the outcome of our flag referendum that we don’t know yet?"
The same flag was reported as being flown at a butcher’s shop in the United Arab Emirates. Somebody must have been pretty certain that the flag change was a done deal.
Three cheers for the New Zealanders who got the whiff, from somewhere, of a decaying rat, and put a stop to this attack on a heritage we can be proud of, in spite of all the unfair, and highly suspect, disparaging of colonialism.
As Hong Kong can testify, and as other African nations show us, it’s a wise observation that there are far worse things than colonisation, and that post-colonisation is apparently one of them.
Similar to the Prime Minister’s former denial of any problem with the Auckland current housing market has been his repudiating any connection with the uncontrolled immigration flooding the country.
The migration influx is breaking all records with, as reporter Hamish Rutherford informs us, the net gain last year being equivalent to a city the size of Nelson. In one year alone…
John Key’s simplistic assertion that unrestricted immigration is of economic benefit to the country has long been disproved. So why does he keep repeating it?
As Westpac senior economist Anne Boniface says, record immigration:
"Is helping to maintain a semblance of strong economic growth but the preponderance of people in the labour market is keeping wage growth lower than would otherwise be”.
And of course it is the unprecedented demand for housing from those flooding into the country, plus the ability of far more wealthy immigrants to outbid New Zealanders for our own houses, which has us at crisis point – although the government of course is not acknowledging this.
Nor is the building of new houses anywhere near able to compensate for the extraordinary demand, not with virtually 68,000 in the year ended in February this year.
The result is not only a dramatic shortage of houses but of decent jobs (some now observably preferentially offered to Chinese workers paid less by Chinese business owners and employers).
The flow-on effect includes shortages not only of housing – and of wealthy property investors outbidding New Zealanders to rent back what should be their own houses to them.
There’s now an unprecedented exodus to the provinces with a leap of house-buying driving house prices outside Auckland up beyond the reach of local residents.
Pressure has increased on land, on hospitals and all other social services
So the questions are being asked:
Why is National, under its leader, John Key, more interested in protecting the interests of potential NZ migrants and offshore investors – over and above the large and growing number of Kiwis priced out of the market?
The comments keep coming… that National has been in Government for 9 years and it has the power to effect change, but that it wilfully does not because John Key thinks that rising house prices are good politics.
But if it isn’t being brought home to more and more New Zealanders that it is shameful for our government to protect the interests of people who don’t even live here – above those of New Zealanders themselves -then it should be.
But is there more to all this than a seemingly naïve National Party leader having his own way? In the real world, where the uber-wealthy are looking for bolt-holes to escape the increasing scrutiny of their governments, New Zealand has long been viewed as a ripe plum ready for the picking.
Super-rich overseas owners, with obliging specialists lawyers to hand, have already hoovered up our high country sheep stations and farms, some owning multiple properties, including our scenic assets and, seemingly whatever takes their fancy (in spite of the OIO’s supposed scrutiny of the value of these land grabs to New Zealanders).
It doesn’t take anything more than commonsense to take on board the fact as more and more of our farms, our land and our houses are bought up by immigrants or pass into overseas ownership, more and more New Zealanders are being squeezed out of owning these.
It’s a depressing scenario for the dairy sector as banks face possible billions in write-offs. John Key admits that low dairy prices may see banks facing losses with farmers forced to sell, but, in a cavalier fashion dismisses the prospect – “as normal for businesses”.
This sort of pragmatism, an indifferent approach to those facing the devastating prospect of losing their family farms and homes, walks past the point of who is going to be in a position to actually buy the land – particularly when the Reserve Bank states that under its severe scenario it is unclear whether there would be sufficient cash among buyers to absorb the added number of farms which would inevitably be put up for sale.
Unclear in relation to New Zealand buyers, perhaps, but there is no shortage of finance from Chinese sources.
While a number of foreign nationals have been busy acquiring what they can, more or less under the radar, it is the very real threat to our sovereignty from Communist Chinese interests underpinning Chinese investment which is most ominous.
A Financial Times article of March 2016 by Lucy Hornsby – The Great Land Rush: China’s Pengxin hits overseas hurdles – points to the marketing of “Theland” with “where cows gaze on emerald grass below white clouds shaped like New Zealand”.
It makes the point that Pengxin;
"A little-known Shanghai real estate developer that owns Theland, will become the world’s largest private landowner if Australia’s authorities clear its most ambitious bid yet, to gain control of the grazing lands of the S Kidman & Co cattle empire. That, plus holdings in New Zealand, makes Pengxin the boldest of Chinese corporations investing in land, and has helped trigger a backlash."
It continues: “The financial Times, in a series of reports, is examining governments’ and private investors’ increasing interest in grand scale land deals. With the commodity supercycle ending, land – the ultimate resource – could either become the next big thing or the source of cross-border disputes… In November, Australia blocked the A$350 million sale on security grounds”. But there are further complications.
Pengxin’s bid for Kidman draws on its experience as China’s largest land investor in New Zealand.” However, (reportedly) “its expansion there has reached a limit only months after it announced plans to double its Kiwi assets to NZ$1bn, or 50 farms. In reply to written questions from the FT, Terry Lee, the president of overseas investment for Pengxin, wrote that “investing in New Zealand farmland…has been more challenging than we thought. “
This is excellent news and is no doubt due to those very few reporters and columnists to whom New Zealanders owe a great deal for their spotlighting of these issues – as well as to those who have been asking the questions that our government would apparently prefer not to answer.
What the Financial Times also noted was the understandable rising resentment in this country;
"After property documents, leaked to New Zealand media, showed buyers with Chinese surnames accounted for half the purchases of Auckland homes worth more than NZ$1m.”
Meanwhile, in Australia. Canberra is reviewing foreign investment rules, and has cut the threshold for approval of foreign acquisitions of rural land from A$252m to A$15m.
Moreover, a new registry of foreign-owned agricultural land goes public this year. Already, in Australia, there is much more scrutiny of foreign investors wanting to buy Australian housing stock, and each application must undergo appropriate review.
The paper further states that “as China’s urban sprawl consumes and pollutes farmland, Beijing has given tacit blessing to agricultural investment overseas.”
This is a considerable understatement. As a 60 Minutes programme pointed out, Chinese investors are being financially equipped by the Chinese government to buy up as much in the way of productive farmland, stock, and business fed by this industry – as well as means of transport, including shipping – for the benefit of China alone.
"Australia and New Zealand are top destinations because foreigners can own land outright, but resentment over Chinese investors buying residential property has curdled the political environment.”
In the eyes of New Zealanders it hasn’t curdled it enough, given that the government has not moved to protect New Zealanders from being disadvantaged in our own land.
Moreover, as one of the three primary obligations of government is the defence of the realm, it can be legitimately argued that the government is failing in its responsibility to defend New Zealanders from these takeovers.
Why, it is increasingly asked, can foreigners still buy up own land outright? Why is it is still being allowed to happen?
Reportedly, wooing Maori sellers and flying well-heeled Chinese tourists around New Zealand has paid well for those promoting sales of our assets. It can also be legitimately argued that enthusiastically promoting Chinese tourism may be working to our own disadvantage, for obvious reasons.
The fact, too, that Pengxin is reportedly building its own integrated dairy business, is a direct challenge to our already struggling Fonterra, our major dairy exporter upon whom thousands of New Zealand farmers depend.
No wonder that global market forces are coming into conflict with local populations, given the fact that nobody is making more land (except, in fact, the Communist Chinese, arousing disquiet through their aggressive military expansions – as well as through attempts to circumvent legal requirements within a host country) .
Yes, this comes from another political party. But don't let that fool you - notice how it doesn't matter which party is in power, they all follow the same agenda. And so while Labour is critical as the opposition - nothing would change under their leadership
Kerry Brown, Professor of Chinese studies at King’s College London, points out that China is a real problem for Australia and New Zealand – with its huge markets growth potential and very real needs. His warning is timely, namely, that underneath;
“China remains alien in terms of fundamental values and political beliefs."
The implications are clear, and as has been well stated, those who do not know their history are doomed to repeat it. The lesson of the Trojan horse – Timeo Danaos, et dona ferentes…
I fear the Greeks, especially when they are bringing gifts is to all intents and purposes ignored by the John Key government enthusing over a damaging flood of immigration and a level of foreign investment which threatens our own productive economy.
A recent National Business Review editorial points out Chinese companies have so far this year bought more foreign companies than during the whole of last year.
“In the past few years, most of the interest has been in agri-business. Recent deals in New Zealand have included dairy farms and factories, meat companies and horticultural ventures as well as companies such as PGG Wrightson…
The Chinese are also seeking high technology companies but this is proving difficult…the wave of purchases has spread to the hospitality sector and entertainment.”
An additional NBR editorial, discussing the revelations of the Panama Papers, notes that a third of the business of a law firm involved has been in helping Chinese clients ship their money overseas and out of reach of the Communist regime.
A BBC report “How China’s wealth is sneaked abroad”, implicates New Zealand “as a major target for a property-buying spree totalling US$ 32 billion around the world last year.
A featured comment will have resonated with many:
“The government should be embarrassed by this – not only have they turned a blind eye to the Communist Chinese money coming into NZ (despite the anti-money laundering rules), they have allowed the Auckland property market to be grossly inflated by a Chinese investors.”
Where to from here? The lesson from all this is that China is trouble. Not only are its Communist values in direct contrast to those of the democratic West, it is notorious for its electronic spying, including attempting to hack into government and defence security systems.
This of course, will predictably, include our own – a fact which raises the question: What was former left-leaning Prime Minister Helen Clark thinking when she allowed, in fact welcomed a procession of top-ranking Chinese military officials coming to be shown around New Zealand – inspecting our military bases, our equipment and familiarising themselves with our obvious inability to defend this small country?
Does anyone really believe she was simply ignorant of Communist China’s ambition in this area? If not, what was her motive in doing so?
And now, at the very time when concern about Chinese military aggression in the Pacific has America considering setting up military bases in Australia, it needs to be far more widely known that that late in 2015, National ’s Defence Minister, Gerry Brownlee, farcically lectured our giant, predatory neighbour, exhorting it to behave “like a big country” in the South China sea (where it is causing tension with other regional powers, and with the USA.)
Sent of course by our Prime Minister, he thought it fit to sign a five-year military defence alliance with this Communist country, while clumsily stating “that New Zealand’s relationships with Chinese and US defence forces are not mutually exclusive.”
But in fact they are. It’s almost incomprehensible that we should have signed such a military defence pact with this aggressively confrontational country. China’s Communist leadership, with its natural affinity for North Korea, is, for all its trade alliances, no friend to the West – a fact that most New Zealanders perceive – even though Key’s National government is apparently determinedly avoiding facing this fact.
As a consequence, and given the weakness of what should be our major Opposition party, New Zealanders are well and truly on the way to becoming tenants in our own country.
For this reason, even those who do not support the left-wing Chris Trotter’s political views, may well agree with his statement that New Zealanders’ disengagement from the political process (“in which we were once among the world’s most enthusiastic participants”) has been accompanied, and justified, by the widely held belief that “politics has become an almost entirely disreputable profession.”
His vague assertion that – “the answer lies with, and in us – the New Zealand electorate” suggests no concrete solution.
But there is one. It does not matter that it would be a most unwelcome one to by far the majority of our politicians, and to those with the money and influence “to assist” the government in its decision-making. And here I recall former Finance Minister Ruth Richardson thanking millionaire Doug Myers, then Chairman of the New Zealand Business Roundtable for his valuable help to her in her portfolio…)
We all know that we have moved a long way from being a far more democratic country that we once were. The loss of our freedoms has been gathering pace – even freedom of speech – let alone the ability to be genuinely involved in the decision-making of our governments – although this very much affects us.
Reforms are undertaken from time to time – as with the now signalled, but well overdue simplification of our tax system. Too little, too late for so many. But apart from our ability to routinely throw out governments which have caused perceivable damage to our country, in the interval between our elections the government elected as the lesser of two evils inevitably claims a mandate for actions for which it has no genuine mandate at all.
The solution? It is what the highly intelligent Swiss have long insisted on – the reform of our political system so that any legislation passed by Parliament, no matter what party is in power, nor what deal-making has gone on behind the scenes, has to wait for 100 Days.
This mandatory stop on all proposed laws gives the people of the country time to examine it for fishhooks. If satisfied, they allow it to pass. If they are not, it takes a very small proportion of their electorate (50,000 in a county with double our population) to call for a special kind of referendum, the results of which are binding on their government.
The fact that this provision is there puts a stop to constant trade-offs, in contrast to the never-ending passing of legislation which pours forth from our own government – whereas Swiss parliamentarians meet only once a week, and are able to hold down day jobs.
For more information on how the Swiss govern themselves, visit our website at www. 100days.co.nz
Above all, we need to remember that there is nothing so powerful as an idea whose time has come – and there is nothing more effective than individuals joining together to achieve a tipping point to insist on being genuinely part of our country’s decision-making.
Controlling our politicians though the eminently achievable 100 days initiative, now well under way, is available to each of us.
Each of us – not everybody else. If you are concerned about what is happening to our country, please support us! We need you all.
NSW Bar Association Warns Against New Police Powers April 20 2016 | From: AustralianNationalReview The New South Wales Bar Association has warned against a move to give more powers to the police at the detriment of citizens’ independence.
The new powers could see bans being placed on citizens in New South Wales. They could also face restrictions on movement and face curfews without even having committed a crime. The association said that the proposals would create a ‘rival criminal justice system’ that could harm people on mere suspicion.
The NSW government had made the proposals as part of introducing new powers to the police. Called serious crime prevention orders, it would offer unprecedented rights to the police to interfere in the affairs of the citizen, the bar association claimed.
If such powers are given to the police, they would be able to invoke the same powers to seek and impose control over alleged criminals as they do on terrorism suspects. That the police would have so much power in their hands without needing to prove the crime of a suspect makes the law dangerous and amenable to manipulation.
Police would be able to restrain any citizen and interfere with his/her basic rights. Even when a person is acquitted of a criminal offence, police could still seek such an order to treat him or her as per the provisions of the controversial rule.
The penalty for breaching an order could be up to five years’ imprisonment or AUD33,000 as fine for an individual. In the case of corporate entities, the fine would be AUD165,000.
In a submission, the NSW Bar Association criticised the government’s hurry in pushing through the legislation. It said:
“No evidence has been cited as to the ineffectiveness of the administration of criminal justice by a process of trial for ‘reducing serious and organised crime’ in New South Wales.
The bill effectively sets up a rival to the criminal trial system and interferes unacceptably in the fundamental human rights and freedoms of citizens of NSW.”
The association also said that it was at loss to explain why the government wanted the new norms in the place of long-settled principles.
Police minister, Troy Grant, said that the measures were aimed at reducing serious and organised crime. The new provisions would allow the NSW police, the NSW Crime Commission and the NSW director of public prosecutions to seek orders from a judge to impose the restrictions on citizens or corporations.
The judge must be satisfied there are “reasonable grounds” for the request. However, the bar association said that while the laws could be applied to individuals who had been convicted of a serious criminal offence, they would also be applicable to behaviour that was considered “serious crime-related activity.”
It went on to allege that the new rules interfered with rights of the citizens and had doubtful constitutional validity.
The Trillion Dollar Lawsuit April 19 2016 | From: Ellaster Part One: Neil Keenan’s battle Against the World Wide Conspiracy of Bankers
End of 2011 the Irish-American businessman Neil Keenan (agent of the Asian Dragon family) filed a claim in the Federal court in New York.  Neil Keenan’s lawsuit is not just about the stolen bonds with a face value of 134,500 billion dollars.
It entails the largest fraud in the financial world. The story behind the claim exposes the corruption within the banking industry. It also uncovers the involvement of world leaders with these corrupt practises and unveils the sinister agenda of the Cabal (secret ruling elite, also called Illuminati). Furthermore it reveals the true motivations behind the Second World War and 9/11.
And if the claimed amount of more than a trillion dollar is not spectacular enough, the list of defendants is at least as impressive: Dal Bosco (financial advisor of the Vatican), the Italian government, Prime Minister Berlosconi, the United Nations, Ban Ki-moon (UN), World Economic Forum and the Federal Reserve Bank in New York. 
One would almost think that this is not a serious case, but nothing could be further from the truth. This case is dead serious and everything indicates that this story is the absolute truth. A chilling truth, at least for the Cabal, as this most likely will be the sword of Damocles that hangs over their head.
In June 2009 two Japanese men were arrested in the Italian Chiasso, near the Swiss border. The two Japanese, Yamaguchi and Watanabe, carried in the double bottom of their suitcase Federal Reserve Bonds with a face value of 134,500 billion dollar. 
The two were accused of having counterfeits in their possession and after the arrest their bonds were confiscated by the Italian police. After they were brought before the court, they were quickly released and there is no police or legal report anywhere to be found, neither in the Italian police record, nor at the Financial Police, nor at Interpol.
However, the confiscated bonds remained in the hands of the Italians and there is proof that they have been redeemed by the Italian government and the Federal Reserve Bank in new York and placed in a financial program of the United Nations.
The History of the Dragon Bonds
In order to understand the origin of these bonds and their astronomical value, one needs to go back to the time of the silk route. For thousands of years the West is engaged in trade with the East and particularly since the era of the East Indian Trading Company this trade intensified.
Merchandise like silk, ceramics, spices and other valuable goods were imported from Asia. The Asians only accepted gold as payment and this is how 85% of the worldwide gold ended up in the East.
This gold belonged to the Dragon family - China’s dynastic rulers before the communists came to power - and is now spread over various Asian countries: Indonesia, Thailand, South-Korean, Japan, the Philippines, Malaysia and Taiwan. 
In order to regain this gold, the Cabal in the West made a secret agreement to plunder it from Asia by means of three world wars. This plan dates from 1776, the year that the Illuminati was founded as well.
Later on in 1921, 18 years prior to when World War II would start, another secret agreement was signed by the American, British and French government, the future Japanese Emperor Hirohito and the Chinese communist leaders, to start the Second World War and steal the gold of the Dragon family. A copy of this agreement will be submitted in Neil Keenan’s lawsuit.
Part of the plan was a false flag attack by a Japanese proxy that stole part of the gold in China in the twenties.  This convinced the Dragon family to safely put away part of their gold in the Federal Reserve Bank in the US. The first part was shipped in 1934 and in 1938 seven tankers fully loaded with gold-bars left for the US.
Example of Federal Reserve bond with face value of $ 100,000. Bonds with higher values, half a million to 100 million per bond, were also issued
In exchange the Dragon family received Federal Reserve Bonds with gigantic values, varying from a million to 100 million dollar per bond. A condition of this deal was that the gold would be used to finance humanitarian projects to develop and modernize Asia and Africa.
Bretton Woods Agreement
In 1944 the International Monetary Fund (IMF) and the World Bank were founded as part of the Bretton Woods agreement.  This was the start of the current worldwide financial system. The US demanded that from then on the Federal Gold Reserve would form the basis of the monetary system.
The 1944 Bretton Woods Agreement: Power Bloc Coup
At the United Nations Monetary and Financial Conference held in Bretton Woods, New Hampshire, from July 1 to July 22, 1944. The agreement included the formation of the International Monetary Fund (IMF) and the International Bank for Reconstruction and Development and, most importantly, the proposed introduction of an adjustable pegged foreign exchange rate system.
Currencies were pegged to gold and the IMF was given the authority to intervene when an imbalance of payments arose.
The truth is that in 1944, Britain, France and United States were given a fifty-year term of Global Control over the global financial system. The Agreement was supposed to develop and modernize the planet, when in fact, Roosevelt was poisoned (assassinated) and then most of the world’s gold was taken off-market, blacklisted or hidden in caves.
This allowed the fascist coup to finalize their fiat currency system control over the world. The military-industrial complex, instead of developing the planet, would actually start controlling and stealing from the world.
It was a clever ruse to make sure that a large part of the gold in the hands of the Dragon family that was not part of the Federal Reserve, would this way be non-tradable. The gold that was handed over to the Federal Reserve Bank was lent for a period of 60 years. When this term ended in 1994 for the 1934 bonds the Dragon Family demanded their gold back.
Because the promises made by the West to modernize the third world by humanitarian projects were not kept and furthermore the funds were used to finance various wars.
9/11 Was Related to 200,000 Tons of Gold
Because the Federal Reserve Bank did not want to return the gold, the Dragon family filed a lawsuit at the International World Court in The Hague. The trial took place behind closed doors and when the Dragon family won the case the Federal Reserve Bank was obligated to return 200,000 tons of gold.
The deadline when this gold had to be sent back was September 12 2001, the day after 9/11. The gold was stored in the vaults in the basement of the World Trade Centre, and has disappeared ever since the attacks. Cantor Fitzgerald Securities the shipping company that was in the possession of the insurance and transportation documents was located in WTC 1.
During the 9/11 attacks all 600 employees were killed and all documents vanished. The Treasury Police was located in WTC 7 and when this building came down, their documents disappeared as well.
The message to the Dragon family was loud and clear; the Fed did not have the intention to return the gold. 
The gold that had to be sent back was stored in the vault below the WTC. The shipping and insurance documents were destroyed after WTC 1 and WTC 7 came down after the 9/11 attacks
The Chiasso Incident
In 2009 the Dragon family appointed the Irish-American businessman Neil Keenan to help them with the bonds. This successful international businessman was experienced with negotiating with top diplomats and heads of state and was known for his integrity. Keenan was also granted a mandate of the DFFI (Dragon Family Financial Instruments).
Yamaguchi and Keenan
reviewing bonds and notes
According to Neil Keenan, also spokesperson for the Dragon family, another lawsuit took place after 9/11. Again the Federal Reserve Bank was obligated to return the gold. Thereon the US sent false gold bars back to China, made of a worthless tungsten covered by a layer of gold. 
In the meantime the Federal Reserve Bank neglected to pay the (full) interest over the bonds since the sixties. The yearly interest is significantly higher than the value of the bonds when redeemed, where just a small part of the face value would be paid out. Despite this, Keenan and the Dragon Family decided to redeem part of their bonds on a trial basis.
With the first part of bonds, just a very small amount, all the required authorisations were provided, a procedure that could take a number of weeks. Then two representatives of the Dragon Family, the Japanese Yamaguchi and Watanabe travelled to Italy with 134,500 billion dollar bonds in their possession.
After the arrest of the Japanese and the confiscation of their bonds a news paper article was published in an Italian newspaper that the two had carried counterfeits. However, these bonds have never been formally declared false.
Furthermore, Neil Keenan has proof that Prime Minister Berlosconi redeemed these bonds and shared half of the loot with the Federal Reserve Bank in New York. The redeemed bonds are placed in a program of the United Nations. This program had a revenue of 20-30% and this profit went directly to the defendants.
Italian police with confiscated bonds. After Yamaguchi’s and Watanabe’s arrest an article in the Italian press claimed that the two were taken into custody because they carried counterfeits.
Lies and Deceit at the Highest Level
That the bonds were secretly and illegitimately redeemed  would be discovered by Neil Keenan much later in the game. After the arrest of Yamaguchi and Watanabe, Neil Keenan travelled to Italy and Switzerland to mediate with representatives of the Italian government.
There he also met Dal Bosco that promised to help him to redeem the bonds through the Italian Treasury Police. Dal Bosco was a financial advisor of the Vatican and treasurer of the P2 lodge in Rome. 
As part of the negotiations Keenan always took his own stack of bonds with him, a set comparable with Yamaguchi’s confiscated set of bonds and with a face value of 145,500 billion dollars.
To make sure they would not be stolen when traveling he entrusted them with Dal Bosco, also knowing they could not be redeemed without the required signature of Yamaguchi. At least, that is what he thought…
However, a dirty game was played and Dal Bosco offered Neil Keenan a 100 million dollar bribe in return for transferring the mandate of the DFFI (Dragon Family Financial Instruments) to them. The DFFI have an actual value of several trillions. Dal Bosco assured Neil Keenan that it was safe to go along with the proposed deal and implied that the Italian government, Vatican and P2 lodge agreed with the deal.
“So you see there is no possible way we can have a problem. We can cloak ourselves with the immunity shield and everyone will go away. Just another day in the UN!
Ban Ki-moon of the UN had stated: “From the very top we’re protected.” “There is no reason for anyone, including Keenan, to worry about any sort of repercussions.” The Federal Reserve Bank “had no problems with the actions about to be taken so long as some candy was tossed to them.”" 
Implications of Neil Keenan’s Lawsuit
The above story became the basis of Neil Keenan’s claim against the Federal Reserve Bank in New York and the other defendants.
This will by no doubt become one of the most outstanding lawsuit of all times and the implications of this lawsuit are enormous.
It will irrevocably lead to the Federal Reserve Bank’s bankruptcy. Many whistle-blowers have stated that the Federal Reserve no longer has the gold and by no means can return it.
Furthermore, through the submitted evidence a network of large scale financial fraud will be exposed, a criminal cartel at the highest level. A team of experts around Keenan, who call themselves Group K, prepares the final death blow. Group K claims to have truck loads of evidence that irrefutably prove their claims. There are documents, audio recordings, bank statements, etc.
Beginning of 2012 Neil Keenan redrew the lawsuit after the first judge was replaced by a corrupt judge with close connections to Washington DC.
Moreover there was a jurisdiction problem, because part of the claim was addressed to several Italian parties and the International United Nations, but filed in the US. Meanwhile Keenan now has collected enough evidence to undoubtedly prove the complicity of the Federal Reserve Bank in New York.
He expects to refile the case this year, first in New York, later in Europe. Hopefully the case will lead to many arrests and will end the era of financial tyranny, the financial system as we know it today. 
The End of Financial Tyranny is the Beginning of the Golden Age
Neil Keenan’s lawsuit was initially a claim and request for compensation for the stolen bonds. Now it has become a case about the future of the world. There is something fundamentally wrong and that needs to be rectified. Team-K, a team of experts like: former bankers, financial and legal advisors, assist Keenan in his mission to expose the Cabal (secret ruling elite) and cut off their funds.
“The Cabal has built the financial system and we’re trying to tear it down because it’s just no damn good. Because they wanted to kill 5-6 billion people, out of 7 billion people. We woke up in time.” 
Benjamin Fulford, investigative journalist and spokesperson for the White Dragon Society (an Asian secret society) verified this. Members of the White Dragon Society eavesdropped on one of the conversations at the Bohemian Grove conference and heard about their plans to start World War III and reduce the world population through a created pandemic (by means of the SARS or Ebola virus). 
Subsequently Benjamin Fulford suggested that the Asians could stop this insane plan by cutting off their funds, because it could not be executed without Chinese and Japanese money.
Keith Scott (former member of Group K) confirms this:
“If you take the money away from them, you take away their chance to do anything. […] This lawsuit is the key to doing that.” It’s like a key to Pandora’s box that we are going to open.
The world is then going to see what is really going on. Then people will see that the entire system is corrupt.” 
Chris Bosnahan (former top banker and now assisting Team-K) about the banking industry: “The amount of corruption… it’s absolutely completely and utterly rotten with corruption. It’s a dangerous machine to stop.” 
Black Book of Codes
How corrupt the financial system really is becomes evident now Team-K gained access to the black banking system. Since they got hold of a copy of the Black Book (also called the Book of Codes) they can get access to this black shadow economy, which in size is at least as big as the official world economy.
Group K has a certified copy of the JP Morgan Blue Book with an overview of the Cabal families that illegally controlled the black shadow economy.
“The Black Books got the codes to open the ‘black screens’. […] You have to be a government level or royal family to open up a black screen.”
With the codes from the Black Book heads of state and royal families have access to add millions, even billions to their own bank account. The black screens are a high-tech network where all the black money is been kept hidden.
Bosnahan: “The Black Books have the full history of every government that has been using leased gold [through the Federal Reserve]from 1934 to today. The Black Book is the key to open everything that can not be argued with and Neil has those books secured." 
95% of the money is nothing more than numbers in the computer. Just 5% of the money is physical money. Digital codes provide access to this money and bankers do not want to give up these codes.
Through the codes in the Black Book and opening the ‘black screens’ bankers have added ridiculous amounts of trillions of dollars to their accounts; 33 times more than is present as capital in the total world economy. This happened especially when the US went off the gold standard. According to Chris Bosnahan the current monetary system is rotten to the core and can not be repaired.
With the codes to open these black screens, Group K can demonstrate that the gold of the Dragon family that was lent to the Federal Reserve Bank and meant for humanitarian purposes, in reality was used for military and industrial purposes. With the Black Book Keenan has a powerful weapon in his possession to prove the corruption of the Cabal.
An Indictment Against the Bilderberg Group and Other Secret Societies
The Cabal is not one group, but a number of various factions like the Illuminati, the Nazis, the Zionists and Jesuits, that gather in secret societies used to roll out their world agenda.
These secret societies are also guilty of stealing large sums of money as becomes evident in an additional claim by Team-K that was filed against all 12 Federal Reserve Banks in the US.  Quote:
“All persons from several organizations of persons who consider themselves to be the global elite have illegally used these assets - making fortunes for themselves, or otherwise benefiting from the illegal use of these accounts.
Key among these are members of (but not limited to):
The Committee of 300
Skull and Bones Society
The Bilderberg Society
The Trilateral Commission
Council on Foreign Relations"
The hidden agenda of these secret societies like the Bilderberg Group, is to create a world government and total control of their own banking system. Dismantling the current socio-economic structures and destruction of the society as we now know it, are part of this occult agenda.
The Dutch Royal family founded the Bilderberg Group. In an additional claim that Neil Keenan filed against the 12 Federal Banks in the US, the Bilderberg Group is mentioned to be one of the secret societies that through the black screens large sums of money were credited to their own bank accounts.
Murder and Bribes
As to no ones surprise, there were several murder attempt on Neil Keenan’s life and his team members. At least one person from Team-K got killed, another survived a staged car accident.5 Additionally large sums of bribes were offered to Keenan again and again to withdraw himself from the case or sell the Black Book of codes.
Amounts of 15 to 20 trillion were offered, even though it’s a mystery how one thinks to pay these amounts. But it doesn’t matter, as Keenan is not interested. This is a battle between good and evil.
He will not give up until the Federal Reserve Bank is brought down. After that he will target the European Union & the European Central Bank. Neil Keenan:
“We have a bunch of counterfeit notes and we want to be compensated for them. We’re not talking a trillion or two, we’re talking tons. And if they can’t do it, we’ll throw them into bankruptcy. End of European Union, bye bye.” 
It is evident that something is at stake in the financial world. This is also illustrated by the large number of suicided bankers since 2013. ‘Suicided’ is a term used for people forced to commit suicide when put under enormous psychological pressure, or being killed where their death appears the be the result of either suicide or a tragic accident.
This faith happened to at least 72 bankers.  Whether these people had to be eliminated as potential witnesses or if these bankers are in any way related to Neil Keenan’s case is not clear, but it is an indication of major changes in the financial world.
A Financial Reset and Mass-Arrests
Neil Keenan’s case will irrevocably lead to a reset of the world wide financial system. Besides this case there are other initiatives to remove the power from the Cabal. Much of the world capital, placed in a Central World Fund, has been used for their own benefit by the Cabal. They played Money Magick by means of computer games and created money based on a gold reserve they in fact had no access to.
In the past years these financial institutes have been heavily infiltrated by White Hats (opponent of the Cabal), whereby certain transactions by the Cabal could no longer go through the system and had their funds confiscated.
Thereby the Cabal has lost their access to the Central World Fund. This has caused huge panic among the Cabal. This was also a reason for the 3/11 Fukushima attack and had everything to do with a confiscated banking transaction. 
When all secrets will be revealed through the trillion dollar lawsuit: the actual gold reserve, the fraud with the bonds, the financing of wars, the truth behind 9/11, the fraud with the black screens, then the entire system comes crashing down. That’s why a plan for a financial reset was developed.
This plan for the reset goes hand in hand with the plan of the freedom movement in the US and other countries to overthrow the government and restore justice. There is a concrete mass arrest plan that includes hundred thousands of bankers and politicians to be arrested.
According to Drake bailey - contact of whistle-blowers within the American military, the Pentagon, CIA and other government agencies, as well as the US Militias - there are sufficient legal grounds to arrest (former) political leaders like Bush and Obama. Neil Keenan is well connected with Drake Bailey to prepare this final death blow. 
Benjamin Fulford, investigative journalist, broke the story about the stolen bonds and the pending lawsuit.
Reason for Optimism: A New Golden Age
During the financial reset the banks will close down for a while. During this time the Cabal’s bank accounts will be frozen. That will also be the end of the debt crisis. According to Benjamin Fulford (former bureau chief of Forbes’ Asia Pacific edition) a financial reset will lead to the blossoming of the economy. He states that there is enough capital to completely solve world poverty and environmental pollution.
Besides the capital in the current world economy, Asia is perched on top of a gold mine.  The amount of gold present in Asia is not even closely related to the official gold standard. Most of the gold was never made part of the Federal Reserve and has been deliberately kept off the books.
The exact amount of gold is up for debate, some claim it is 10 times larger, some even claim it is 100 time larger than the official gold reserve.
The Dragon family who are the guardians over a large part of this gold reserve, wish to use it through the Global Collateral Accounts for humanitarian purposes, but only after the Cabal is arrested.
It will be a big shock to many people when they realize how much gold there really exist and how this has been systematically plundered from mankind. There is so much gold. And when this gold is being put into the system in a dosed and responsibly fashion, there is enough capital to have 7 billion people live in prosperity.
That will be a major paradigm shift. There is no scarcity. And that is perhaps the Cabal’s biggest secret. Because once that sinks into the people’s mind, they will demand their piece of the pie.
Neil Keenan: “Well you know Drake, they do own the system. They still got all the money. But the bottom line is the money is fake, most of it nowadays. At one time it used to be real. They built the system. And we’re trying to tear it down because it’s just no damn good. Because they wanted to kill 5-6 billion people, out of 7 billion people. We woke up in time. That lawsuit that I filed opened up a lot of eyes and caused a lot of trouble. Wait ’til they see the one we’re going to refile.”
Quote from this claim: “All persons from several organizations of persons who consider themselves to be the global elite have illegally used these assets — making fortunes for themselves, or otherwise benefitting from the illegal use of these accounts. Key among these are members of (but not limited to) :
The Committee of 300 Skull and Bones Society The Bilderberg Society The Trilateral Commission Council on Foreign Relations
Hypocrisy And The Water Debate April 19 2016 | From: NZPCR The water debate is heating up, with orchestrated attacks on water bottling companies. Maori leaders want a price on water.
With the resource estimated to be worth $35 billion a year, they know that once National give them control of fresh water, they will be able to claim royalty payments for future use and compensation for lost revenue.
As the Maori Council chair Maanu Paul said on Tuesday;
“Any commercial operation will have to pay a fee, and that is the issue as far as the council is concerned – because these people are profiting from the use of a common good that belongs to Maori.”
Previous governments have rejected such opportunistic claims by Maori leaders. But in an astonishing act of hypocrisy, the National Party MP, who is advancing the current attempt by Maori to control fresh water, led the campaign against their attempt to control the foreshore and seabed.
While Nick Smith is now turning a blind eye to New Zealanders’ concerns over Maori control of water, in 2003 he stood up for the public. During a protest march down the main street of his Nelson electorate, he said;
“Ordinary New Zealanders, who have shown a huge degree of tolerance to treaty claims and spending on Maori issues, have had enough.”
Dr Smith claimed that while senior Labour Government ministers were negotiating with Maori over the ownership of the foreshore and seabed to find a “win-win” solution, the answer was “very simple”:
“The Government should pass legislation confirming the Crown as owner on behalf of all New Zealanders. Anyone who wants to divide up the shoreline for one exclusive group of citizenship must be stopped”.
In 2004, the National Party published a newspaper advertisement opposing the Government’s bill to give Maori control of the foreshore and seabed, calling on the public to send in submissions.
Their ad criticised the Government for giving Maori special rights:
“Labour’s basic message to Kiwis is: if you’re not Maori, then no matter how long you live here, you can never love this land as deeply – or care for it as responsibly – as Maori. Provisions like these will disempower your family forever…”
National opposed Labour’s plan to give Maori ‘the power of veto’ over resource consent applications:
“You know what that means. You want to build a boat ramp. But the local iwi says ‘Not so fast. Your ramp will have a significant adverse effect on our customary rights’. You then have two choices. A court case (bound to be long and expensive). Or a bribe (merely expensive). You pay the koha. Nothing’s changed. New name, same old scam.”
The ad opposed Maori being given ‘joint management’ rights, saying the new law would “give Maori strengthened ability to participate in decision-making processes. Strengthened ability? That means only one thing. Joint management.”
They complained that Maori claims to the foreshore and seabed would be ‘hard to oppose’:
“The Government has created a situation where these orders will be rubber-stamped by the Maori Land Court – a judicial jack-up. Say an iwi applies for an order. You can bet no-one will object. Why? Because they won’t even know about it… No hearing. No debate. No comeback.”
National warned that under Labour’s new bill, “The koha racket will continue. Part-Maori descendents of signatories to the Treaty of Waitangi will still be able to hold up any development … until their terms are met. There’s only one word for that. Extortion.”
And they claimed the new law was divisive: “This legislation will divide our country, not bring it together. This is not the way to build a better future for all of us. National says the foreshore and seabed is Kiwi property. Not iwi property.”
National’s present position, as outlined in Dr Smith’s consultation document on fresh water reform, reeks of double standards.
Maori tribes will be given joint management rights and the power ofveto over councils – the very things National objected to in Labour’s foreshore and seabed legislation.
Their plan to pass the responsibility for rubber stamping iwi claims to fresh water onto local authorities, will make such deals hard to oppose – again something National complained about in their ‘fish hook’ ad.
And with multiple tribal groups involved in the control of freshwater in any catchment, iwi consultation and the whole koha racket will skyrocket.
Comment: The 'racial divide' call is made often. The truth is however that the corruprtion is equally represented on both sides. Whether referencing political parties, Iwi, Maori, Pakeha - there are those on both "sides" who are more than happy to screw over their "own people" in the interests of themselves and / or their globalist handlers.
Back in 2003, with local authorities spending $3.4 million a year consulting with iwi, and the Corrections Department alone spending $2.2 million consulting iwi over three new prisons, National spoke out strongly against the rising cost of iwi consultation.
Nick Smith also objected to the inclusion of Maori spiritualism in the RMA:
“It is political correctness gone mad when key decisions on infrastructure are made on the basis that… it will adversely affect Maori spiritual beliefs and self-esteem. This decision is an invitation for backhanders…”
“There can be no certainty of property rights when the fantasy world of Hollywood starts being given credibility by our courts. This example follows previous rulings by the Environment Court about diverted waters adversely affecting Maori self esteem, and motorways and prisons being diverted or held up over taniwha. It shows just how politically correct and stupid the Resource Management Act has become and highlights the desperate need for reform.”
He made a promise:
“National is committed to a thorough cleanup of the Resource Management Act to remove any references to the spiritual world. This sort of hocus pocus has no place in the courtroom.”
After eight years in government, not only has the “hocus pocus” not been cleaned up, but Dr Smith is about to make it a whole lot worse. Through sweeping co-governance rights and the power of veto over democratically elected local authorities, the radical Iwi Participation Agreements proposed for the RMA will condemn councils into endless consultation with multiple tribal groups.
The result will be more and more abandoned projects as property owners decide it’s not worth the hassle.
Bob Jones explained what it was like consulting with iwi in 2014, when he wanted to restore a window in a commercial building in central Auckland that had been removed by a tenant.
Since the building was within 50 metres of one of thousands of new designated Maori heritage sites introduced by the Auckland Council’s Maori Statutory Board, under the Draft Unitary Plan, it needed a resource consent. To gain that consent, Sir Bob had to seek the approval of 13 iwi, ranging from Taranaki to Whangarei. Letters were duly written.
“Five replied stating they had no concerns while others said they were considering the matter, presumably calling huis to weigh up this window crisis. One respondent bearing that fine old Maori name of Jeff Lee, representing something called Ngai Tai Ki Tamaki, contacted the planner…
After advising the planners verbally that no Cultural Impact Assessment Report was required for the window, he nevertheless asked them to consider it – brace yourselves – given his ancestors, centuries ago, gathered in the vicinity. Lee then wrote, outlining his terms for ‘assessing the window’s cultural impact’ which, he said, would take him ‘a total of six to eight hours’. For this he sought $90 per hour plus GST and ‘travel expenses of 0.77c per km’.”
Unsurprisingly, Mr Lee was told to “get stuffed”.
Treaty Settlement Acts are now littered with requirements to involve iwi in decision-making. Anyone wanting resource consents in the vast number of areas where statutory acknowledgements exist must consult all iwi individually – with each no doubt charging substantial fees for their pro-forma cultural assessments.
In fact, stories of RMA rorts are everywhere – and National knows it has become legalised corruption. But rather than taking a principled approach and removing race-based requirements from the law – to create a much-needed level playing field – they clearly intend making the problem a whole lot worse.
Further, instead of fulfilling his promise to take spiritualism out of the RMA, Nick Smith embedded it, through “Te Mana o te Wai”, in the 2014 National Policy Statement on Fresh Water.
Dr Smith should know only too well how inappropriate it is to include cultural spiritualism in water quality controls – but such is his hypocrisy that he intends strengthening the concept in the forthcoming reforms:
“When Te Mana o te Wai is given effect, the water body will sustain the full range of environmental, social, cultural and economic values held by iwi and the community.”
In his fresh water consultation document, Dr Smith proposes “to require regional councils, when setting freshwater objectives, to identify the values of the iwi and hapu that have associations with those freshwater bodies.
Hand-in-hand with recognition of their association with water bodies, there needs to be ways for iwi and hapu to participate in decision-making about those water bodies. This decision making occurs through development of regional policy statements, regional plans, catchment plans, and consenting.”
His approach will result in Maori tribes controlling waterways throughout New Zealand, clipping the ticket whenever anyone applies for consents – and, if a price is put on water, pocketing a royalty every time a tap is turned on.
The Northland Regional Council has spoken out against plans to give Maori authority over “freshwater bylaws, consents and other statutory responsibilities”. They are adamant that decision-making is the job of elected councillors.
Chairman Bill Shepherd also explained how “the government’s use of the word ‘iwi’ in consultation documents was problematic for Northland, where the landowners were primarily hapu – and there were 190 of them.”
Imagine having to negotiate with 190 tribal groups every time you want to make a decision! National’s approach highlights the absolute hypocrisy of the claims by Minister Nick Smith, that their RMA reforms will bring consistency into local government.
This week’s NZCPR Guest Commentator, former Judge and law lecturer Anthony Willy, has been examining the powerful forces behind the fresh water reforms:
""Nick Smith the Minister responsible for the government’s fresh water policy said at a recent public meeting in Auckland called to discuss the matter, ‘There would be an obligation on local councils to consult with iwi about the use of water in which they might have a special interest, but there was to be no suggestion of co-governance…’”
Anthony refutes these claims, quoting from “a memorandum filed by the government’s lawyers in the Waitangi Tribunal Registry should there be a need for a resumed hearing”.
He concludes, “This puts it beyond doubt that the government is open to discussing both co governance with the Iwi Leaders Group and the allocation of fresh water to persons of Maori blood on a race basis.”
The document confirms that the Crown worked closely with Iwi Leaders throughout 2015, developing fresh water policy proposals “to be included in the public consultation process”. It states their priority for 2016 will be “Economic Development”.
They intend “developing a range of mechanisms to enable iwi/hapu to access fresh water in order to realise and express their economic interests”.
He concludes, “This puts it beyond doubt that the government is open to discussing both co governance with the Iwi Leaders Group and the allocation of fresh water to persons of Maori blood on a race basis.”
What this means, is that once National gives iwi control of fresh water, they intend to develop mechanisms to generate economic returns. As sure as night follows day, there will be an iwi levy on water.
If you haven’t put in a submission opposing all race-based proposals for fresh water reform, then please do so as numbers really matter on issues like this. A simple email to email@example.com stating your position is all that is needed.
Click on the image above to open a PDF version in a new wondow
And why not send it on to all National MPs (their addresses are here), as they are the ones who are responsible for these dreadful proposals, and they really need to hear what the public thinks.
If you believe that other New Zealanders should be informed about what’s going on, so they too can send in submissions and contact MPs, then please support our ad here. It’s not too late. The ads will start running this weekend – and if we have enough support, next weekend as well.
Panama Papers Have Caught UK Politicians Off Guard + John Key Testy With Media Over Link To Foreign Trust? April 17 2016 | From: VeteransToday / TVNZ / Various Oh my, our prayers have been answered. The Panama Papers scam is being burned down as I type, and with it what little reputation that corporate media and the think tank subverts thought they might still have.
London has shot itself in both feet on the Panama Papers scam
The British papers were nothing more than a lynch mob with their over-the-top coverage that Putin was the new Midas in Russia, when they never met a Russian thieving oligarch whom they did not love on sight, no matter how unscrupulously they have obtained their wealth.
The idea of moral leadership coming out of Britain itself is a bad joke, as it treats its own people like coolies while being a purveyor of modern colonialism to the best of its ability. This includes wanting to spend tens of billions on their Trident nuclear submarine upgrade, so they can have their version of Teddy Roosevelt’s “Big Stick”.
The City of London is the unofficial pirate base of Europe, even having special laws passed to not have its “financial independence” fiddled with. This is a more polished version of when the Italian-Jewish mob in the US tried to take over Cuba to have their own country to operate from with diplomatic immunity. They forgot to get Castro on board that effort.
John Key Testy With Media Over Link To Foreign Trust?
'You don't want to get your arses sued off you.' The Prime Minister has hit back at attention on whether he has financial interests with a firm that specialises in setting up foreign trusts in New Zealand.
The Prime Minister has been questioned about his links to Antipodes Trust Group, and is not happy about it
John Key has a short term deposit with Antipodes Trust Group to cover the costs of a family trust.
Mr Key says he has no foreign trust interests and his deposit is handled by Antipodes Trust Group because his long-time personal lawyer moved to the firm.
"I don't deal with people unless they're highly ethical and they do things well. He's (Mr Key's lawyer, Ken Whitney) changed firms and that might get everyone else excited but from my point of view it's just situation normal," said Mr Key.
Asked if Mr Key would prefer that Antipodes Trust Group didn't advertise itself as being able to help out people wanting to set up foreign trusts here, Mr Key said;
"There's a legitimate place, as I've been saying, for financial services when it comes to foreign trusts."
Addressing journalists after a business lunch in Wellington, Mr Key went on to say;
"As you guys were very careful last night, I think, in your coverage of these matters; the reason you were is because you don't want to get your arses sued off you because actually they are a legitimate business. They're not the Devil incarnated."
"I mean, if a political party wants to say, 'I'm no longer going to have foreign trusts being allowed to be registered and supported in New Zealand' that's a call they can make. I mean, I think there'd be significant implications of that."
It has been estimated that foreign trust business earns New Zealand around $24 million annually.
Focus on foreign trusts has arisen after the leak of the so-called Panama Papers suggesting that, in some cases, such trusts are used to avoid paying tax.
Although Washington is using the so-called Panamanian Papers to wage a propaganda war against politicians it despises, especially in Russia and China, this operation has recently come to a screeching halt due to the lack of convincing evidence in those papers.
So what we are witnessing now is simple allegations that the political elites of the two above mentioned countries are engaged in some inappropriate financial activities.
However, this recent information attack has already backfired against Washington itself along with its closest allies. For instance, we’ve learnt from these papers that London is most probably the global capital of money-laundering.
The responsibilities of Mossack Fonseca were reduced to purely technical functions while the actual transfer and concealment of money was carried out by a number of banks and law firms.
"Almost 2,000 British middlemen helped to create a network of offshore companies and move billions of pounds secretly around the world, according to the Panama papers. Lawyers, accountants, banks and company formation agents based in Britain were involved in setting up 32,000 of the 200,000 offshore companies incorporated by Mossack Fonseca, the Panamanian law firm."
Furthermore, as it follows from yet another publication of The Times for over 16 years thousands of offshore companies that own property in the Great Britain were providing the addresses of the largest UK largest law firms in the City like Clifford Chance, Farrer & Co and Withers as their own.
For instance, A British banker Nigel Cowie who resided in North Korea for over two decades created an offshore finance company that was allegedly used by the Pyongyang regime for arms trade and be able to carry on developing its nuclear program, says The Guardian.
According to the released documents, Nigel Cowie was behind a Pyongyang front company, DCB Finance Limited, registered in the British Virgin Islands.
The full responsibility for the unprecedented scale of shadowy business scheme being pulled out in the UK is being placed on the British Prime Minister – David Cameron. For instance, The Independent took a somewhat straightforward approach, claiming:
"What’s most stinging is the sheer hypocrisy of Cameron. After all, this is the man who made great efforts to increase funding for HMRC tax inspectors; abolished permanent non-dom status from April 2017 and proposed an international anti-corruption drive in the light of the Fifa scandal.
David Cameron is a man with a reputation seemingly made of titanium. Really, who does this guy have to piss off to merit serious calls for his resignation Considering it’s just been revealed that he did actually have a stake in his father’s offshore investment fund, the lack of outrage is astonishing."
It’s now clear that Ian Cameron was part of the scheme as a director of Blairmore Holdings Inc. On top of it The Guardian, one of the 109 international media sources that was granted access to the Panamanian Papers, claims that over the past 30 years Blairmore Holdings Inc. hasn’t been paying any taxes to the British treasury.
Moreover, in a brochure for investors released back in 2006 it would state (emphasis added):
"The directors intend that the affairs of the fund should be managed and conducted so that it does not become resident in the UK for UK taxation purposes Accordingly… the fund will not be subject to UK corporation tax or income tax on its profits."
Those facts manifest the blatant hypocrisy of the British Prime Minister. After all, he publicly opposed offshore practices back in May at the recent Anti-Corruption Summit in London, while claiming that his supporters would develop a comprehensive legislation that will put an end to the illegal activities of the so-called British tax haven.
Back in 2012 David Cameron criticized offshore structures, while claiming that they are definitely not fair and not right. At a G8 summit in Enniskillen three years. ago, he demanded even more transparency, claiming that:
"I’ll continue to make the case for transparency with international partners, including the British overseas territories and crown dependencies and I am willing to go further, and take concrete steps to force the pace."
Under these conditions, the British society seems to be determined to pursue the resignation of the vicious Prime Minister, forcing a vote of no confidence to be taken.
Several British parliamentarians said that after the scandal with offshore companies, David Cameron should leave the position of the deputy chairman of the Labour Party, while Labour’s deputy leader Tom Watson urged Cameron to hand over all the money that he received through offshore companies to the British treasury.
But the Panamanian Papers have not simply exposed the shadow schemes that are constantly being at play in London, that Washington and London have been desperate to impose upon the Middle East and Africa and other regions around the world along with the so-called “Western style democracy”.
It also makes one to wonder why in recent decades the UK has become a safe heaven for numerous “political foundations for the struggle for democracy” (such as The National Endowment for Democracy and the likes of it), and whether those are also involved in such financial scams under the guise of fighting for the right cause?
The Truth Is Coming And It Cannot Be Stopped April 16 2016 | From: TheSpiritScience Shortly after Edward Snowden went public with his findings on the NSA’s surveillance program, he uttered some very powerful words: “All I can say right now is the US Government is not going to be able to cover this up by jailing or murdering me. Truth is coming, and it cannot be stopped.”
Truth is coming, and it cannot be stopped.Exciting words for most of the general population, but troubling for a select few in Washington, New York, London and Brussels.
From Snowden’s testimony, he covertly said from the very beginning that there was and is an end-game in play. Who’s? That is not yet made known.
What he is describing, believe it or not, is the true definition of “Apocalypse” – The “Lifting of the Veil”, when all truths become known and public… Hidden information revealed, including, that pertaining to the purposeful use and abuse of the common people of earth.
From Snowden’s testimony, he covertly said from the very beginning that there was and is an end-game in play. Who’s? That is not yet made known.
Graffiti that is sympathetic to NSA leaker Edward Snowden is seen stenciled on the sidewalk on June 11, 2013 in San Francisco
In other words, there are white hats (good guys) within “the matrix” aimed at taking down the banking / political cabalists.
Though it may be difficult for many to believe that such powerful forces will see the darkness and corruption of their actions and rituals exposed, the world is already seeing the beginning of such things come to light…and with much more to come.
For those who are interested, here is some key ingredients in the current drama’s are unfolding.
In middle November of 2015 at the G-20 Summit in Antalya, Turkey, Vladimir Putin surprised most of the world when he announced that Russia’s collected data showed that ISIL was (and probably still is at the time of this writing) being financed by 40 countries and that some of those countries were G-20 members.
In other words, he stated at the G-20 Summit that members present at the gathering were helping to fund ISIL.
This call-out is of extreme magnitude.
What is most important to evaluate from this disclosure is that this situation is also still in play. Since that time, Russia has publicly presented evidence that Turkey is one of those countries, but has not listed the other 39. Are we really to believe Putin and Russia will just forget about this and not reveal the other 39 countries?
It seems much more likely that a chess game is being played behind the geopolitical scenes of the world and that Putin may be simply waiting for the “right time” to reveal such things.
Imagine the ramifications, especially in the United States and Europe, when this high-level disclosure takes place. It is truly not difficult to see why we are seeing the elite panic in so many different directions right now, as well as continue to unsuccessfully attempt to propagandize Putin as the “bad guy.”
In reality, Putin could have several aces up his sleeves and the global elite know it.
In early January 2016, former US attorney Joe Digenova stated that the FBI is coming to a “critical mass” point in its investigation of Hillary Clinton. He followed that by saying that if the Department of Justice does not indict, the FBI is in a position to “basically revolt.”
More easily put, the global elite are in a very difficult spot. Let the DoJ indict their preferred choice for president (Hillary), or do not allow an indiction and watch the FBI and other intelligence agencies begin coming forth to the public en masse with their evidence on this case and most likely evidence of even deeper stories.
Since January, much more has come to light as over 30,000 emails have been released. Just a few of the biggest stories within these emails, as Wikileaks has revealed, include Hillary’s extremist role in Libya, her push to privatize oil Mexico, claiming a Sunni-Shiite war would be good for the West and Israel.
They also included her suggestion to overthrow a sovereign government in Syria and remove Assad.
Though some people believe all of this will lead to nothing and to her getting off the hook, that scenario is becoming increasingly less likely as the Washington Post just a few days ago reported that at least 147 FBI agents are investigating this case. Even if the DoJ would choose not to indict, do you really believe these 147+ FBI agents (and probably many other intelligence agency members) would simply stay quiet? Or would they indeed revolt as Joe Digenova stated earlier?
The Dam Is About To Break
As we can see, there are huge stories all still in play and all affecting each other in different ways. What is clear is that we are indeed in the “quickening” of this entire scheme and that the truth is continuing to come out at an ever-increasing rate.
In fact, we may already be at the “critical mass” point in relation to disclosures of truth occurring.
"The notion of critical mass-that comes out of physics is a very powerful model. Adding success factors so that a bigger combination drives success, often in a non-linear fashion, as one is reminded by the concept of breakpoint and the concept of critical mass in physics. You get a little bit more mass and you get a lollapalooza result.”
Pillow talk these nights in Washington, New York, London, Brussels and elsewhere must be getting very interesting.
These stories are all incredibly important and deserves questioning and investigation, though one must ask what Snowden, Wikileaks and Anonymous know on an even bigger story most media outlets have yet to touch:
Shocking Hillary Quotes + Hillary's Emails Confirm France And US Killed Qaddafi For His Gold And Oil April 15 2016 | From: HillaryClintonQuotes / Sott / Geopolitics Get to know the psychopath known as Hillary Clinton a little better.
These are 100% sourced and verified quotes. We recommend you share these far and wide.
With the recent release of Hillary Clinton's emails by Wikileaks, the public now knows exactly how the North Atlantic Treaty Organization (NATO) went from a collective defense organization to the new Barbary Coast Pirates of imperialism.
G8 Summit, Italy, 2009
During the 2011 Libyan uprising, the United Nations Security Council passed Resolution 1973 which called for a ceasefire and authorized military action to protect civilian lives. A coalition formed, centered around NATO with the March 17, 2011 passing of the Resolution. Its purpose -- a so-called "no-fly zone" over Libya.
The irony that the U.S.-dominated NATO military organization would be concerned with "protecting" Arab civilians is all too obvious since the United States is the nation most responsible for killing Arab civilians.
The real reasons for the attack have been dealt with most directly by America's famous reformed "economic hitman," John Perkins.
Perkins points out that the attack on Libya, like the attack on Iraq, has to do with power and control of resources, not only oil, but gold. Libya has the highest standard of living in Africa. "According to the IMF, Libya's Central Bank is 100% state owned. The IMF estimates that the bank has nearly 144 tons of gold in its vaults," Perkins wrote.
NATO went there like modern Barbary Coast Pirates -- to loot Libya's gold. The Russian media, in addition to Perkins, reported that the Pan-Africanist Qaddafi, the former President of the African Union, had been advocating that Africa use the gold so plentiful in Libya and South Africa to create an African currency based on a gold dinar.
"It is significant that in the months running up to the UN resolution that allowed the U.S. and its allies to send troops into Libya, Muammar al-Qaddafi was openly advocating the creation of a new currency that would rival the dollar and the euro.
In fact, he called upon African and Muslim nations to join an alliance that would make this new currency, the gold dinar, their primary form of money and foreign exchange.
They would sell oil and other resources to the US and the rest of the world only for gold dinars,"Perkins explained.
Revelation in Email to Hillary Clinton
Wikileaks released an unclassified U.S. Department of State document emailed to Hillary dated April 2, 2011, key Clinton aide Sidney Blumenthal confirmed that the Perkins was right and the attack on Libya had nothing to do with Qaddafi being a threat to the United States and NATO and everything to do with looting his gold.
"Qaddafi's government holds 143 tons of gold, and a similar amount in silver. During late March, 2011, these stocks were moved to Sabha (south west in the direction of the Libyan border with Niger and Chad); taken from the vaults of the Libyan Central Bank in Tripoli," Blumenthal reported to Clinton.
Blumenthal pointed out the purpose of Qaddafi's precious metal:
"This gold was accumulated prior to the current rebellion and was intended to be used to establish a pan-African currency based on the Libyan golden Dinar. This plan was designed to provide the Francophone African Countries with an alternative to the French franc (CFA)."
Blumenthal spells out the reason for NATO's attack and France's imperial plunder;
"French intelligence officers discovered this plan shortly after the current rebellion began, and this was one of the factors that influenced President Nicholas Sarkozy's decision to commit France to the attack on Libya."
There were five reasons for France's illegal war with NATO against Libya. Sarkozy sought, according to Blumenthal:
"a. A desire to gain a greater share of Libyan oil production, b. Increase French influence in North Africa, c. Improve his internal situation in France, d. Provide the French military with an opportunity to assert its position in the world, e. Address the concern of his advisors over Qaddafi's long term plans to supplant France as the dominant power in Francophone Africa."
Under the neo-colonialism favored after World War II during the period of the Cold War, we preferred to bribe various African leaders to help us loot their nation's resources. The U.S., of course, killed any Pan-African aspirations as well as potential leaders like Patrice Lumumba.
This highjacking of Arab and African resources and slaughtering of Arab civilians is a long-standing plan put forth by neo-conservatives in the United States. The Project for the New American Century (PNAC) has had a "hit list" of Arab nations and little regard for Arab casualties.
General Wesley Clark wrote in "Winning Modern Wars" that "As I went back through the Pentagon in November 2001, one of the senior military staff officers had time for a chat. Yes, we are still on track for going against Iraq, he said. But there was more. This was being discussed as part of a five-year campaign plan, he said, and there was a total of seven countries beginning with Iraq, then Syria, Lebanon, Libya, Iran, Somalia, and Sudan.
What we witnessed in Libya was old-fashioned 19th century imperialism -- the deliberate plundering of a sovereign nation-state's resources by more powerful Western conquistadors.
Clinton’s Leaked eMails Confirm Libya Plunder by Killing Qaddafi
It was broad daylight robbery and murder when US , France, and the rest of NATO, hunted down Muammar Qaddafi, and destroyed the most prosperous nation in Africa, i.e. Libya., in 2011.
The picture at the top of this article was taken during the G8 Summit Italy, in 2009.
Libya used to be one of few countries with sovereign central banks. Muammar Qaddafi, President of the African Union at that time, was planning to issue gold denominated African dinar to replace Francs in Francophone Africa, to help his African brothers from centuries of economic plunder.
But that’s not all.
The West just hated Muammar Qaddafi’s internal policies which were kept from the rest of the world by Rothschild controlled mainstream media.
Here’s some of them:
There is no electricity bill in Libya; electricity is free for all its citizens.
There is no interest on loans, banks in Libya are state-owned and loans given to all its citizens at zero percent interest by law.
Having a home considered a human right in Libya.
All newlyweds in Libya receive $60,000 dinar (U.S.$50,000) by the government to buy their first apartment so to help start up the family.
Education and medical treatments are free in Libya. Before Gaddafi only 25 percent of Libyans were literate. Today, the figure is 83 percent.
Should Libyans want to take up farming career, they would receive farming land, a farming house, equipments, seeds and livestock to kickstart their farms are all for free.
If Libyans cannot find the education or medical facilities they need, the government funds them to go abroad, for it is not only paid for, but they get a U.S.$2,300/month for accommodation and car allowance.
If a Libyan buys a car, the government subsidizes 50 percent of the price.
The price of petrol in Libya is $0.14 per liter.
Libya has no external debt and its reserves amounting to $150 billion are now frozen globally.
If a Libyan is unable to get employment after graduation the state would pay the average salary of the profession, as if he or she is employed, until employment is found.
A portion of every Libyan oil sale is credited directly to the bank accounts of all Libyan citizens.
A mother who gives birth to a child receive U.S.$5,000.
40 loaves of bread in Libya costs $0.15.
25 percent of Libyans have a university degree.
Gaddafi carried out the world’s largest irrigation project, known as the Great Manmade River project, to make water readily available throughout the desert country.
These things Qaddafi was doing while the West maintains its exceptionalist mindset of being the epitome of freedom and democracy throughout the globe. Nothing could be farther from the truth.
These are the faces of the people that would murder him more than a year later.
Now, with the fall of CIA Daesh Islamic State in Syria, Libya is hosting the highest population of ISIS terrorists, and added itself to a growing number of failed states in the region.
ISIS Massacred Over 300 West African Migrants In Libya
The Khazarian Nazionist agenda in the Middle East, and the methods being used against the Arabs and Africans, are still the same methods that were used by Western pirates not too long ago in the Pacific, which includes:
Bribery of local overlords to help them loot the country; Saudi Arabia is a perfect example; Leaders in Latin America were also subjected to the same attacks by “economic hitmen”;
Removal of uncooperative leaders through color revolutions;
Total destruction of the State through divide and conquer using multiple warlords and pitting each other;
For the last 400 years, another resource rich country like the Philippines fall victim to all three methods.
The Project for the New American Century (PNAC) has a “hit list” of Arab nations to conquer obviously with little regard for Arab casualties. Such hit list includes a total of seven countries beginning with Iraq, then Syria, Lebanon, Libya, Iran, Somalia, and Sudan.
The leaked Clinton email confirms that what they did and continue to do in Libya is the fulfillment of this hit list:
Frances Client & Quaddafi's Gold
From: Sidney Blumenthal
To: Hillary Clinton
Date: 2011-04-01 21:00
Subject: FRANCE’S CLIENT & QADDAFI’S GOLD
UNCLASSIFIED U.S. Department of State Case No. F-2014-20439 Doc No. C05785522 Date: 01/07/2016
A high ranking official on the National Libyan Council states that factions have developed within it. In part this reflects the cultivation by France in particular of clients among the rebels. General Abdelfateh Younis is the leading figure closest to the French, who are believed to have made payments of an unknown amount to him. Younis has told others on the NLC that the French have promised they will provide military trainers and arms.
So far the men and materiel have not made an appearance. Instead, a few “risk assessment analysts” wielding clipboards have come and gone. Jabril, Jalil and others are impatient. It is understood that France has clear economic interests at stake. Sarkozy’s occasional emissary, the intellectual self-promoter Bernard Henri-Levy, is considered by those in the NLC who have dealt with him as a semi-useful, semi joke figure.
Rumors swept the NLC upper echelon this week that Qaddafi may be dead or maybe not.
Qaddafi has nearly bottomless financial resources to continue indefinitely, according to the latest report we have received:
On April 2, 2011 sources with access to advisors to Saif al-Islam Qaddafi stated in strictest confidence that while the freezing of Libya’s foreign bank accounts presents Muammar Qaddafi with serious challenges, his ability to equip and maintain his armed forces and intelligence services remains intact.
According to sensitive information available to this these individuals, Qaddafi’s government holds 143 tons of gold, and a similar amount in silver.
During late March, 2011 these stocks were moved to SABHA (south west in the direction of the Libyan border with Niger and Chad); taken from the vaults of the Libyan Central Bank in Tripoli. This gold was accumulated prior to the current rebellion and was intended to be used to establish a pan-African currency based on the Libyan golden Dinar.
This plan was designed to provide , the Francophone African Countries with an alternative to the French franc (CFA). (Source Comment: According to knowledgeable individuals this quantity of gold and silver is valued at more than $7 billion.
French intelligence officers discovered this plan shortly after the current rebellion began, and this was one of the factors that influenced President Nicolas
UNCLASSIFIED U.S. Department of State Case No. F-2014-20439 Doc No. C05785522
Sarkozy’s decision to commit France to the attack on Libya. According to these individuals Sarkozy’s plans are driven by the following issues:
A desire to gain a greater share of Libya oil production,
Increase French influence in North Africa,
Improve his internal political situation in France,
Provide the French military with an opportunity to reassert its position in the world, address the concern of his advisors over Qaddafi’s long term plans to supplant France as the dominant power in, Francophone Africa. )
On the afternoon of April 1, an individual with access to the National Libyan Council (NLC) stated in private that senior officials of the NLC believe that the rebel military forces are beginning to show signs of improved discipline and fighting spirit under some of the new military commanders, including Colonel Khalifha Haftar, the former commander of the anti- Qaddafi forces in the Libyan National Army (LNA). According to these sources, units defecting from Qaddafi’s force are also taking a greater role in the fighting on behalf of the rebels.
They were monitoring where the gold is heading, and they got what they wanted.
Fortunately for us, they were interrupted in Syria and Iran as the BRICS, and 180 more allied countries, decided to stand up to these few old men and women with kleptocratic and eugenics tendencies.
But it is extremely important to remind ourselves that the United Nations and mainstream media were complicit to all of these high crimes committed against the sovereign people of Libya, and other countries.
Why Is April Always A Big Month For Illuminati Mischief? April 14 2016 | From: CosmicConvergence First things first, when referring to the mythology of Aries, it is important to note that there are two distinctions to make. Myths about “Aries, the Ram” are different from myths about “Aries, the Greek god” (whose name is more often spelled “Ares”).
In Greek mythology Ares is the god of war. It is important to make a distinction between the role that Ares (Greek mythology) plays and the role that his sister Athena (Greek mythology) plays. Athena was also a god (goddess) of war, but unlike Ares, Athena was strategic and disciplined, where Ares was chaotic and destructive.
Having these two Greek gods represent the two different sides of war is very telling as to how the ancient Greeks viewed war. If Athena was Napoleon then Ares was Rambo. Ares was known for his lust for blood, his chaotic nature, and his thoughtless aggression.
"Interestingly enough some of these characteristics (to a much lesser extent) are attributed to those born under Aries, the Ram, in astrology."
Very few residents are aware but those who truly run the world consult astrology and mythology, numerology and mythology just as much (and even more) than they refer to the ‘hard sciences’.
TPTB who rule the entire planet via a World Shadow Government (WSG) have always conceived and timed their major ‘events’ according to the stars. They employ the very best astrologers in existence and conduct their many enterprises according to the arcana of occult astrology and numerology.
It’s now quite obvious to those who have researched these matters that the very business of the ruling elites is perfectly timed according to the confluence of astrology (e.g. Aries), numerology (e.g. power numbers 11, 22, and 33) and chronology (e.g. Shemitah phenomenon).
Remember, the same cabal set up every major chronological system in use today. The World Shadow Government, in fact, is quite meticulous about executing their black operations and implementing their false flag terror attacks on specific dates and in certain places in order to greatly intensify their impact and desired effects on the planetary civilization.
Your Birth Date and Location, Your DNA and Bloodline
Did you know that those who own and operate Planet Earth, Inc. have access to the birth date and birth location of every human born ever born here? They also have a massive database of the DNA records and bloodline history of every single person alive today. All the birth records, which they have quick and easy access to, provide them with this information and much, much more.
You see, in this way TPTB leave absolutely nothing to chance. On a certain level, that is, they know everything they think they need to know about each one of us. Our karmic blueprints are revealed by our astrological birth chart just as our destinies are carried through our bloodlines.
Of course, nature is only one piece of this very complicated puzzle of destiny. It’s well known that nurture can change the future of one whose nature is to do good or do evil. Nurture is really the controlling factor here, but not when the nature is so strong that it cannot be overridden. This will occur when the karmic influences are so heavy that the destiny is literally carved in stone.
Hence, they (TPTB) know - without any doubt - exactly who those old souls are who will be as predictably incorrigible as they are intractable. As they say in America, they’ve got their number - ALL OF THEM -both literally and figuratively. In so doing the ruling cabal is quite aware of who precisely will give them problems and how they might do so.
If the renegade’s chart shows much promise as a writer or speaker, that individual will most likely become a Thomas Paine or Thomas Jefferson or Sir Thomas More or Thomas Merton or Thomas Mann or Thomas à Becket.
Yes, TPTB are also obsessed with onomastics which concerns itself with the esoteric meaning of one’s personal name. Both the numerology of a person’s full name and its etymological origin reflect the energetic imprint associated with the individual’s current incarnation. If they happen to be born in the month of Aries they will be courageous and bold, impulsive and pioneering. They will charge ahead with the missions in life like a battering ram.
What Does All of this Have to do With April of 2016?
The forgoing revelations were only presented in order to impress upon the reader that they really do have your number just as they use their various numerological systems to control the Global Economic & Financial System.
Everything the ruling cabal does is perfectly timed and coordinated for maximum effect on human consciousness with the explicit purpose of exerting complete control over the entire Earth realm. This is their domain, so they think, and they are determined to keep the place in total lockdown - 24/7.
Toward that end they routinely use certain months to accomplish certain goals. The month of April has always been one of their favorites for many reasons.
Not only is the weather very nice with Spring in full bloom, many folks around the world have full-blown Spring Fever. However, it is the astrological energies associated with Aries which they really like to exploit.
They do this by capitalizing on the vibrations of war that are inherent in the very astrology and numerology of the month of April. The window of April 15th through the end of April is usually a very active time for these inveterate war-makers.
"Were one to deeply research the individual astrology and numerology of all the government soldiers and mercenary soldiers of fortune, it would become apparent how they have all been corralled on this battle flied or that battleground in order to fight it out in good fashion.
Since most 'Men are originally from Mars' just as most 'Women are from Venus', it ought to be clear how easy it has always been to move the warmongering males to just about any theater of war in Creation.
Likewise, TPTB are fully cognizant of how easy it is to ramp up the war cries with this battle cry or that battle hymn, this military-adnminstered vaccine or that recreational war drug."
Now many will ask the question about Aries officially ending on or about April 19th or 20th from year to year. And, yes, that’s correct, except that there are different astrological systems at work here. As follows:
"Under the tropical zodiac, the Sun transits this sign mostly between March 20 and April 19 each year. This time duration is exactly the first month of Solar Hejri calendar (Farvardin). Under the sidereal zodiac, the sun currently transits Aries from April 15 to May 15 (approximately)."
Here’s an historical example of how TPTB use the earlier Aries energies to wage their wars of aggression around the globe.
"The 2003 invasion of Iraq lasted from 20 March to 1 May 2003 and signaled the start of the Iraq War, which was dubbed Operation Iraqi Freedom by the United States (prior to 19 March, the mission in Iraq was called Operation Enduring Freedom, a carryover from the War in Afghanistan)."
Not only was that war of conquest and control deliberately initiated on March 20, it was started on that date in order to inaugurate a multi-year campaign of war and terrorism to transform the whole Middle East in to a regional theatre of war and conflict.
What Else has the Controlling Cabal Done During the Month of April?
Make no mistake about it, from the 15th to the 30th of April is the real playtime for the mischievous elites. This is when they line up their battle plans for optimal effect both locally and globally.
The "Germans introduced poison gas on Apr 22, 1915" which was the first time chemical weapons had been known to be used on a wide-scale basis.
It’s also interesting that Adolf Hitler allegedly committed suicide on April 30 in 1945.
The Falklands War was officially begun on Friday, 2 April 1982.
On April 30, 1975 Saigon falls and the North Vietnamese take Saigon; the war in Vietnam ends.
The whole orchestrated Arab Spring was actually timed around the bellicose frequencies of the main month of Spring - April.
Many countries throughout the Mideast saw the most violent protests and revolutions during March and April of both 2011 and 2012.
The ongoing Syrian War began on 15 March, 2011.
The civil war in the Ukraine was started on 6 April 2014.
What follows is another list of momentous April events which fall into the very same April timeline. Each of these meticulously manufactured happenings was highly consequential and fabricated to produce a desired outcome by the WSG.
April 17th has already been placed very high on the radar screen by various astrologers. Not only does this date fall squarely within the preferred range of the ruling elites to make war or perpetrate crimes against humanity, it also serves as a HUGE trigger point.
That does not necessarily mean that Sunday, April 17th will see a major earth-shattering event; rather, only that it may trigger the energies toward a future conflagration of some sort. It may manifest as a single short-term calamitous event or function as the start date for a long-term march to a World War III.
Here’s what one astrologer (a practitioner of Jyotish) has written about this April:
Whenever humanity sheds the light of awareness on a predicted event, they hold the power to transform it, for good or for ill.
This is exactly what happened with last year’s widely prophesied Shemitah financial breakdown and economic crash.
Yes, it happened in various ways, but was significantly diminished in its effects because so many had written and spoken about it.
"If, during the years leading up to 9/11, there were books written about a scheme to take down the Twin Towers via a controlled demolition, would the false flag operation still have been executed?
If the internet was abuzz with conspiracy theories - before September 11, 2001 - about a cruise missile from the U.S. military arsenal being fired at the Pentagon, would the perpetrators still have followed through?
If the modern-day prophets and televangelists, rabbis and ministers were warning the people of a grave event that would close the stock market for a week and shut down the airline industry, would the conspiracy proceed as planned?
The point is that the September Shemitah is very much a manmade event that would only have proceeded if there was no likelihood of exposure. If those who conceive and coordinate the 7 year Shemitah crashes and collapses don’t want to be known, would they still implement their conspiratorial plot?
Particularly during the month of September of 2015 - the prognosticated “biggest month of the millennium”, why would they dangerously give themselves away?"
Should you change your attitude toward whatever befalls you or your community, the whole world will conform itself to your positive and life-affirming posture. The heavens will support your every effort to overcome the seemingly insurmountable obstacles.
Whenever the light of consciousness is directly aimed at a particular worry or concern, an anxiety about the future or regret about the past, it will slowly defuse it. The sheer knowledge of a prognosticated event can either magnify it or minimize it.
By facing the upcoming challenges of 2016 and beyond with great courage and undeterrable resolve, the unseen forces of the Universe will congregate in your corner.
The more one understands that the predominant collective awareness, which is held around any specific prophecy, will either bring it into Creation or keep it from manifesting. By becoming aware of these possibilities, much can be done to prevent many of the more severe prophecies from occurring. After all, True Prophecy Is Always Uttered To Avert Catastrophe, NOT Predict It.
True, there is no stopping some of the earth-shaking changes which are nearly upon us, but they can be alleviated. The more we pay attention to the cosmic messages being delivered from on high daily, the more compelled we will be to make the necessary alterations in behavior, both individually and collectively.
Geo-Engineering Now Confirmed To Be Very Real, And It's Definitely Not Good For The Environment April 12 2016 | From: NaturalNews If you mention geoengineering to people you know, you're liable to either get a blank stare or an eye roll.
Control Remains in the Conversation About Weather, Climate
In the 1990s there was a renewed effort by the U.S. government and, in particular, the Pentagon, to devise technology that would enable the military to use weather control as a weapon in certain theaters of operation.
An August 1996 research paper [PDF] presented to the Air Force's "Air Force 2025" project and titled, "Weather as a Force Multiplier: Owning the Weather in 2025," noted in the executive summary:
"In 2025, US aerospace forces can 'own the weather' by capitalizing on emerging technologies and focusing development of those technologies to war-fighting applications. Such a capability offers the war fighter tools to shape the battlespace in ways never before possible.
It provides opportunities to impact operations across the full spectrum of conflict and is pertinent to all possible futures. The purpose of this paper is to outline a strategy for the use of a future weather-modification system to achieve military objectives rather than to provide a detailed technical road map.
A high-risk, high-reward endeavor, weather-modification offers a dilemma not unlike the splitting of the atom. While some segments of society will always be reluctant to examine controversial issues such as weather-modification, the tremendous military capabilities that could result from this field are ignored at our own peril.
From enhancing friendly operations or disrupting those of the enemy via small-scale tailoring of natural weather patterns to complete dominance of global communications and counterspace control, weather-modification offers the war fighter a wide-range of possible options to defeat or coerce an adversary."
The paper also added that, at some point, "weather-modification will likely become a part of national security policy with both domestic and international applications."
And remember, that was 20 years ago. Today, geoengineering remains a thing, and – as documented at GeoEngineeringWatch.org – is damaging our planet.
Today, as reported by the Christian Science Monitor, interest in geoengineering continues. Scientists say that one way to combat climate change is through geoengineering, or "reshaping the planet in a substantial way," the news site reported.
But should we even want that? After all, who decides what the benefits would be, and could we even trust that the effort wouldn't backfire, thereby substantially polluting or otherwise harming the planet?
CSM further notes, for instance:
"Geoengineering typically refers to mitigating global climate change either by removing carbon dioxide from the atmosphere or by preventing sunlight from warming the surface by reflecting it back into space."
Wait! Maybe Man is Causing Climate Change
Carbon dioxide, contrary to what the so-called "global warming hoaxers" would have you believe, is vital to sustaining life on our planet.
Think about it – if CO2 were really a poison, why does it help plants grow so much?
Why is it a key part of the fundamental equation of biology: sugar + oxygen = carbon dioxide + water + heat?
How is it that those in the environmental movement are ignorant of basic biology?
As the website PlantsNeedCO2.org states, the more CO2 around, the better plants grow:
“In Idso and Idso’s (1994) analysis of soil nutrient limitations, the percentage growth enhancement due to a 300-ppm rise in the air’s CO2 content actually did exhibit a slight (but statistically non-significant) decline, dropping from 51% to 45% when nutrients went from non-growth-limiting to limiting in a group of 70 experiments.
But when the atmospheric CO2 enrichment was 600 ppm, this slight negative trend reversed itself, going from a CO2-induced growth stimulation of 43% when nutrients were present in abundance to a 52% enhancement when their supply was sub-optimal.
And for a 1200-ppm increase in atmospheric CO2, the percentage growth enhancement jumped from 60% when the soil nutrient supply was adequate to 207% when it was less-than-adequate.”
Without it, every living thing dies. What happens of geoengineering removes too much carbon dioxide, so that trees don't have enough to convert into oxygen?
"Some argue we shouldn't even contemplate [geoengineering], as it's too dangerous to the planet," admits Dr. Karen Pinkus, incoming chair of the Faculty Advisory Board at the Atkinson Center for a Sustainable Future, at Cornell University, in an interview with the CSM.
But she goes on to say that it should be part of the conversation: "Climate change itself is the biggest geoengineering project ever undertaken, anyway, if you take 'mitigation' out of the definition."
If you take into consideration the length of time geoengineering and "weather control" have been discussed by our own government – probably in conjunction with other governments as well – then maybe Mankind is causing climate change after all, just not in the way we're being told.
Combating The Elite Rulers Divide And Conquer Tactics April 11 2016 | From: WakingTimes Six Examples Of Divide And Conquer… And What You Can Do.
In order to keep the populace deceived into believing that the ‘theatre of illusion’ world they live in is real, it has been necessary for those controlling the show - the world’s ruling elite with their stage con artists – to artfully invent a number of distractions. These distractions are designed to keep the populace’s focus away from the ruling elite’s deceptions so that they don’t get worked out and become exposed.
One of the ruling elite’s most effective pieces of distraction woven and spun, socially engineered into the fabric of the fake world for controlling the populace, is the divide and rule tactic.
Be it in politics, business, banking, finance, science, religion, race relations, the military, medicine, drugs, etc. the divide and rule tactic continues to have a massive controlling effect on a deceived populace as they bicker, argue, take sides and fight amongst each other, never joining the dots, never seeing the bigger picture, never realizing how they’re being played by distraction…
In the Divide and Rule Clash of Viewpoints a Number of Common Patterns Recur:
1. All sides, each with their conflicting views and ideals, have been secretly manufactured or funded and controlled by the ruling elite. In effect, the ruling elite are the invisible 3rd party in the conflicts.
2. Thus, no side is the one that’s ‘got it right.’
3. …or has the ‘truth.’
5. No side will ever win. The Hegelian Dialectic conflict will continue here on out. Even if it morphs into a different dialectic the same old conflicts will occur.
6. The destabilizing weakening ‘us’ versus ‘them’ scenario prevents those divided and ruled from realizing just how powerful they could be together. How together they could topple those puppet masters at the top of the hierarchical tree...
In light of the above here are 6 examples of divide and conquer:
1. ‘My Political Party Versus Yours’
Getting closer to Election Day, the unfolding 2016 US Presidential campaigning has shown us how increasingly politically divided the nation is, as in the case of a recent Donald Trump rally in Chicago. It was reported that a large number of anti-Trump protesters turned out to disrupt the occasion. After a number of fights broke out and arrests were made, the event was eventually cancelled. Because of the disruption and further threat, Trump decided not to show up at the event to speak.
Yet another case where rigidly dogmatic people act out their mental software programmes not realizing that the Republican/Democrat 2-horse race is backed, owned and controlled by the ruling elite, so it doesn’t matter who gets into office, voting will change nothing.
Yes, I know that many of you realize no matter what country it is general elections are a farce. They exist to give the masses the illusion of democracy. However, many in the know still fall for the same traps by voting for one party because they’ve been offered an incentive such as a tax cut…
Voting for a major political party in this way is a short-term payoff.What then comes with it is a far greater and awful long-term cost. That long-term cost being the advancement of the dehumanising New World Order (NWO) agenda: The major parties’ corrupt puppet politicians who you voted for will only be too happy to carry out the wishes of their lords and masters the ruling elite, to slyly advance their NWO agenda and the further enslavement of you, your family and friends.
People, wake up!
2. ‘Divide and Rule by Manufacturing Wars’
Certain events over time, secretly planned, have currently manifested into what looks like the brink of World War 3. Don’t become a sucker for the ruling elite’s secretly manufactured wars.
The real reasons for wars are not given to you in the history books. Truth is, wars were (and are) secretly manufactured by the ruling elite for political gain, huge profits for their corporations like the weapons industry, population reduction and advancement of the NWO enslavement agenda. In short, wars are a massive deception. If only those countless millions who had died fighting had known about these ulterior motives…
Question everything. Question the ulterior motives: get the ‘who, what, when and why..?’ if a military conflict breaks out.
3. The ‘Wars On…’
The truth is that anything declared a ‘war on’ is designed to fail. People in high places overseeing the funding while playing all sides to deal with the related problems know that they fund ineffective approaches that will never get to the root cause and win the wars. This allows these people in high places to continually profiteer here on out from never-ending wars.
Thus, the different approaches coming from divided opinions on how we should tackle certain problems such as those related to '‘the war on cancer,’‘the war on drugs.' or ‘the war on war’… etc. are essentially nothing more than deliberate distractions to lead nowhere while the real solutions have been hidden, suppressed and if exposed are unjustly ridiculed by a bought-off mainstream media.
4. Controlled Opposition
“The best way to control the opposition is to lead it ourselves.”
Beware of a number of charismatic deceptive wolves in sheep’s clothing in positions of authority connected to 3. Playing the ‘pied piper’ making empty promises, apparently expressing the same sentiment as we-the-people, they attract many followers who have no idea that their nothing more than controlled opposition.
5. Stirring up Political / Religious Differences
The ruling elite running the planet and their Masonic lackeys: presidents, prime ministers…and other serial liars, traitors to humanity leaders… could lead us into World War 3.
The desire to stir things up and make 3 world wars happen began as far back as the mid- to late-1800s. A documented example as proof of this can be found in the form of a letter written by Albert Pike, a world leading Freemason and agent of the world’s hidden controllers running the planet.
Basically, the letter to fellow Freemason Guiseppi Mazzini (Mafia founder) outlines the need to secretly manufacture three world wars by dividing and stirring up religious and political differences between nations and encourage involvement from allies, sympathisers… i.e., those taking sides then joining in with the conflict
Pike stated there would be mutual destruction of the many nations involved. A social cataclysm and godless world disillusioned with religion would soon follow….
6. Divide and Conquer Through Simplistic Reduction
Be it concerning political, financial, ethnic, educational or other matters the Western world powers that be want you to take sides through their simplistic reduction of “liberal” versus “conservative” issues.
This age-old political stratagem has the effect of creating divided people fighting against each other instead of turning against their oppressors, the ruling elite.
That concludes just 6 of indeed a countless number of examples of divide and rule.
What You Can Do
Educate yourself. Know your enemy. Find out who they are and what they stand for. Spread the word to others on your findings on how we’ve been broken up into weak and powerless pieces.
You see, the real enemy is not some ethnic, political, or religious individual or group; the only real enemy, the only ‘us against them’ is we-the-people against the ruling elite.
All else is mere deliberate distraction.
Discernment is needed every step of the way to becoming one collective entity to take back our power.
Beware Modern-Day Doublespeak April 11 2016 | From: ActivistPost Top 20 Modern Doublespeak Terms To Be Aware Of.
Doublespeak is a language that is alive and well in our world today. Doublespeak can refer to terms that are euphemisms (mild expressions designed to hide harsher or more direct ones), deliberately ambiguous (expressions designed to hide the truth) or actual inversions (outright lies which state the opposite of the truth).
Although he never used the term doublespeak in his book 1984, many associate doublespeak with George Orwell. After all, it was Orwell who famously wrote that the motto of the totalitarian ruling party in 1984 was “War is Peace, Freedom is Slavery, Ignorance is Strength” – an example of an inversion.
Orwell did however use the term newspeak to refer to a new kind of language which drastically reduced the scope of available words and terms, so as to concurrently reduce the scope of possible free thought among the ruled population.
Many doublespeak terms in the following list are oxymorons, meaning that the term itself is contradictory. Many hide the truth because it is too raw, unpalatable, uncomfortable or outright horrifying. It is vitally important we watch our language, because it plays a great part in how we shape our world and in how we create our reality.
In many ways, by unconsciously using these terms instead of more accurate or truthful ones, we are quietly lying to ourselves, or at a minimum acquiescing to the process of being lied to and programmed. Political correctness is a great example of how language control, thought control and doublespeak can be introduced to an entire population without people realizing they are being deceived and manipulated.
Below is list of the top 20 modern Orwellian doublespeak terms, with the first half focusing on military and geopolitical terms.
Orwellian Doublespeak Terms #1: War on Terror, Terrorism, Terrorist, Enemy Combatant
The war on terror is an utterly fake and fraudulent construct. It has largely been invented and hyped to provide an excuse for the NWO (New World Order) manipulators to override things like human rights, natural law and the Constitution domestically, as well as to invade, infiltrate and overthrow other nations abroad.
The US has struggled to define the term “terror” ever since it declared the war on terror. Funnily enough, the US can’t even reach a consensus on what terrorism exactly is; so we have another nebulous war on a concept that is different to everyone. Here is the core of the FBI’s definition of terrorism, whether it be domestic or international:
"Involve acts dangerous to human life that violate federal or state law;
Appear intended (i) to intimidate or coerce a civilian population; (ii) to influence the policy of a government by intimidation or coercion; or (iii) to affect the conduct of a government by mass destruction, assassination. or kidnapping;"
By its own definition, the US is the biggest terrorist in the world, since it frequently acts dangerously to human life (bombs, missiles, drones, war), kills civilians, influences foreign governments (when it is not outright overthrowing them – Iraq, Libya, Ukraine) and has been assassinating foreign governmental officials since at least 1953 via the CIA.
Politicians use the term terrorist or enemy combatant to essentially describe a foreign militia member or soldier that has been designated as the enemy and whom they want to destroy or kill. Islamic terrorism is just the latest flavor, although a better term may be Zio-Islamic terrorism, since Zionist Israel is behind the creation, funding and operation of radical Islam (or as I call it radical Zio-Islam) as well as many of the so-called “Islamic” false flag attacks like 9/11 and Paris.
The would-be word controllers have gone one step further than terrorism by adopting the term extremism. Extremism is the new terrorism, because it’s more broad and can be used to marginalize or criminalize dissidents. After all, ANYONE could be accused of being extreme in some way, right? Who is exactly in the middle of the spectrum on every single issue?
As the DHS manual in the image above states, an extremist could be a patriot, veteran, alternative media journalist, border control advocate, animal rights advocate, gun control advocate and a host of other people – just about anyone who questions the “official” version of reality. Are you an extremist?
On the other side of the coin, of course, are those mercenaries, soldiers, military men and other guns for hire who are branded as our “allies” and not our enemy. In essence, someone we are paying to do our dirty work. Those guys are not terrorists; they are freedom fighters or moderate rebels! As George Carlin said:
"Israeli terrorists are called commandos; Arab commandos are called terrorists. Contra killers are called freedom fighters; if crime fighters fight crime, and fire fighters fight fire, what do freedom fighters fight?"
Orwellian Doublespeak Term #4: Ethnic Cleansing
Ethnic cleansing is another horrific example of doublespeak. The word genocide is too direct and confrontational, so the controllers have felt the need to tone it down with the horrible choice of the word “cleansing.” Since when did mass murder have anything to do cleaning or cleansing? This is a total inversion of reality.
Orwellian Doublespeak Term #5: Enhanced Interrogation
Enhanced interrogation is a fancy way of saying something far more brutal and honest: torture. It’s another lie. In normal English, to interrogate is to ask, not to push someone face’s down in water with the intent of scaring them almost to the point of death, nor to shove food up their rectum.
Orwellian Doublespeak Term #6: Extrajudicial Killing
Just like the above 2 terms, extrajudicial killing is another attempt at adding more words and syllables to a term in the hope of hiding the raw, brutal truth behind it. We all know it means assassination. It’s another deceptive euphemism to conceal and downplay the truth. In a free, fair and open world, no one would have the right to take another’s life, let alone outside of some kind of justice process.
Orwellian Doublespeak Terms #7: Humanitarian Intervention, Responsibility to Protect (R2P)
The Rockefeller-created United Nations is the intended vehicle to usher in the One World Government of the NWO. It is no surprise, then, that they would foster the use of doublespeak terms and policies such as humanitarian intervention (a blatant oxymoron) and the responsibility to protect (R2P).
An intervention is an invasion or pre-emptive attack, and is obviously illegal and unjust – period. There’s nothing “humanitarian” about militarily invading another sovereign nation.
The US, UK and other powers have gotten away with this kind of mass murder by controlling the narrative through the mainstream media and drumming up pretexts, such as the fake story of WMDs (Weapons of Mass Destruction) and the fake story of rescuing a nation’s people from a supposedly dangerous leader. The latter trick seems to work almost every time.
Orwellian Doublespeak Term #8: Collateral Damage, Useless Eaters
A hallmark of these kind of military doublespeak terms is dehumanization – turning other people and other lives into something sub-human or non-human.
How often have we heard that people killed in a raid, strike, incursion, invasion or battle are just collateral damage? It sounds like a financial asset or a lowly piece of possession. Perhaps the only way hardened military men with a deadened conscience and ability to feel or empathize can function is to make their victims into things.
War criminal and big-time NWO insider Henry Kissinger is reported to have called Africans “useless eaters,” which makes sense given the fact he scripted the NSSM 200 during his time in the Nixon Administration – the official US policy of depopulation towards the 3rd world.
Orwellian Doublespeak Term #9: Eliminate, Neutralize, Depopulate
Speaking of depopulation, there are a lot of euphemistic and doublespeak terms for killing and murder. As well as to depopulate, we also hear to eliminate, to neutralize, to bump off and to take out. More dehumanization and the further attempt to sugar coat killing and make murder more palatable.
Orwellian Doublespeak Term #10: Department of Defense, Department of Homeland Security, Intelligence
Government is the seat of control, so of course we can expect its name to reflect doublespeak deception. Isn’t it funny how nations like the US and UK (and others) have some version of the Ministry or Department of Defense, when they are usually the aggressors and invaders?
I suppose Department of Attack is not PR-friendly enough. The DHS (Department of Homeland Security) is a joke; it does nothing to make the average person more secure, but only the 1% of 1% of the controllers whom it serves. Intelligence is information about a potential enemy gained through spying, but is it really smart or wise to go around making enemies, first in your mind and then in the world?
Military intelligence is another oxymoron. Is spying real intelligence? What about emotional intelligence? The heart is bigger and more powerful than the brain …
Orwellian Doublespeak Term #11: WMD (Weapons of Mass Destruction)
Why talk about WMDs (Weapons of Mass Destruction) instead of just saying, in a more straightforward manner, chemical weapons or nuclear weapons? The US has more WMDs than anyone.
Sooner or later, all researchers exposing the worldwide conspiracy have to face the fact that Israel is a rogue nation (owned by the Rothschilds) that exerts an inordinate and disproportionate influence on the world, while committing daily genocide (sorry, “ethnic cleansing”) against the Palestinians.
We need to rise above the stigma of anti-semitism, which is clearly a term thrown around to divert attention and criticism away from Israel. It’s a cunning trick to try to equate the recipient with intolerance and to falsely paint the recipient as racist. Here’s what an Israeli official (former Israeli Minister Shulamit Aloni) said about it:
Well, it’s a trick. We always use it. When from Europe someone criticizes Israel, then we bring out the Holocaust. When in this country (USA) when they criticize Israel, they are anti-semitic … it’s very easy to blame people who criticize certain acts of the Israeli Government … that justifies everything we do to the Palestinians.
Orwellian Doublespeak Term #13: Conspiracy Theorist
"[Conspiracy theory and conspiracy theorist] are weaponized terms which represent a cunning method to discredit truthseekers, truthtellers and investigators. This diversionary scheme has worked well – people often shut down once they hear this phrase and stop thinking critically. These terms have become falsely associated, in popular culture, with madness, craziness and deluded thinking.
Of course, the corollary to the idea of so-called deluded conspiracy theories is that things just happen by chance. Thus, those who deride conspiracy theories, often with little or no investigation, can be labeled coincidence theorists. They adhere to coincidence theory which blindly believes there is no New World Order agenda; events just occur randomly."
Labeling a truthseeker or truthteller as a conspiracy theorist has been a great way to hide the truth, but is usefulness is running out.
Orwellian Doublespeak Term #14: Quantitative Easing
Ben Bernanke, former chairman of the Illuminati-owned Federal Reserve, earned the name Helicopter Ben with his suggestion that the Government throw paper currency out of a helicopter to the people below.
Quantitative easing was another intellectual and deceitful doublespeak term to hide devaluation and inflation. The basic laws of economics dictate that the mass printing of paper money (with no real growth in wealth to back it) will inevitably lead to inflation and a devaluation of the existing money in circulation.
Orwellian Doublespeak Term #15: Bulk Collection
Remember when Obama and the US Government tried to take the heat off the whole NSA surveillance scandal? They deliberately changed the widely-used term mass surveillance to bulk collection.
This was more subtle PR doublespeak, but those who closely watch the government know it was another attempt at obfuscation and denial.
Orwellian Doublespeak Term #16: Negative Cash Flow, Negative Patient Care Outcome
These 2 doublespeak terms come from George Carlin. Again, we have to ask ourselves, why are we so afraid of being honest and direct? Why can’t we call a spade a spade?
Orwellian Doublespeak Term #17: Reasonable Suspicion
Remember when then-NSA chief Michael Hayden tried to convince reporters and the world that there was a new benchmark in the privacy and surveillance debate. It was no longer the benchmark of probable cause as spelled out in the 4th Amendment. It was now reasonable suspicion. This is called making-it-up-as-you-go-along, and represents a clear sign that the previous benchmarks, rights and limitations upon centralized power (that our ancestors fought so hard for) are being eroded.
Orwellian Doublespeak Term #18: Climate Change Denier
Manmade global warming or AGW (Anthropogenic Global Warming) is another giant scam designed to bring in a world carbon tax, world currency and world government. If you aren’t with the program, you’ll be labeled a climate change denier.
Orwellian Doublespeak Term #19: Sustainable Development
There are so many examples of doublespeak in the hijacked environmental movement that it would be a full-time job just to list them all.
However, they can all be summarized by the dangerously deceptive term sustainable development, a catch cry of the UN and ICLEI-controlled green movement, which promises the world and cloaks its agenda of control under a green veneer. For more on this, take a close look at Agenda 21 and its newly updated cousin, Agenda 2030.
Orwellian Doublespeak Term #20: Globalism
Finally, the term globalism itself is another umbrella term of modern doublespeak. Those challenging the globe earth model assert that globalism is an attempt to trick people into unconsciously assuming the Earth is a globe. Regardless of whether that turns out to be true or not, we can say for sure that globalism has become a cover for the growing centralization of power in the push towards a NWO World Government.
To the NWO manipulators, their doublespeak PR term globalism means free trade deals like the TTP, unfettered access to 3rd world nations to exploit new markets with no protections, and a one world army, currency and government all under their control.
Conclusion: Beware of Doublespeak
We live in a world of doublespeak. As George Carlin exposed during his performance, the Pentagon really did measure radiation in “sunshine units”! It’s important to be aware of modern doublespeak, and in most cases, consciously use alternative terms and phrasings so as to avoid the perpetuation of these lie-enabling terms.
In many ways, we create our world with language. Let us also remember the wise words of George Orwell:
"Political language is designed to make lies sound truthful and murder respectable, and to give an appearance of solidity to pure wind."
Shots Fired: Wikileaks Accuses Panama Papers' Leaker Of Being "Soros-Funded, Soft-Power Tax Dodge" + Rothschild's Primer: How To Launder Money In U.S. Real Estate And Avoid "Blacklists" April 10 2016 | From: ZeroHedge / ZeroHedge / Various The Panama Papers are yet another example of how the 'Elite's' little games are being exposed in increasingly shorter amounts of time. One almost wonders why they even bother.
There is actually too much to cover here, but following are a couple of articles to begin with and number of links with further elaboration.
"one can't help but wonder: why not do a Wikileaks type data dump, one which reveals if not all the 2.6 terabytes of data due to security concerns, then at least the identities of these 441 US-based clients. After all, with the rest of the world has already been extensively shamed, it's only fair to open US books as well."
The exact same question appeared in an interview conducted between Wired magazine and the director of the organization that released the Panama Papers, the International Consortium of Investigative Journalists, or ICIJ, Gerard Ryle.
This is what Ryle said:
"Ryle says that the media organizations have no plans to release the full dataset, WikiLeaks-style, which he argues would expose the sensitive information of innocent private individuals along with the public figures on which the group’s reporting has focused.
“We’re not WikiLeaks. We’re trying to show that journalism can be done responsibly,” Ryle says. He says he advised the reporters from all the participating media outlets to “go crazy, but tell us what’s in the public interest for your country.”
Question aside about who it is that gets to decide which "innocent private individuals" are to be left alone, Wikileaks clearly did not like being characterized as conducting "irresponsible" journalism - and to the contrary, many in the public arena have called for another massive, distributed effort to get to the bottom of a 2.4TB treasure trove of data which a handful of journalists will simply be unable to dig through - and on Twitter, accused the ICIJ of being a "Washington DC based Ford, Soros funded soft-power tax-dodge" which "has a WikiLeaks problem."
Moments later, in a subsequent tweet it added that the "Putin attack was produced by OCCRP which targets Russia & former USSR and was funded by USAID & Soros."
And so, a new contest is born: one between the "old" source of mega leaks, and the new one. We wonder if and when Edward Snowden and/or Glenn Greenwald will also chime in.
But we are far more interested if now, that there appears to be a war brewing between Wikileaks and ICIJ, who what "information" will be released next, and whether whatever comes out will put the entire Panama Papers project in a different perspective, one which, as even Bloomberg has hinted, may have been to benefit the last remaining global tax haven around, the United States itself, as well as the most notorious provider of "tax haven" services in in said country: Rothschild.
Here Is Rothschild's Primer How To Launder Money In U.S. Real Estate And Avoid "Blacklists"
They are also probably familiar with the name Andrew Penney profiled in January by Bloomberg as follows:
"Rothschild, the centuries-old European financial institution, has opened a trust company in Reno, Nev., a few blocks from the Harrah’s and Eldorado casinos. It is now moving the fortunes of wealthy foreign clients out of offshore havens such as Bermuda, subject to the new international disclosure requirements, and into Rothschild-run trusts in Nevada, which are exempt.
For financial advisers, the current state of play is simply a good business opportunity. In a draft of his San Francisco presentation, Rothschild’s Penney wrote that the U.S. "is effectively the biggest tax haven in the world." The U.S., he added in language later excised from his prepared remarks, lacks “the resources to enforce foreign tax laws and has little appetite to do so.”
So for all those now former Mossack Fonseca clients, or their "Panamanian" peers who have not been rooted out yet, or for anyone else who wishes to open a domestic "trust", here is the primer straight from Rothschild Trust.
In the year since we opened Rothschild Trust North America in Reno, Nevada, we have discovered the versatility of Nevada trusts and their usefulness within the context of our international business.
Rothschild Trust has long embraced clients with US connections and the complexity this brings to planning. Our new US offering has enabled us to offer creative solutions not only to anticipated situations, but also to unusual or complex scenarios that require bespoke structures.
In our experience, Nevada trusts can be useful planning tools not only for onshore or first generation American families, but also for foreign offshore families looking to invest in the US.
Such structures maintain privacy and block US estate tax liability, but are subject to two layers of income tax (at both the corporate and shareholder level) as well as high levels of both income and capital gains tax, making them inefficient for appreciating or income-generating property.
Worried about FATCA exposure abroad? Just use Rothschild domestically:
In the build-up to FATCA implementation, some US clients who had assets in offshore trusts for historic reasons have decided to domesticate these structures to lower the burden of reporting. These domestications form part of the general trend we have seen towards moving structures onshore.
The US, and Nevada in particular with its favourable trust laws and attractive state tax regime, offers a variety of planning opportunities that can achieve complex planning aims with simplified reporting obligations and compliance concerns.
Here Rothschild explains to foreigners how to launder money using U.S. real estate:
The foreign company contributes its shares to the US LLC and then liquidates, and the US corporate subsidiary it owns elects to be treated as a qualifying sub-chapter “S” subsidiary. The end result is a single layer of US income tax and reduced rates on income and capital gains tax, though in the case of property that has appreciated greatly in value – such as, for example, prime New York condominiums – there can be a significant tax cost to the liquidation.
We have recently seen the usefulness of “foreign” Nevada trusts for offshore foreign investors in US real estate. The appointment of a foreign protector to a trust that would otherwise qualify as a US domestic trust causes the trust to fail the “control” prong of the US court and control test for trust situs, and therefore prevents the trust from qualifying as tax-resident for US federal income tax.
Generally, this type of structure is useful for foreign offshore investors in US real estate (or other US situate assets) who do not wish to file US tax returns in their own name and who, having no personal US nexus, would like to minimize the amount of US tax payable on the investments.
This, of course, would not be possible if the National Association of Realtors was not complicit. Which it is, as we have covered since 2012:
"Many of you reading this will undoubtedly have spent time in an international bank and been forced to sit through countless hours of “know your client” and AML training. Fascinating to note that the National Association of Realtors lobbied for and received a waiver from such regulation.
That’s right, realtors actually went to the U.S. government and said: we want to be able to help foreign business oligarchs and other nefarious business people launder money through the real estate markets of the United States – and prevailed.
Here's their official position:
"NAR supports continued efforts to combat money laundering and the financing of terrorism through the regulation of entities using a risk-based analysis. Any risk-based assessment would likely find very little risk of money laundering involving real estate agents or brokers.
Regulations that would require real estate agents and brokers to adopt anti-money laundering programs may prove to be burdensome and unnecessary given the existing ML/TF regulations that already apply to United States financial institutions."
So far, regulations that prevent foreigners from laundering money in the US have indeed proven "burdenseome." The result: record high luxury real estate prices which is now used by foreign oligarchs and money launderers as the modern day "Swiss bank account", and which make this particular sector of US housing accessible only to other foreigners.
If you are still not convinced to use Rothschild, here is one more reason: to avoid a "blacklists" - after all, everyone is anonymous:
Nevada “foreign” trusts may also prove attractive to settlors from politically sensitive countries who are grappling with blacklists and strict CFC regulations as they seek to structure their assets.
And here is where Rothschild comes as close as it possibly could to putting that US-based tax havens are used for tax evasion:
"The use of Nevada “foreign” trusts avoids blacklists and the stigma that can come with placing assets in jurisdictions typically viewed as tax havens, without creating exposure to US income tax on non-US income.
As more countries adopt blacklists, strict CFC regimes and other measures designed to shut-down perceived tax havens, the flexibility and higher degree of certainty afforded by US trusts may become increasingly attractive."\
The question, then, is why does the US not adopt such a regime which makes money laundering impossible for both foreigners and in more limited instances, residents? For now, however, it hasn't and probably won't, despite Obama's heartfelt appeal on Tuesday that "Tax avoidance is a big, global problem."
So for all those who can't wait to use Rothschild for all their "Trust" needs, here is your contact:
The Rothschild Primer:
Click on the image above to open a larger version in a new window
Click on the image above to open a larger version in a new window
Click on the image above to open a larger version in a new window
The Evil Empire [Would Like To Think It] Has The World In A Death Grip April 9 2016 | From: PaulCraigRoberts / Various In my archives there is a column or two that introduces the reader to John Perkins’ important book, Confessions of an Economic Hit Man. An EHM is an operative who sells the leadership of a developing country on an economic plan or massive development project.
The Hit Man convinces a country’s government that borrowing large sums of money from US financial institutions in order to finance the project will raise the country’s living standards. The borrower is assured that the project will increase Gross Domestic Product and tax revenues and that these increases will allow the loan to be repaid.
However, the plan is designed to over-estimate the benefits so that the indebted country cannot pay the principal and interest. As Perkins’ puts it, the plans are based on “distorted financial analyses, inflated projections, and rigged accounting,” and if the deception doesn’t work, “threats and bribes” are used to close the deal.
The next step in the deception is the appearance of the International Monetary Fund. The IMF tells the indebted country that the IMF will save its credit rating by lending the money with which to repay the country’s creditors. The IMF loan is not a form of aid. It merely replaces the country’s indebtedness to banks with indebtedness to the IMF.
To repay the IMF, the country has to accept an austerity plan and agree to sell national assets to private investors. Austerity means cuts in social pensions, social services, employment and wages, and the budget savings are used to repay the IMF. Privatization means selling oil, mineral and public infrastructure in order to repay the IMF.
The deal usually imposes an agreement to vote with the US in the UN and to accept US military bases.
Occasionally a country’s leader refuses the plan or the austerity and privatization. If bribes don’t work, the US sends in the jackals - assassins who remove the obstacle to the looting process.
Perkins’ book caused a sensation. It showed that the United States’ attitude of helpfulness toward poorer countries was only a pretext for schemes to loot the countries. Perkins’ book sold more than a million copies and stayed on the New York Times bestseller list for 73 weeks.
Perkins shows that despite his revelations, the situation is worse than ever and has spread into the West itself. The populations of Ireland, Greece, Portugal, Spain, Italy, and the United States itself are now being looted by Hit Man activity.
Perkins’ book shows that the US is “exceptional” only in the unbridled violence it applies to others who get in its way. One of the new chapters tells the story of France-Albert Rene, president of Seychelles, who threatened to reveal the illegal and inhumane eviction of the residents of Diego Garcia by Britain and Washington so that the island could be converted into an air base from which Washington could bomb noncompliant countries in the Middle East, Asia, and Africa.
Washington sent in a team of jackels to murder the president of Seychelles, but the assassins were foiled. All but one were captured, tried and sentenced to execution or prison, but a multi-million dollar bribe to Rene freed them. Rene got the message and became compliant.
In the original printing of his book, Perkins tells the stories of how jackals arranged airplane crashes to get rid of Panama’s non-compliant president, Omar Torrijos, and Ecuador’s non-compliant president, Jaime Roldos.
When Rafael Correa became president of Ecuador, he refused to pay some of the illegitimate debts that had been piled on Ecuador, closed the United States’ largest military base in Latin America, forced the renegotiation of exploitative oil contracts, ordered the central bank to use funds deposited in US banks for domestic projects, and consistently opposed Washington’s hegemonic control over Latin America.
Correa had marked himself for overthrow or assassination. However, Washington had just overthrown in a military coup the democratically elected Honduran president, Manuel Zelaya, whose policies favored the people of Honduras over those of foreign interests.
Concerned that two military coups in succession against reformist presidents would be noticed, to get rid of Correa the CIA turned to the Ecuadoran police.
Led by a graduate of Washington’s School of the Americas, the police moved to overthrow Correa but were overpowered by the Ecuadoran military.
However, Correa got the message. He reversed his policies toward American oil companies and announced that he would auction off huge blocks of Eucador’s rain forests to the oil companies.
He closed down, Fundacion Pachamama, an organization with which a reformed Perkins was associated that worked to preserve Ecuador’s rain forests and indigenous populations.
Western banks backed up by the World Bank are even worse looters than the oil and timber companies. Perkins writes:
"Over the past three decades, sixty of the world’s poorest countries have paid $550 billion in principal and interest on loans of $540 billion, yet they still owe a whopping $523 billion on those same loans.
The cost of servicing that debt is more than these countries spend on health or education and is twenty times the amount they receive annually in foreign aid.
In addition, World Bank projects have brought untold suffering to some of the planet’s poorest people.
In the past ten years alone, such projects have forced an estimated 3.4 million people out of their homes; the governments in these countries have beaten, tortured, and killed opponents of World Bank projects.”
Perkins describes how Boeing plundered Washington state taxpayers. Using lobbyists, bribes, and blackmail threats to move production facilities to another state, Boeing succeeded in having the Washington state legislature give the corporation a tax break that diverted $8.7 billion into Boeings’ coffers from health care, education and other social services. The massive subsidies legislated for the benefit of corporations are another form of rent extraction and Hit Man activity.
Perkins has a guilty conscience and still suffers from his role as a Hit Man for the evil empire, which has now turned to the plunder of American citizens. He has done everything he can to make amends, but he reports that the system of exploitation has multiplied many times and is now so commonplace that it no longer has to be hidden. Perkins writes:
"A major change is that this EHM system, today, is also at work in the United States and other economically developed countries. It is everywhere. And there are many more variations on each of these tools. There are hundreds of thousands more EHMs spread around the world.
They have created a truly global empire. They are working in the open as well as in the shadows. This system has become so widely and deeply entrenched that it is the normal way of doing business and therefore is not alarming to most people.”
People have been so badly plundered by jobs offshoring and indebtedness that consumer demand cannot support profits. Consequently, capitalism has turned to exploiting the West itself. Faced with rising resistance, the EHM system has armed itself with:
"The PATRIOT Act, the militarization of police forces, a vast array of new surveillance technologies, the infiltration and sabotage of the Occupy movement, and the dramatic expansion of privatized prisons.”
The democratic process has been subverted by the Supreme Court’s Citizens United ruling and other court decisions, by corporate-funded political action committees, and by organizations such as the American Legislative Exchange Council financed by the One Percent.
Cadres of lawyers, lobbyists, and strategists are hired to legalize corruption, and presstitutes work overtime to convince gullible Americans that elections are real and represent the workings of democracy.
The airport has been privatized, and the main highways have been privatized in a 40-year lease owned by a consortium formed by a Goldman Sachs infrastructure investment fund. Puerto Ricans now pay private corporations for the use of infrastructure that tax dollars built. Recently Puerto Rico’s sales tax was raised 64% to 11.5%. A sales tax increase is equivalent to a rise in inflation and results in a decline in real incomes.
Today the only difference between capitalism and gangsterism is that capitalism has succeeded in legalizing its gangsterism and, thus, can strike a harder bargain than can the Mafia.
Perkins shows that the evil empire has the world in the grip of a “death economy.” He concludes that “we need a revolution” in order “to bury the death economy and birth the life economy.” Don’t look to politicians, neoliberal economists, and presstitutes for any help.
Assange on 'US Empire', Assad Government Overthrow Plans & New Book 'The WikiLeaks Files'
For Sale: 40 Billion Litres Of Canterbury's Purest Water April 7 2016 | From: Stuff A council in the drought-prone Canterbury plains is selling the right to extract 40 billion litres of pure, artesian water to a bottled water supplier.
The Ashburton District Council is selling a section in its business estate, known as Lot 9, for an undisclosed sum. It comes with a valuable resource consent that allows abstraction of water from aquifers beneath the town.
The council has refused to publicise information about the deal, which is understood to be with an overseas company.It has outraged some residents, who say water is desperately needed locally.
The area's artesian water is increasingly popular in overseas markets such as China, with its New Zealand origin often featuring in branding and marketing.
The consent allows the holder to take 45 litres of water a second from local aquifers, totalling more than 1.4 billion litres a year. It expires in 2046, meaning the buyer will gain access to more than 40 billion litres of Ashburton's pure water.
It was approved in 2011 by Environment Canterbury and includes a recharge consent, meaning all water taken must be replaced from other sources.
In a statement, the council confirmed it was in the process of selling the site;
"The parcel of land includes an existing consent for water abstraction from local aquifers," it said.
"The prospective buyer is interested in setting up a water-bottling plant."
Council chief executive Andrew Dalziel would not answer questions about the sale, citing commercial sensitivity. Standing orders prevented councillors from discussing the sale, which is expected to be finalised in June.
It is understood there has been no consultation with ratepayers or other interested parties, such as iwi, about the deal.
Sir Mark Solomon, chairman of Te Runanga o Ngai Tahu, said it was "disappointing" the iwi had not been informed.
"Twenty years ago the Ashburton region had reasonably good water quality, but it is now an over-allocated catchment and faces some of the most pressing water quality challenges in our takiwa [tribal region]," he said.
"It seems incredible that the council wouldn't think more broadly about the future of its existing consents."
A premises in the Ashburton Business Estate, where the Ashburton District Council is in the process of allowing a bottled water company to extract 40 billion litres of water.
Ashburton resident Jen Branje is leading community opposition, and said the lack of transparency raised alarm bells.
"We live in a drought-prone area - farmers aren't given consent to bore for water for their crop-growing, so why on Earth are we selling it off-shore?"
The Ashburton groundwater zone is over-allocated, meaning water allocated to consent holders exceeds the amount available for use. New groundwater consents are difficult to acquire, making existing consents more valuable.
Branje said a lack of consultation did not give locals faith the sale was in their best interest.
"This whole thing has gone on behind the ratepayers' backs. No-one has any clue about it whatsoever.
It's a blimmin' lot of water, and it shouldn't be allowed to go off-shore. If anything, that water should be sustaining our own economic backbone."
Ashburton often has issues supplying water during the summer. In some areas, water restrictions banned residents from using hoses to water their gardens.
When applying for the consent, the council came to an arrangement with meat processor Silver Fern Farms, allowing it to deepen its bore if Lot 9's water abstraction caused groundwater levels to reduce.
Key Says Clark Has 'Skills And Experience' For UN's Top Post April 6 2016 | From: NationalBusinessReview Prime Minister John Key has officially kicked off Helen Clark’s campaign to become the next UN secretary-general.
The nomination means Ms Clark can present her credentials to the UN General Assembly along with other candidates in a beauty parade from April 12.
Related:New Zealand - A Blackmailer's Guide
Ms Clark, who has been administrator of UN Development Programme for the past seven years, will be up against Bulgaria’s Irinia Bokova, who runs another major UN agency, Unesco, among half a dozen or so other declared candidates.
"I'm running because I believe my style of leadership is needed and will help the United Nations face the serious challenges ahead," she told a media conference in New York this morning.
She says she is not campaigning as a woman but because she is "the best person for the job."
"Our world is facing so many crises and challenges and I think the background, experiences, pragmatism and focus I have are what the UN needs right now.
The UN needs to be organisationally effective if it has to carry out its mission. As an administration it can be a little old-fashioned and clunky. I think I can bring a modernising touch to that."
Backing for Campaign
Announcing the nomination, Mr Key says the campaign will be backed by New Zealand diplomats and the Ministry of Foreign Affairs and Trade.
“Helen has the right mix of skills and experience for the job," he says.
“She is well placed to bridge divisions and indeed to get results. There are major global challenges facing the world today and the United Nations needs a proven leader who can be pragmatic and effective."
Ms Clark was prime minister for three consecutive terms from 1999 to 2008.
“She has a vast amount of experience in international affairs which will be hard for other candidates to match. She’s a great listener and communicator, and I know she will make a difference if elected.”
Mr Key has submitted New Zealand’s nomination letter to the presidents of the UN General Assembly and the UN Security Council.
The new secretary-general will be appointed at the end of the year by the UN General Assembly on the recommendation of the UN Security Council.
The Very Nasty Truth About The Panama Papers? April 6 2016 | From: ZeroHedge This is a curly one. This topic is incredibly devisive and so this informaiton is offered only for your consideration. The truth will out eventually. Given to the Mossad... to seed, fabricate and censor... just like Wikileaks?
Last week when VT published information gotten during the interrogation of a Turkish intelligence agent, Sawash Yeldiz, captured by Popular Party of Kurdistan (PPK) militia inside Syria, information tying Turkish President Erdogan to the Brussels terror attacks, we saw how real leaks are dealt with.
The conduit for this information, European Department for Security and Information (DESI) Secretary General Haissam Bou Said, was threatened by Israeli security agents who may have had a part in the Brussels attacks and, moreover, DESI, an EU organization was threatened with sanctions for the leak. This is real investigative journalism…
"The Panama Papers are a scam". This is one claim, another is that this is that: "They are clearing house. The people on the top are cleaning out the bottom and raising a lot of hell while at it."
These 'leaks" always seem to target the US Dtate Department's foreign policy enemies. Any prominent Americans noted? No.
Real documents turned over to a Mossad run organization that now has dirt on even more people and more power to make a very nasty world an even darker and nastier place. This is what Wikileaks was and is, as exposed by VT and Zbigniew Brzezinski in December 2010.
The filth of the world will be protected and the innocent, should such things exist, can be targeted in the name of “investigative journalism” as teams seed phony material in and launder out damage to the politicians, names like Netanyahu and Bush, Cheney and Guiliani, Hollande and Blair, Kasich and Snyder, Gingrich and Romney, especially Romney.
The Panama Papers are a leak to a German newspaper of tens of thousands of corporate records from a law firm in Panama that ran much of the world’s money laundering.
When a German newspaper received this dump over a year ago, they turned, unknowingly, to an organization actually run by intelligence agencies, in fact those with the most to risk from the leak itself, the International Consortium of Investigative Journalists.
The entire time this trove has been available it should have been in the hands of forensic accountants working for an agency or authority that none of us can name as such an agency simply doesn’t exist. There is no international authority without an agenda to serve drug cartels and money launderers.
“As observed earlier, the Panama Papers looked more like a poor propaganda retaliation against Putin and Assad than anything else, for the successful interruption to the Greater Israel plan of the Rothschilds."
For the last year, lists of owners of thousands of phony corporations used to launder money, have been reviewed by dozens of “journalists.” The result thus far has been to mention soccer officials, attack Russian president Putin and to smear the reputation of a well known worthless chiseler, Ian Cameron, father of slimeball David Cameron, long a blackmail victim tied to the News of the World “phone hacking scandal.
I am not going to begin to repeat what was found out about David Cameron, but “sick” is an understatement. From Craig Murray:
“But why focus on Russia? Russian wealth is only a tiny minority of the money hidden away with the aid of Mossack Fonseca. In fact, it soon becomes obvious that the selective reporting is going to stink.
The Suddeutsche Zeitung, which received the leak, gives a detailed explanation of the methodology the corporate media used to search the files. The main search they have done is for names associated with breaking UN sanctions regimes. The Guardian reports this too and helpfully lists those countries as Zimbabwe, North Korea, Russia and Syria.
The filtering of this Mossack Fonseca information by the corporate media follows a direct western governmental agenda. There is no mention at all of use of Mossack Fonseca by massive western corporations or western billionaires – the main customers. And the Guardian is quick to reassure that “much of the leaked material will remain private.”
What do you expect? The leak is being managed by the grandly but laughably named “International Consortium of Investigative Journalists”, which is funded and organised entirely by the USA’s Center for Public Integrity.
Like Britain’s pedophile scandals, this one will lead the same way, the very old or targeted folks who got “out of line” will be thrown to the wolves. The Mossad loves this dump, it gives them dirt on thousands of political leaders around the world they can now control even better.
As a real investigative journalist, with real sources in government, with first person sources watching drugs being smuggled out of Afghanistan, biological and chemical weapons out of Georgia or who has, with the team at VT, broken more stories in the past decade than all other publications combined, I know something about these things.
I also worked in banking as senior officer of an offshore banking operation and as a UN representative working with currency and “development” issues. I saw it all first hand and know the mechanics very well. I could teach this and probably should.
We know who the biggest players are in the Panama Papers. The real list doesn’t start with David Cameron’s dad or a FIFA (soccer) official. Bain Capital and Mitt Romney, followed by the Walton family of Walmart fame, the Canadian Bronfmans, Sheldon Adelson and, perhaps most newsworthy of all, several thousand corporations that tie the world’s drug cartels to American political leaders, including members of congress, state governors, city mayors, members of the US Supreme Court and a handful of former presidents. Craig Murray goes further in his analysis:
“The corporate media – the Guardian and BBC in the UK – have exclusive access to the database which you and I cannot see.
They are protecting themselves from even seeing western corporations’ sensitive information by only looking at those documents which are brought up by specific searches such as UN sanctions busters. Never forget the Guardian smashed its copies of the Snowden files on the instruction of MI6.
What if they did Mossack Fonseca database searches on the owners of all the corporate media and their companies, and all the editors and senior corporate media journalists? What if they did Mossack Fonseca searches on all the most senior people at the BBC? What if they did Mossack Fonseca searches on every donor to the Center for Public Integrity and their companies?
What if they did Mossack Fonseca searches on every listed company in the western stock exchanges, and on every western millionaire they could trace?
That would be much more interesting. I know Russia and China are corrupt, you don’t have to tell me that. What if you look at things that we might, here in the west, be able to rise up and do something about?
And what if you corporate lapdogs let the people see the actual data?”
Back in 2012, two months prior to the presidential election, a former senior FBI official, actively employed by the FBI, came to us. He had a story to tell. He said that Mitt Romney, working with a series of financial organizations in the US including banks owned by the Walton family, maintained accounts overseas for hundreds of American political leaders.
The story of these accounts, not whose name was on them, but confirming they existed, hit the newspapers only a few short days before, citing Romney as having thousands of secret bank accounts in the Cayman Islands.
We were told of how Romney and Carlos Salinas, former president of Mexico, met at Harvard Business School, and together built an empire out of the drug cartels that, through buying 5 US Supreme Court Justices who passed “Citizens United,” legalized drug cartel bribery, done through corporations set up by a law firm in Panama with offices around the world.
The FBI had audio and video tapes of Romney with Maria Perez, his mistress in Cuba, daughter of former KGB chief Yuri Andropov and his Cuban mistress. The tapes told of drug running and money laundering and more, so much more.
The source of the tapes was Mexican intelligence that had been after Salinas for years and had worked with our FBI source who had been the liaison between the US and Mexico on drug investigations through the 1990s. Of course we have all of these interviews recorded, some of them on YouTube.
The Pentagon missing trillions investigation died with the entire DC Able Danger team called in for an emergency meeting that day
The biggest single set of interlocking corporations that should have been exposed are tied to the nearly 3 trillion dollars missing from the US Department of Defense, money “disappeared” when the investigative records were mysteriously the victim of an aircraft accident on 9/11/2001 at the Pentagon, one of the most defended buildings on earth.
Not only were all the records destroyed but the 35 investigators were killed as well, having been asked to gather for a meeting with a White House official who never showed up. But that’s another story.
Snowden seems on board?
What we are saying is this, when former crimes were erased there was a reason. Bigger crimes were planned. Nearly every defense and intelligence contractor, from “Google Idea Groups” to the Blackwater network and hundreds more, were all tied to interlocking Panamanian corporations with ownership by members of congress, key Federal judges, and all of this run through a legal advocacy group known as the Federalist Society.
The Panama Papers could eventually expose certainly who is really behind 9/11. In 2014, we were given documents out of Russia that included a preliminary report on 9/11 by the US Department of Energy, outlining that event as “nuclear” and not as the result of terrorism, not as it is typically defined. The term “false flag terrorism” would apply, however.
Wikileaks Reveals International Monetary Fund Plan To "Cause A Credit Event In Greece And Destabilize Europe" April 5 2016 | From: ZeroHedge One of the recurring concerns involving Europe's seemingly perpetual economic, financial and social crises, is that these have been largely predetermined, "scripted" and deliberate acts.
This is something the former head of the Bank of England admitted one month ago when Mervyn King said that Europe's economic depression "is the result of "deliberate" policy choices made by EU elites.
It is also what AIG Banque strategist Bernard Connolly said back in 2008 when laying out "What Europe Wants"
To use global issues as excuses to extend its power:
Environmental issues: increase control over member countries; advance idea of global governance
Terrorism: use excuse for greater control over police and judicial issues; increase extent of surveillance
Global financial crisis: kill two birds (free market; Anglo-Saxon economies) with one stone (Europe-wide regulator; attempts at global financial governance)
EMU: create a crisis to force introduction of “European economic government”
This morning we got another confirmation of how supernational organizations "plan" European crises in advance to further their goals, when Wikileaks published the transcript of a teleconference that took place on March 19, 2016 between the top two IMF officials in charge of managing the Greek debt crisis - Poul Thomsen, the head of the IMF's European Department, and Delia Velkouleskou, the IMF Mission Chief for Greece.
In the transcript, the IMF staffers are caught on tape planning to tell Germany the organization would abandon the troika if the IMF and the commission fail to reach an agreement on Greek debt relief.
More to the point, the IMF officials say that a threat of an imminent financial catastrophe as the Guardian puts it, is needed to force other players into accepting its measures such as cutting Greek pensions and working conditions, or as Bloomberg puts it, "considering a plan to cause a credit event in Greece and destabilize Europe."
According to the leaked conversation, the IMF - which has been pushing for a debt haircut for Greece ever since last August's 3rd Greek bailout - believes a credit event as only thing that could trigger a Greek deal; the "event" is hinted as taking place some time around the June 23 Brexit referendum.
As noted by Bloomberg, the leak shows officials linking Greek issue with U.K. referendum risking general political destabilization in Europe.
The leaked transcript reveals how the IMF plans to use Greece as a pawn in its ongoing negotiation with Germany's chancelleor in order to achieve the desired Greek debt reduction which Germany has been pointedly against: in the leak we learn about the intention of IMF to threaten German Chancellor Angela Merkel to force her to accept the IMF's demands at a critical point.
From the transcript:
THOMSEN: Well, I don't know. But this is... I think about it differently. What is going to bring it all to a decision point? In the past there has been only one time when the decision has been made and then that was when they were about to run out of money seriously and to default. Right?
THOMSEN: And possibly this is what is going to happen again. In that case, it drags on until July, and clearly the Europeans are not going to have any discussions for a month before the Brexits and so, at some stage they will want to take a break and then they want to start again after the European referendum.
VELKOULESKOU: That's right.
THOMSEN: That is one possibility. Another possibility is one that I thought would have happened already and I am surprised that it has not happened, is that, because of the refugee situation, they take a decision... that they want to come to a conclusion. Ok?
And the Germans raise the issue of the management... and basically we at that time say "Look, you Mrs. Merkel you face a question, you have to think about what is more costly: to go ahead without the IMF, would the Bundestag say 'The IMF is not on board'? or to pick the debt relief that we think that Greece needs in order to keep us on board?" Right? That is really the issue.
* * *
VELKOULESKOU: I agree that we need an event, but I don't know what that will be. But I think Dijsselbloem is trying not to generate an event, but to jump start this discussion somehow on debt, that essentially is about us being on board or not at the end of the day.
THOMSEN: Yeah, but you know, that discussion of the measures and the discussion of the debt can go on forever, until some high up.. until they hit the July payment or until the leaders decide that we need to come to an agreement. But there is nothing in there that otherwise is going to force a compromise. Right? It is going to go on forever.
The IMF is also shown as continuing to pull the strings of the Greek government which has so far refused to compromise on any major reforms, as has been the case since the first bailout.
As the Guardian notes, Greek finance minister Euclid Tsakalotos has accused the IMF of imposing draconian measures, including on pension reform. The transcript quotes Velculescu as saying: “What is interesting though is that [Greece] did give in … they did give a little bit on both the income tax reform and on the … both on the tax credit and the supplementary pensions”.
Thomsen’s view was that the Greeks “are not even getting close [to coming] around to accept our views”. Velculescu argued that “if [the Greek government] get pressured enough, they would … But they don’t have any incentive and they know that the commission is willing to compromise, so that is the problem.”
The International Monetary Fund has been caught, red handed, plotting to stage a “credit event” that forces Greece to the edge of bankruptcy, using the pretext of the Brexit referendum.
No, this is not the plot of the next Bond movie. It is the transcript of a teleconference between the IMF’s chief negotiator, Poul Thomsen and Delia Velculescu, head of the IMF mission to Greece.
Released by Wikileaks, the discussion took place in Athens just before the IMF walked out of talks aimed at giving Greece the green light for the next stage of its bailout.
The situation is: the IMF does not believe the numbers being used by both Greece and Europe to do the next stage of the deal. It does not want to take part in the bailout. Meanwhile the EU cannot do the deal without the IMF because the German parliament won’t allow it.
* * *
Let me decode. An “event” is a financial crisis bringing Greece close to default. Just like last year, when the banks closed, millions of people faced economic and psychological catastrophe.
Only this time, the IMF wants to inflict that catastrophe on a nation holding tens of thousands of refugees and tasked with one of the most complex and legally dubious international border policing missions in modern history.
The Greek government is furious: “we are not going to let the IMF play with fire,” a source told me.
But the issue is out of Greek hands. In the end, as Thomsen hints in the transcript, only the European Commission and above all the German government can decide to honour the terms of the deal it did to bail Greece out last July.
The transcript, though received with fury and incredulity in Greece, will drop like a bombshell into the Commission and the ECB. It is they who are holding E300bn+ of Greek debt. It is the whole of Europe, in other words, that the IMF is conspiring to hit with the shock doctrine.
The Greeks are understandably angry and confused; As Bloomberg reported earlier, "Greece wants to know whether WikiLeaks report regarding IMF anticipating a Greek default at about the time of the U.K. June 23 referendum on its EU membership is the fund’s official position" government spokeswoman Olga Gerovasili says Saturday in e-mailed statement.
For its part, an IMF spokesman in e-mail Saturday said it doesn’t "comment on leaks or supposed reports of internal discussions."
Two side observations:
1. has a "Snowden" leaker now emerged at the IMF; if so we can expect many more such bombshell accounts in the coming weeks; or perhaps the reason for the leak is less nuanced: a bugged hotel.
2. it may be another turbulent summer in Europe.
Dutch Investigators Raid Shell Headquarters In Multinational Corruption Probe April 4 2016 | From: HumansAreFree The Royal Dutch Shell has been drawn into a multinational corruption probe related to the 2011 Nigerian oil deal, British media reported Wednesday.
British and Italian authorities placed Shell and Italy’s Eni under investigation for the $1.1 billion joint purchase of the oil block in mid-2014.
"Representatives of the Dutch Financial Intelligence and Investigation Service and the Dutch public prosecutor recently visited Shell at its headquarters.
The visit was related to OPL 245, an offshore block in Nigeria that was the subject of a series of longstanding disputes with the federal government of Nigeria," Shell said in a statement quoted by The Financial Times daily.
The company confirmed earlier reports of being under investigation by prosecutors in Milan relating to the same purchase, noting that it is cooperating with officials in both countries.
Most of the $1.1 billion is believed to have gone to the Nigerian government’s bank account in London. Prosecutors, however, are investigating whether the ultimate beneficiary was a fake company allegedly set up by Nigeria’s former Petroleum Minister Dan Etete.
The Wall Street Journal cites Italian court documents as saying Italian prosecutors are investigating whether Shell and Eni had been aware of the money’s final destination. The OPL245 is estimated to contain 9 billion barrels of oil.
CIA Agents To Troll Alternative Media Sites In Huge Propaganda Program April 4 2016 | From: HumansAreFree The CIA are expanding an existing program that influences mainstream media outlets to promote fake propaganda stories, by having agents troll internet forums, social media, and website comment sections – in an effort to disrupt alternative media sites.
In an expansion of Operation Mockingbird, the agency are now creating fake user accounts on various internet forums and social media channels, arguing politics with real users in an attempt to stifle and subvert genuine communications between users.
According to RT news, agents have up to “10 fake shill accounts” used to troll and create the illusion of having a genuine network of friends.
"They will defend current administration decisions with relentless irrational stubbornness that one can only be paid to do.”
Abby Martin, from RT’s “Breaking the Set,” reported on an up to date Operation Mockingbird with the sole purpose of misleading the public on-line.
In the congressional hearing from 1976 (below) listen to how many agents are in the media to write false stories.
According to the Congress report published in 1976:
By the year 1953 Operation Mockingbird dictated information in over 25 newspapers and wire agencies.
These organizations were run by people with well-known right-wing views such as William Paley (CBS), Henry Luce (Time and Life Magazine), Arthur Hays Sulzberger (New York Times), Alfred Friendly (managing editor of the Washington Post), Jerry O’Leary (Washington Star), Hal Hendrix (Miami News), Barry Bingham, Sr., (Louisville Courier-Journal), James Copley (Copley News Services) and Joseph Harrison (Christian Science Monitor).
Even Rolling Stone claimed that journalist Joseph Alsop was under the control of Operation Mockingbird in 1977.
His articles appeared in over 300 different newspapers. Other journalists alleged by Rolling Stone Magazine to have been willing to promote the views of the CIA included Stewart Alsop (New York Herald Tribune), Ben Bradlee (Newsweek), James Reston (New York Times), Charles Douglas Jackson (Time Magazine), Walter Pincus (Washington Post), William C. Baggs (The Miami News), Herb Gold (The Miami News) and Charles Bartlett (Chattanooga Times).
According to Nina Burleigh (A Very Private Woman), these journalists sometimes wrote articles that were commissioned by Frank Wisner, creator of the program.
The CIA also provided them with classified information to help them with their work.
Green Climate Fund: Where Big Banks Profit Again from Crisis They Helped Create April 1 2016 | From: CommonDreams Letting big financial institutions manage climate adaptation funds 'would pose serious reputational and moral risk' to global body
"There is no profit to be made in building the resilience of those adversely impacted by climate change," says Sam Ogallah of the Pan African Climate Justice Alliance.
As the Green Climate Fund (GCF), the financial mechanism for the UN climate agency, meets this week in South Korea, more than 170 civil society groups are calling on the international body to reject bids from big banks HSBC and Crédit Agricole to receive and manage funds to help poorer nations tackle climate change.
Comment: This is poetry. A farce within a farce. Zombie banks, completely unnecessary fossil fuels and fraudulent man-made climate change (minus the chemtrails) all mixed up into a NWO clusterf*ck.
Given their role in financing climate pollution and their poor records on human and environmental rights, approving the financial giants' applications would run counter to the Fund's goals, the groups say.
"Creating new business for big banks with large fossil fuel portfolios and poor records on human rights and financial scandal would undermine the very purpose of the Fund,"said Karen Orenstein of Friends of the Earth U.S. on Monday.
"There is no profit to be made in building the resilience of those adversely impacted by climate change," added Sam Ogallah of the Pan African Climate Justice Alliance.
"Public funds must be used to support local communities in developing countries, not to subsidize big banks."
What's more, "accrediting HSBC and Crédit Agricole would be inconsistent with...the Paris Agreement," said Annaka Peterson of Oxfam, referring to the deal hammered out at the COP21 climate talks.
"Any private sector partner of the GCF must have a credible strategy in place to make its entire portfolio and operations consistent with keeping global temperature rise to no more than 2 °C, let alone well below 1.5 °C."
Friends of the Earth, Pan African Climate Justice Alliance, and Oxfam are just three of 172 NGOs that released a statement (pdf) earlier this month arguing that offering accreditation to HSBC and Crédit Agricole:
"Would pose serious reputational and moral risk to the GCF" due to the banks' historic conduct.
Well-documented involvement in recent money laundering or other fiduciary mismanagement scandals;
Large exposure to the coal industry and other climate polluting sectors; and
Poor-quality policies and weak compliance arrangements meant to manage the social, gender, and environmental impacts of their lending, and consequent harm on-the-ground.
For example, a report from BankTrack has shown that HSBC and Crédit Agricole provided $7 billion and $9.5 billion, respectively, to the coal industry between 2009 and 2014, "and their coal financing does not show a clear downward trend," notes BankTrack's Yann Louvel.
The Fund's board meeting runs Tuesday through Thursday in Songdo, South Korea. GCF executive director Héla Cheikhrouhou told the Thomson Reuters Foundation last week that she will ask for an increase of between 80 and 120 new staff in order to meet its targets. She also said it was too early to say whether the Fund could meet the board's goal to allocate $2.5 billion in 2016.
This isn't the first time the Fund has engendered criticism from climate justice groups or frontline communities, who say developed nations, despite their role in driving global warming, have been slow to pony up the necessary - and just - financing.
Last year, environmental and social justice organizations expressed outrage when the Fund accredited Deutsche Bank, one of the world’s largest financiers of coal, to receive and distribute climate adaptation and mitigation funds.
"We want the Green Climate Fund to succeed," groups wrote at the time. "But for it to do so, it needs to change direction away from accrediting controversial big banks that are heavily invested in fossil fuels and thus actually exacerbating climate change. If the [Green Climate Fund] continues in such a direction, this would reinforce our fears that in the near future we may have to protest an institution we have thus far been supportive of and integral to creating."
Hillary Clinton’s Relationship With The Rothschild / Rockefeller Establishment Is Now On Full Display March 31 2016 | From: TheFreeThoughtProject
Hillary Clinton has been deemed a sure bet for the White House, as it’s widely speculated the inflammatory Donald Trump and socialist-leaning Bernie Sanders stray too far from establishment politics to be truly electable.
Hillary Clinton with Evelyn de Rothschild, Bill Clinton and Lynn Forester
de Rothschild in 2003 at the de Rothschilds party to mark the launch of Hillary's memoirs
Buried in thousands of the former Secretary of State’s emails sent via her personal server, are intimations of her close relationship with the infamous Rothschild banking family and hints for a potential Rockefeller-State partnership.
Lynn Forester de Rothschild wrote an email on April 18, 2010, in which she tells Hillary she would “love to catch up” - and “I remain your loyal adoring pal.” Clinton responds “let’s make that happen,” and signs her response, “Much love, H.”
On September 23, 2010, Clinton emailed Lynn Forester de Rothschild (an email chain marked by heavy redaction) saying, “I was trying to reach you to tell you and Teddy that I asked Tony Blair to go to Israel as part of our full court press on keeping the Middle East negotiations going …”
Rothschild responds, thanking Clinton for “personally reaching out to us,” and adds, “You are the best, and we remain your biggest fans.”
A January 9, 2012, email discusses a conference on the environment set to take place at Jacob Rothschild’s “historic estate, Waddesdon.”
On New Year’s Eve 2012, Lynn Forester de Rothschild sent an email to Clinton “praying for” her speedy recovery. “And, my email box is lighting up with all the PUMA’s and their 18M prayers for Hillary campaign,” states the email, which is signed, “Love, Lynn, Evelyn, Ben and Jake.”
An email to Clinton, dated October 15, 2009, from Melanne Verveer - former director of Pres. Obama’s State Department office for Global Women’s Issues and longtime Clinton family insider - states:
"Speaking at UNESCO Monday with the new director on the unfinished Beijing agenda [REDACTED] called to say she wants to give us several million dollars to subsidize a fund to give an annual award for innovation in empowering women that would be a rockefeller-State [sic] partnership.”
Then, on March 10, 2012, Verveer hints at least at a possible locale for Hillary’s future endeavors:
"I forgot to tell you that Judith Rodin offered you a suite of offices after you leave State for your own use at Rockefeller Fdtn, if you’re interested - with no strings attached. She also said they’d be happy to provide you with a month at their center in Bellagio if you just want to read and write in a beautiful place.”
Though none of the emails The Free Thought Project examined appeared overtly damning - thanks, in part, to sometimes heavy redaction - the evidence of Clinton’s comfort with the establishment lends credence to theories of her being the ‘chosen’ candidate.
Numerous emails evidence Hillary’s staff carefully monitoring - and even manipulating - mainstream news outlets as well. Lynn F. de Rothschild told Hillary in August 2009 about a fluff piece journalist Les Gelb was eager to pen for Parade Magazine.
Other emails show an almost paranoid eye Clinton kept trained on the Tea Party and its journalists and mouthpieces.
To reiterate, nothing particularly damning in itself was found in this admittedly cursory search - but the relationships these emails document, alone, evidence Hillary’s concrete establishment roots.
While Trump infuriates the GOP and Sanders’ popular support lacks translation into delegate votes, perhaps these documents support the popular theory Hillary Clinton will be the next president - no matter what.
Donald J. Trump And The New World Order March 31 2016 | From: NewsWithViews Perhaps the greatest surprise to emerge in the 2016 Presidential campaign is the depth of degradation to which the Republican National Committee (RNC) will go to maintain its power base.
Or perhaps the greatest surprise is the players that have emerged to attack the populist candidate, Donald J. Trump.
Fox News and CNN (not exactly philosophically friendly competitors) are part of the scam. It was no accident that the attack against Trump, sandwiched between two candidates of Cuban heritage during the CNN debate, began just before the Texas primary.
Ask yourself one question: To defeat Trump, what was the most important objective the CNN debate needed to achieve? Remember, it occurred in Houston just hours before the Texas primary.
It was critical that Cruz defeat Trump in his home state. Thus the vicious attack against Trump began there and Cruz, as required, won his home state..
The next critical “Defeat Trump” event the RNC needed to surreptitiously implement to prevent any candidate from getting the required number of delegates to get the nomination on the first ballot was to be effectively attack and disparage Trump before the March 5th primaries and caucuses.
What strategy was used to make anti-establishment populist candidate, Donald Trump, look unelectable? It was a two-pronged attack: First, Mitt Romney and second the Fox debate fix. Fix? You bet!
First, the former losing Presidential candidate from 2012, the Mormon candidate from Utah, Mitt Romney, made his appearance.
I mention Romney’s Mormon religious preference only because most Evangelical Christians call Mormonism a “cult” and they represent a significant number in the conservative movement. How did Romney’s comments impact conservative Evangelical Christians who frequently favor Ted Cruz?
Romney made his televised appearance from the Hinkley Institute at the University of Utah, established in 1965. Hinkley Institute is definitely establishment. Some who have given presentations there include Senator John McCain, political activist Ralph Nader, Karl Rove, former Democrat Senate Majority Leader Harry Reid, and actor/political activist Robert Redford.
Seeing the name "Hinkley Institute" on the blue background behind Mitt Romney gave me the chills. You remember the name Hinkley, don’t you? A young man named John W. Hinkley attempted to assassinate President Ronald Reagan.
The Hinkley family was a good friend with then-Vice President George H.W. Bush. I can find no data on the Internet that ties Hinkley Institute to John Hinkley's family... and I find nothing that disassociates him, either.
President Ronald Reagan was another “outsider” non-establishment political candidate who was hated by the RNC (which forced George H.W. Bush on him as his vice presidential candidate).
Solving mysteries as they appear before your eyes requires insight into historic events that are tied in some way to current events.
So we have Romney, the guy who did not release his tax returns until six weeks prior to the 2012 election, on national television from the Hinkley Institute demanding that Trump immediately release his tax returns.
Under the circumstances – circumstances based on his own behavior four years ago – was this a reasonable request?
No, it was not. People had been demanding for months that Romney release his tax returns and he was not being audited. He did not have tax lawyer telling him to not release his returns because of that audit as is the case with Donald Trump.
Romney did have numerous rumors of hidden bank accounts in Caribbean offshore island accounts floating around... an issue with which he never dealt. This demand by Romney was not only unreasonable, it was evil and based on lies.
He reminded me of the Wizard of Oz who when the curtains are opened is nothing more than a puppet doing the bidding of his masters.
Romney, the guy whose business experience at Bain Capital includes a 22 percent failure rate on his investments, felt that qualified him to make negative comments about Donald Trump’s skills as a business leader? Please!
Trump, who with his 35 years of investing experience has completed thousands of successful ventures internationally has had only a handful of failed businesses. To mention the failures without mentioning his own failures, without mentioning the thousands of successes, was disingenuous.
His lack of success as a venture capitalist didn’t prevent Mitt Romney from denigrating Trump’s handful of failures. Romney isn’t even qualified to shine Donald Trump’s shoes in the world of venture capital investing.
So why would Mitt Romney go on national television and make statements that make him look like a business idiot who deserved his 22 percent failure rate at Bain Capital?
At the moment when Romney put on his performance at the Hinkley Institute – and it was a performance, complete with television prompters – it became apparent that the RNC was manipulating things behind the scenes to set up a brokered Republican National Convention... a convention in which no candidate has the required 1,237 votes to get the nomination on the first ballot.
After the first ballot, delegates are free to vote for whomever they choose (and the State Republican Parties who are supported by the RNC selects the voting delegates).
Fox News became an accessory to the RNC’s brokered convention strategy at its March 3rd debate in Detroit. First, though Fox News talking heads have been patting themselves on the back for their wonderful performances, this was not a debate. It was a planned dog fight with little difference in the way it was presented and the dog fights for which pro football player Michael Vick got sent to prison.
Look at the way the stage was set up. Look at the “let’s have a dog fight” questions that were asked.
As long as there were five candidates, it made sense for Donald Trump, as the leading candidate, to be in the middle of all participants on stage. When Dr. Ben Carson withdrew from the race, the proper alignment should have been left-to-right: Donald Trump; Ted Cruz; Marco Rubio; and in fourth position, John Kasich. But to make Donald Trump the cheese in a Cruz/Rubio enchilada, Trump had to be placed on stage between the two.
John Kasich said it all in one sentence he uttered: “I’m beginning to feel like the only adult on this stage.” The RNC intended for Kasich to look like the most reasonable, well-informed, calmest and experienced candidate on the debate stage.
Does that mean the RNC favors Kasich? Possibly... we need to bear in mind that when Kasich references being part of the Reagan team, he was also part of then-Vice President George H.W. Bush’s team because Vice President Bush became very active in running the administration after President Ronald Reagan was shot by John W. Hinkley.
So does the adult on the stage represent the ideals of Ronald Reagan? Or does he prefer the ideals of George H.W. Bush? Is he just another establishment shill who supports maintaining the current power base that Donald Trump so threatens? We’ll see. It’s a deep, dark hole.
To solve a mystery, you must be able to find the real motive behind the actions of the perpetrators of the crime or the game being played. It is clear the RNC wants a brokered convention. They want to get Trump at any cost... even the cost of giving the election to Hillary Clinton. They are using Marco Rubio and Ted Cruz to make John Kasich look like the only reasonable alternative.
It is doubtful that Cruz and Rubio are aware of how they are being used, but it certainly appears that is what’s happening. It is also apparent that, at the moment, John Kasich benefits from the antics of Cruz and Rubio, neither of whom the RNC wants as President – though Rubio is more “establishment” than is Cruz (who, as Trump says, is a provable liar).
Keep in mind what happens at a brokered convention... which is the RNC’s core motive. They want a brokered convention. To get it, they must stop Trump whose popularity they sorely miscalculated until, surprise of surprises, Trump was storming towards a victory unforeseen by the RNC and it became desparate.
They discredit Trump via lies and misrepresentations – from Mitt Romney’s pretense of concerned citizen to the Cruz and Rubio attacks. Cruz and Rubio end up looking unqualified to be President because they are not acting presidential. Rather, they are acting like dogs in a dog fight. Kasich appears to benefit from the behavior of the two Latino candidates.
As a result, no one ends up getting the required 1,237 votes at the National Convention on the first ballot. After that first ballot, most candidates are free to vote for whichever candidate they choose – and who knows whose names might be submitted as late comer delegates?
Maybe the name will be Paul Ryan – it could even be Jeb Bush. It can be any name the RNC wants as the Republican candidate.
Please keep all of the above in mind and ask yourself what your objective is. If you want a candidate for President who will upset the political power apple cart in Washington, be prepared for hearing lie after lie about your candidate, Donald Trump.
If you want a candidate for President who is no threat to the establishment power base at the RNC and throughout Congress and our courts, the RNC is ready, willing and able to provide you with that candidate.
News Blast to Cruz and Rubio: Neither of you will be on the RNC list to be their candidate. They are using you just as they used Mitt Romney.
This election is all about is Globalism vs Freedom and independence for America as a sovereign nation. The elite (globalists) wanted Jeb Bush as the GOP candidate and Hillary Clinton as the DNC candidate. Both serve the Globalist Masters aka The New World Order.
Well, then came Donald Trump, he threw a big monkey wrench in their Global Utopia plans.
The reason the establishment doesn't want Trump (regardless of what you think of his personality) is because he can't be bought or controlled. They don't own him.
Tyranny And Free Speech March 30 2016 | From: BreakingViews Do you support free speech? How about free speech for climate change skeptics? For homophobes? For racists? For sexists? For white males? For even Donald Trump?
Those who defend free speech, as did the American Founding Fathers, understand it is not about defending speech you agree with, but defending speech you disagree with. Without free speech, there is no liberty.
The State Department diversity officer, John Robinson, has just warned the staff that they may be penalized for engaging in “microaggressions,” which include jokes or other comments that someone who hears them may find offensive.
In a recent letter, he referred to a definition of microaggressions as:
"Everyday verbal, nonverbal and environmental slights, snubs or insults, whether intentional or unintentional, which communicate hostile, derogatory or negative messages to target persons.”
In other words, whatever you hear may be considered a microaggression if you choose to be offended.
Such vague and infinitely elastic laws and regulations are the bread and butter of all totalitarian regimes.
Lavrentiy Beria (Joseph Stalin’s head of the NKVD, a predecessor of the KGB) was quoted as saying to Stalin:
"You name the person and I will find the crime.”
The “crime” of microaggression has already been used to stifle and prosecute speech by those who have contrary views in several left-leaning universities, and now it is coming to the federal government.
The climate change lobbyists have been increasingly aggressive in their attacks on free speech.
They seek to silence their critics, who have committed the “sin” of noting their many failed predictions.
George Mason University meteorologist Jagadish Shukla was the lead signatory of the letter sent to the president and attorney general asking them to use RICO (Racketeer Influenced and Corrupt Organizations Act) laws to prosecute;
"Corporations and other organizations that have knowingly deceived the American people about the risks of climate change.”
Mr. Shukla “paid himself and his wife $1.5 million from government climate grants for part-time work.”
Other prominent global warming fear-mongers, who are on the government teat, have also called for “war crimes trials” and even the “execution” of some critics.
Even Attorney General Loretta Lynch said last week she has looked at the possibility of pursuing civil actions against so-called “climate change deniers.”
The message: Don’t look to the Obama administration to protect free speech. Which do you find more offensive, a person advocating socialism or a person telling jokes about one-eyed people?
Socialism is an ideology that has resulted in governments killing more than 200 million of their own citizens in the last century. It is based on coercion rather than liberty. It demands involuntary servitude. Socialist Bernie Sanders promises “free” stuff to his supporters to be paid for by the involuntary servitude of others - to which there will be no end.
Having spent considerable time in socialist countries and seen the human wreckage that results, I am offended by the ignorance or venality of those who engage in the microaggression of advocating socialism. Several decades ago, I lost an eye, and in the years since I have been told hundreds of “one-eyed” jokes, even by people who do not know me.
Rather than being offended, I have chosen to enjoy them. Offensive speech is totally subjective, and making it a crime is incompatible with a free society.
The Guardian, a left-wing British newspaper, published an article last year by a woman author titled;
"Why do women lie more than men?”
It reported on a new poll that “suggests that women are twice as likely to lie as men.”
The article goes on to say: “It may be irritating to be told, yet again, that women are more morally slippery than men (just as in Genesis).”
The article goes on to cite several reasons why this may be true - including differences “between masculine and feminine brains.”
All of this may or may not be nonsense, but in cases of women complaining about men engaging in “offensive” speech, it is most often assumed, without evidence, that the woman is telling the truth and the man is lying. In fact, men are frequently not allowed to know who their accuser is or what she claimed was said.
One of the most basic protections of liberty is the right of the accuser to know the specific charges against him or her and by whom. As a result, many innocent men are not given a fair hearing by the human resource departments in organizations and even sometimes by the courts.
The late well-regarded feminist, Joan Kennedy Taylor, argued in her book “What to Do When You Don’t Want to Call the Cops: Or a Non-Adversarial Approach to Sexual Harassment” (Cato Institute) that it is important to understand that men and women perceive things quite differently, and that non-legal strategies which she describes can be far more effective and less damaging than legal remedies.
Law professor Catherine Ross has just written an important book, “Lessons in Censorship” (to be discussed at a Cato book forum on March 16), in which she argues that “the failure of schools to respect civil liberties betrays their educational function and threatens democracy.”
The popularity of the verbally crude Donald Trump might, in part, be a reaction to the political correctness of the political class and timid leaders of organizations who have failed to defend freedom of speech.
The Food Industrial Complex March 30 2016 | From: Priceonomics In 2011, during a debate over the nutritional guidelines for school lunches, Congress decided that pizza counts as a vegetable. And not for the first time.
The American government first proposed that an unhealthy food - if it contains trace amounts of a healthy ingredient - could count as a vegetable in 1981. Looking for ways to cut the school lunch budget, the Reagan Administration suggested that cafeterias include ingredients in condiments like pickle relish and ketchup toward nutritional requirements.
This was not good politics. Democrats and the press had a field day saying that Reagan had just classified ketchup as a vegetable.
"This is one of the most ridiculous regulations I ever heard of,” Democratic Senator John Heinz, owner of Heinz, told the press, “and I suppose I need not add that I know something about ketchup and relish."
The Reagan Administration dropped the proposal, but it soon became law anyway. When the Obama Administration directed the Department of Agriculture to revise school lunch policies in 2011, experts took aim at the rulethat allowed the tiny amount of tomato paste in pizza sauce to count toward the vegetable requirements of each meal.
Any changes made by the Department of Agriculture could jeopardize huge contracts for companies that supply food for school children’s lunches, so the food industry responded with a $5.6 million lobbying campaign.
According to Margo Wootan, director of the Center for Science in the Public Interest, two multibillion dollar companies spent the most: Schwan and ConAgra, which each had large contracts for pizzas and fries used in school lunches.
Before the U.S. Department of Agriculture (USDA) could make any recommendations, Congress ensured that the push for healthier lunches did not hurt the manufacturers of unhealthy foods. Congress passed an agriculture appropriations bill that would deny the USDA funding to enforce any policies that prevented the potatoes in french fries or the tomato paste in pizza from counting as nutritional elements.
The press again enjoyed declaring that Congress had classified pizza as a vegetable.
Cynics shrugged at yet another example of the government prioritizing the bottom line of businesses that manufacture sugary and salty processed foods over public health.
Yet the one-sided nature of the food industry’s lobbying is puzzling. Where were the broccoli, spinach, and carrot lobbies?
Why didn’t a member of Congress take to the floor with a set of talking points provided by the leafy green vegetable lobby? Why can’t American farmers, who enjoy huge government subsidies, stand up to the processed food lobby?
Part of the answer lies in the economics of the food industry: the profit margins and scale of processed food makers gives them a heft that growers of healthy foods can’t match.
But it is also because “Big Ag” is not in the healthy food business. American farms with lobbying power don’t grow brussel sprouts; they grow grains used to make the high fructose corn syrup in Coke, the starches in processed foods, and the oil in deep fryers.
This is somewhat inevitable, but it is also a self-inflicted wound: the result of misguided government policy that subsidizes Big Macs and Big Gulps.
The Poor Margins of Broccoli Farmers
The words “food lobby” have become synonymous with unhealthy food.
In 2015, according to the Center for Responsive Politics, processed food manufacturers spent $32 million on lobbying while the fruit and vegetable industry spent a mere $3.7 million. Moreover, top fruit and vegetable contributors include the National Potato Council, which protects potato farmers’ interests in french fries, and a company that grows tomatoes for fast food chains.
To understand why the food lobby is dominated by companies pushing unhealthy foods, a good place to start is the huge imbalance between the amount of fruits and vegetables we should eat and the relative size of the fruits and vegetables market.
According to nutritional guidelines published by the USDA and the Harvard School of Public Health, fruits and vegetables should make up 50% of a healthy diet. But the financial value of the fruit and vegetable market is nowhere near 50% of the food industry.
In 2015, American farmers earned under $50 billion in revenue from fruits and vegetables. In contrast, processed food manufacturers like ConAgra, General Mills, and Kellogg each make around $15 billion in yearly revenue.
The meat and carb heavy American diet partially explains these disparities. The Department of Agriculture estimates that Americans eat roughly 50% less fruits and vegetables and over 20% more grains and meat than recommended by its nutrition guidelines.
But it is the economics of the food industry that really explain why the food lobby pushes unhealthy fare.
Processed foods have high profit margins that fund advertising campaigns and lobbying budgets. The importance of branding also leads to consolidation that supports special interest lobbying.
We can see this in the case of cereal - one of the earliest processed foods.
When John Harvey Kellogg and Charles Post sold the first modern cereals in the 19th century, they worried about competitors. Their product was simply processed wheat or corn, and its production was cheap and easy to replicate.
Their solution was to use advertising to create brand names. Charles Post claimed his “Grape Nuts” could cure malaria. The Quaker symbol of Quaker Oats became the first nationally recognized cereal brand. As cereal manufacturers fought over the expanding market, they differentiated their fare through shapes and flavors - and added hefty doses of sugar to make it more palatable.
These dynamics apply to many processed foods: cheap foods differentiated - and sold at high margins - thanks to brand names and advertising. And in markets where brand recognition is key, a few businesses come to dominate. In 2015, Kellogg’s, which is currently valued at $26 billion, reported that of every $1 consumers spent on its cereal, it earned 35 cents of gross profit. (The most profitable vegetable farms earn 24 cents per dollar.)
Kellogg’s has a $26 billion market capitalization because it does not just make cereal. It also owns Pringles and manufactures a variety of processed foods from Eggo Waffles to Famous Amos chocolate chip cookies.
The entire processed foods industry is similarly consolidated. If you follow your favorite snack up the food chain, you’ll usually find that it is owned by a multinational company. PepsiCo owns Funyuns, Rold Gold pretzels, and Sun Chips.
Ritz crackers, Oreos, and Wheat Thins sell under the Nabisco label, which is owned by Mondelēz International. So whenever a federal agency supports healthy foods, it picks a fight with a collection of the world’s largest companies.
It is possible to similarly market fruits and vegetables and sell them at a markup. Honeycrisp apples, which were designed for that satisfying crunch, enjoy a price premium two to three times that of other varieties. “Organic” has emerged as a powerful marketing tool, and prices of kale increased 25% over the past 3 years.
Distributors use tactics like selling produce in convenient sizes (such as one snack worth of baby carrots) to differentiate their products.
In general, though, consumers don’t know or care who grew a certain apple or cucumber. The honeycrisp apple is a rarity, and trends like kale-mania benefit the entire market rather than a single company. Companies do market veggies, but brand recognition is low.
Brands need a year-round presence in supermarkets so consumers can purchase it routinely, but produce is seasonal. Efforts to link recognized brands with a certain quality level and a higher price point is hindered by the influence of weather on quality and prices.
Farmers and companies that grow and sell produce do so at the going rate, which is a leaner business. Vegetable farms have had boom years and can make good margins. One USDA census has noted that the largest vegetable farms had annual sales of $500,000 on margins of 24%.
But that’s still tiny compared to PepsiCo or General Mills, and the average farm actually loses value and relies on supplemental, non-farm incomes.
The term processed foods also applies to more than just Oreos and Doritos. When we think of pasta sauce, we normally don’t think of junk food. But as Michael Moss writes in the New York Times Magazine, products like Prego pasta sauce contain huge amounts of salt and sugar, just like potato chips and cereal.
The processed food industry, then, is profitable, politically powerful, and more enormous than we realize. Is it any surprise that the food lobby is synonymous with unhealthy foods?
The McDonaldization of the American Farm
While the economics of processed foods can explain their dominance over fruits, vegetables, and healthier fare, it may still seem surprising.
After all, American farmers receive billions of dollars in annual subsidies, and the American Farm Bureau often spends millions of dollars lobbying Congress to protect those subsidies and farmers’ interests. So why aren’t American farmers as successful in pushing legislation that favors fresh produce and “real food” as they are at winning subsidies?
The answer lies in recognizing that the prototypical American farm does not produce healthy food.
The idyllic farms show in Whole Foods advertisements - farms with a variety of crops and livestock - are not representative of American agriculture. As food journalist Michael Pollan has written, America’s large commercial farms are monocultures, meaning they specialize in a single crop, which is usually a grain. Together, corn and soy account for almost 50% of all American crop revenues.
According to Rosamond Naylor and Walter Falcon of Stanford, America’s corn crop is used to produce half of the sweeteners Americans consume every year in beer and soda. The majority of the crop goes toward feeding cattle (46%) and ethanol production (25%). Corn also provides the starchy base for processed foods and the oil for McDonald’s deep fryers.
The dominance of grains in American agriculture is not unusual. Just four grains - corn, wheat, rice, and soy - account for so much of global agricultural output that economists modelling food prices only look at the market for these grains.
Naylor and Falcon note that countries’ agriculture policy (including that of the United States) has been to increase the yields of these grains. After all, higher yields mean more productive farms, wealthier farmers, more food, and less hunger.
The American government has intervened extensively in agriculture since the Great Depression, and as food writer Michael Pollan notes, its subsidies and programs encouraged large farms that specialized in growing a single grain.
The government promoted the research and production of chemical fertilizers, pesticides, and higher yield grains, and the Department of Agriculture encouraged farms to “get big or get out.”
The government did not dole out decades of subsidies indiscriminately; it subsidized the production of corn, soybeans, wheat, and rice at a large scale.
In some ways, these policies have been a great success. American farms are profitable and productive: the average corn belt farmer produces enough crops to feed 140 Americans and makes around $200,000 in income. The average American now enjoys half a pound of meat per day - an amount once considered princely.
But the government's calorie-maximizing policies no longer make sense in a country as troubled by obesity as by hunger. In its push for large monocultures, and in order to buy the peace of specialized vegetable farms, the USDA prohibited farms that receive grain subsidies from growing fruits and vegetables. (An ironic example of vegetable farmers flexing their lobbying muscles.)
This puts the government in the insane position of subsidizing the cost of fast food while actively prohibiting more farms from growing fruits and vegetables.
Even farm animals, which are cheaper to raise when they can be fed with subsidized grain, have a mixed nutrition record. Most nutritionists consider meat part of a healthy diet, but they also believe Americans eat too much meat.
In addition, grain subsidies, as well as the lack of any policy prohibiting the regular use of antibiotics in animal feed, enable farmers to raise animals at scale in confined areas. (The antibiotics keep animals alive in the filthy conditions of small cages.) Cheap meat is a great luxury, but this system makes McDonald’s hamburgers and Kentucky Fried Chicken cheaper than healthier foods.
America’s large, profitable farms spend millions on lobbying each year and enjoy substantial access to lawmakers. The problem is that almost none of these farms provide a counterweight to manufacturers of junk and processed foods. Thanks in part to outdated and politically-expedient agricultural policy, farms’ lobbying power protects french fries, Big Macs, and soda rather than leafy greens.
The Food Pyramid’s Corrupt Foundation
With this understanding of America’s food industry and its lobbying prowess, we can understand a certain mystery behind the food pyramid: why it promoted a diet at odds with the advice of nutritionists for nearly 20 years.
In 1992, the United States Department of Agriculture unveiled the food pyramid, its guide to healthy eating.
Thanks to government efforts to publicize it - pushing it into doctors’ offices and home economics classes - the majority of Americans recognize the food pyramid.
The nutritional guidelines behind the food pyramid also inform policy like school lunches and food stamps, making it the country’s most influential nutrition document.
During its 24-year lifespan, the food pyramid has changed significantly. The base of the original pyramid contained loaves of bread, plates of pasta, and bowls of cereal. But in the ‘food plate’, which replaced the pyramid in 2011, grains only take up 20% of the plate, which is dominated by fruits and vegetables.
The changes do not represent a new understanding of nutrition; the story of the food pyramid is the most highly visible demonstration of the food and agriculture sectors’ lobbying prowess.
Dr. Luise Light is a nutrition expert and led the team at the Department of Agriculture that made the original recommendations for the food pyramid. If you review her original recommendations, they sound similar to dietary advice given by nutritionists today: lots of vegetables, more lean sources of protein like fish and nuts, and less dairy and processed foods.
Those guidelines, according to Dr. Light, did not survive their trip to the office of the Head of the Department of Agriculture.
She has described herself as “shocked” by the changes that were made. Her team placed fruits and vegetables at the base of the pyramid and whole-grain breads and cereals further up.
The new guidelines not only switched carbohydrates to the base of the pyramid, they moved processed foods like crackers and corn flakes, which Dr. Light and her team had placed at the top of the pyramid with chocolate, to the base too. Even with all the edits, the food pyramid was not released for another 12 years.
With an understanding of the food lobby, it’s not hard to understand why. The companies that make processed foods and the large American farms that grow grains wanted to see carb-heavy foods promoted at the base of the pyramid; the tiny leafy greens lobby could not make its voice heard.
As in 1992, every five years, when the Department of Agriculture revisits its nutrition guidelines, the food industry gears up by releasing floods of reports, nominating friendly (and on-salary) researchers to be part of the USDA committee reviewing the policies, and appealing to allies in Congress and the White House.
This means that new policies are always a battle between public-interest organizations pushing for healthier guidelines and a food lobby working to subvert them. The result is that improving our food policy - at best - takes a step backward for every two steps forward.
The American government wields enormous influence over our diet. Federal policy shapes our farm system to a remarkable degree and sets the lunch menu for millions of schoolchildren. As long as food lobbyists overwhelmingly represent the makers of unhealthy food, health advocates will always struggle to push policy in a healthier direction.
To some extent, this is inevitable. The profit margins for making a branded bar of sugar are better than for growing brussel sprouts, which creates more money for lobbying against labelling laws, sugar taxes, and so on. But the current status quo, in which American farms grow crops for unhealthy products like high fructose corn syrup, is the result of outdated agricultural policy.
"Good advice about nutrition conflicts with the interests of many big industries,” Michael Jacobson, co-founder of the Center for Science in the Public Interest, has said, “each of which has more lobbying power than all the public-interest groups combined.”
But the real problem is that manufacturers of unhealthy food are so powerful that those interests groups are always the pushing snack foods rather than fruit.
There’s a lot of money to be made selling obesity foods, and you can’t move America [the world] in a healthier direction without confronting the salty, sugary, finger-licking, just-one-more-chip financial firepower of the food industrial complex.
The Amerikan Way – A Study in Psychopathy March 29 2016 | From: ZenGardner Just look at everything Amerika stands for as a whole. Corruption, greed, violence, military aggression, social degradation, scientific insanity and on and on. It’s footprint on the world is nothing but horrific if you view it in the overall context.
Sure there are good people living there and those unwittingly caught up in the mass hysteria, but they’re participating nonetheless. That accountability won’t go away. Unless they stand up to it and fully withdraw their consent and work to reverse the madness they’re clearly part of the problem.
That’s not an easy spot to be in when the very fabric of the sociopolitical and economic support structure is an every day fact of psychopathic driven existence. It breeds acquiescence, apathy and hence continued participation. A pathetic state of affairs.
Looking honestly at this collective insanity is imperative if we’re to draw any kind of enlightening and empowering perspective.
Breaking Down the Nature of the Psychopathic Beast
Scientists researching the common characteristics of psychopathy now use a list of predominant qualities displayed by psychopaths that they’ve meticulously studied. The characteristics are quite telling and perhaps disturbing, as many can recognize these attributes in people around them.
While they estimate only 2 to 4% of the population are psychopaths, Amerika ranking with a high percentile of those they have identified, they clearly understand that these types of non-empathic dehumanizing freaks gravitate towards positions of power.
See how these attributes ingrained in such ideas as manifest destiny and American supremacism match up to the collective American way of life and its effect on the world of today, following the brief introduction:
The Hare Psychopathy Checklist - Revised (PCL-R) is a diagnostic tool used to rate a person’s psychopathic or antisocial tendencies. People who are psychopathic prey ruthlessly on others using charm, deceit, violence or other methods that allow them to get with they want.
The symptoms of psychopathy include: lack of a conscience or sense of guilt, lack of empathy, egocentricity, pathological lying, repeated violations of social norms, disregard for the law, shallow emotions, and a history of victimizing others.
Originally designed to assess people accused or convicted of crimes, the PCL-R consists of a 20-item symptom rating scale that allows qualified examiners to compare a subject’s degree of psychopathy with that of a prototypical psychopath. It is accepted by many in the field as the best method for determining the presence and extent of psychopathy in a person.
The twenty traits assessed by the PCL-R score are:
I’ll let your own imagination extrapolate each of those qualities rather than break it down as I see it. It’s overall quite stunning that a collective entity could be so blatantly psychopathic and to such a degree.
It’s something to be faced head on.
But really it’s nothing new. This is the definition of the behavior of empires and oligarchies throughout history. Humanity beats and flails its arms over and over when these qualities are recognized on so many humanity exploiting, oppressing and destroying levels but it’s generally been to no avail, according to written records and the whirled we’re witnessing before us.We protest and rant to whatever degree but the show goes on.
So what to do?
The Solution – Awakening
Only a mass awakening can shake the foundations of this kind of destructive insanity. These power structures are built on the fearful allegiance to those who make it possible. When we withdraw our support and participation in these types of foisted machinations they cannot continue.
That may sound vague or simplistic to some but it’s extremely practical at the most basic level. If you’re employed in something supporting this paradigm, leave it.
If you’re giving attention and therefore energy to their charade, including the political, media and entertainment sideshow, stop it. If you’re still socializing on shallow levels of energy, or contributing to the fear and scarcity models by your sycophantic hand wringing and repeating of their fear programming, snap out of it.
Have some guts. Take a stand for truth and love while you still can. Don’t wait for affirmation and some comforting collective movement. Be your own being. Leave your participation in what is obviously wrong and lend your energy to what you know is right.
It couldn’t be simpler. If you’re waiting for the right conditions you’re still firmly in their psychopathic pocket.
Get out now. The hour is late. More on Psychopathy in a terrific film here.
And this exclamation mark! – hat tip Dane Wigington:
The Power Elite’s Plans For You March 26 2016 | From: KiwiWatch
Jim Rickards has had the privilege of rubbing shoulders with the elite of financial circles and has been involved in the highest of discussions about economic issues from the Rothschilds & Rockefeller’s down. Now he has shared his views on the agendas the elites have for you and me.
Forget Trump and if you can, forget Clinton although she is simply evil and should already be in prison so I find it hard to put her out of mind. It doesn’t matter who sits in the Oval office at the White House after US elections.
Look how feeble Obama has turned out to be, apart from the Nobel Peace Prize winner being one of the most murderous Presidents of recent years delivering the agenda of the power elites. The people who pull the strings and run the world by in large are not politicians but are almost faceless behind the scenes or in powerful self-appointed positions the President has little say over.
Currently the world watches in amazement the farce that is the American primary elections to select delegates to the national party conferences prior to the end of year Presidential elections. One by one the hopeful candidates are dropping out but this whole parade is nothing more than a disgrace, played out in front of a disbelieving world.
If I was an American I would be embarrassed at this satirical joke consuming the American public (and us) on a daily basis. It has little to do with how the ‘free world’ exercises ‘democracy’.
Regrettably once you dig down a little you find supposedly intelligent people locked in a polarisation that will never deliver to them the hopes and aspirations they hope for similar to the hopes and dreams of those who voted around the time of John F Kennedy.
JFK spoke and lectured about the real meaning of peace and freedom, what it means for every individual and countries; negotiated his way out of a potential nuclear calamity during the ‘Cuba crisis’; and new all to well about the subversive forces that he wanted to confront as that which was likely to erode peace and freedom for individuals.
He wanted to see them broken into ‘a thousand pieces’ so as liberty and freedom is maintained.
That was too much for the elites. President Harry Truman had spoken about this too in his valedictory speech; the corporations, the military industrial complex, the surveillance state, the moneyed elite and that was gathering greater and greater strength in the US.
As we know they took care of JFK; yes I say they shot their own President, blamed a punk called Lee Oswald but more than that they also took out Robert F Kennedy who JFK ordained to complete the task of breaking up the CIA before he became a Presidential threat to them.
Getting shot from behind eliminates the guy they blamed (Sirhan-Sirhan) from being the culprit as he was in front of RFK when he was murdered. But that is history...
So what does Rickards talk about today?
The exceedingly rich don’t necessarily become an elite although being exceedingly rich eliminates one barrier to becoming a Power Elite. Rickards in his March 2016 newsletter discusses the Power Elite’s plan for you and me indeed the entire world.
He says “the agenda of the global power elite is world money, world taxation, world government, a cashless society. The primary long term goal of the power elite is world money.”
He believes that world money will be issued by the shadowy organisation called the International Monetary Fund (IMF) that is supposedly the central bankers central bank. It will set benchmarks for oil prices and other essential goods and services in world trade.
Unelected officials will control money as a means to control societies and social welfare he argues. This will be done he says through Special Drawing Rights (SDR’s) that will be issued not to individuals but to governments.
Close behind world money is world taxation.
"Continual sources of revenue are needed by global elites to enrich themselves and pursue programs to perpetrate their control. The primary path to achieve this is climate change. This explains why the IMF, World Bank, BIS and other ‘financial bodies’ continually speak about climate change.
In order to to impose global solutions (such as taxation) you need global problems (climate Change). Since climate change know no borders it is the perfect vehicle to impose solutions that know no borders.”
"Administration of world money and world taxation will be conducted by world government. Most of this architecture is already in place. The United Nations is mostly a debating club except for the climate change agenda.
The real world government is being conducted through the IMF and G-20 leaders summit.” The G-20 is a de facto ‘board of directors’ for world government. The IMF is a de facto central bank for the world.
“The power elite is also implementing the cashless society. This is needed to in order to impose hidden taxation in the form of negative interest rates. Cash is one way to avoid negative interest rates. With cash at least you preserve the principal but with negative interest rates on bank accounts you don’t.”
It’s like rounding up cows in slaughterhouse pens before killing them! Negative interest rates is a way to confiscate wealth from savers. (Note: it makes a mockery of saving for your retirement).
Club Etiquette and Rules:
He says that although the power elite is not a conspiracy is does function as a club and there are house rules. Violation of the rules results in expulsion from the club. (Where does Trump sit here?)
Rule 1. Elites help elites. A closer example is how CEO’s name other CEO’s to their board of directors
Rule2. Elites never criticise other elites. In this context ‘criticism’ means exposure of the real motives and methods behind the elite game. Election politicking disagreements are allowed but what is not allowed is discussion of the fact that left and right wing elites are in the same club and elections are basically a show to appease citizens.
Rule 3. Silence is rewarded. Elites have access to enormous amounts of ‘inside information’ about policy, plans and back room dynamics. Going onto TV or radio and spilling the beans in some interview or book must be avoided.
Rule 4. Patience pays. Not criticizing your ideological opponents and keeping your mouth shut for decades while difficult has its rewards. Top jobs go to elites, loyalty is recognised.
Who are some of the Power Elite players? A by no means complete list starts with:
Robert Rubin formerly CEO of Goldman Sachs, US Secretary of the Treasury. Look him up he is on the Council of Foreign Relations too
Christine Legarde manging director of the IMF
James A. Johnson, former CEO of Fannie Mae, including director of Goldman Sachs and also on the Council for Foreign Relations
James Wolfensohn former president of the World bank and also on the Council for Foreign Relations
On the morning of Tuesday, March 22, 2016, two explosions occurred in the Brussels airport. Subsequently, another report of an explosion soon followed at the Maalbeek metro station - succeeding the explosions at the airport.
Of course, this is all blamed on "suicide bombers." The airport and metro station have been shut down, and all flights to Brussels have been cancelled, as the country is on temporary lockdown.
Now there are some very eerie and undeniable symbolisms and "coincidences" that aren't so coincidental after all:
The event took place on March 22, or "322";
"322" is often associated with the secret society "Skull and Bones"; the same organization corresponding with 911
Just another random event? Or a perpetrated false-flag mental psy-op, staged, funded, and planned AHEAD of time?
Clinton Email Reveals: Google Sought Overthrow Of Syria's Assad + Robert Kennedy Jr. Just Dropped A Truth Bomb: 'Pipeline War' Is At The Roots Of Syrian Crisis
March 23 2016 | From: WashingtonExaminer / Infowars
Google in 2012 sought to help insurgents overthrow Syrian President Bashar Assad, according to State Department emails receiving fresh scrutiny this week.
Messages between former secretary of state Hillary Clinton's team and one of the company's executives detailed the plan for Google to get involved in the region.
A story largely ignored by the corporate media reveals the tech company Google offered to help Secretary of State Clinton overthrow Bashar al-Assad by developing an app to track defections from the Syrian government.
Jared Cohen, the head of what was then the company's "Google Ideas" division, wrote in a July 2012 email to several top Clinton officials.
“Please keep close hold, but my team is planning to launch a tool... that will publicly track and map the defections in Syria and which parts of the government they are coming from."
"Our logic behind this is that while many people are tracking the atrocities, nobody is visually representing and mapping the defections, which we believe are important in encouraging more to defect and giving confidence to the opposition,"Cohen said, adding that the plan was for Google to surreptitiously give the tool to Middle Eastern media.
"Given how hard it is to get information into Syria right now, we are partnering with Al-Jazeera who will take primary ownership over the tool we have built, track the data, verify it, and broadcast it back into Syria," he said.
The message was addressed to deputy secretary of state Bill Burns; Alec Ross, a senior Clinton advisor; and Clinton's deputy chief of staff, Jake Sullivan. Sullivan subsequently forwarded Cohen's proposal to Clinton, describing it as "a pretty cool idea."
Cohen worked as a member of the secretary of state's policy planning staff from 2006 to 2010, when he was hired to lead Google Ideas, but was tied to using social media to incite uprisings even before he left the department.
He once reportedly asked Twitter CEO Jack Dorsey to hold off of conducting system maintenance that officials believed could have impeded a brief 2009 uprising in Iran, and Julian Assange, who founded the secret-leaking website WikiLeaks, has for years referred to Cohen as Google's "director of regime change."
In her book No Higher Honor Condoleezza Rice spoke fondly of Cohen, describing him as a “young gun” and said his work in social media;
“Would pay off handsomely… when Twitter and Facebook became accelerants of democratic change in the Middle East.”
Social media played a predominant role in the so-called “Arab Spring,” the concerted effort by the State Department, the Endowment for Democracy, USAID, the International Republican Institute, the National Democratic Institute and Freedom House to violently overthrow governments in the Middle East and North Africa.
In addition to Google, Facebook and Twitter were also involved in the effort to undermine governments in the region.
The exchange on Syria was highlighted by Wikileaks on Saturday. Earlier in the week, the site posted more than 30,000 emails that Clinton sent or received during her tenure leading the State Department.
Robert Kennedy Jr. Just Dropped A Truth Bomb: 'Pipeline War' Is At The Roots Of Syrian Crisis
The individual is handicapped by coming face to face with a conspiracy so monstrous he cannot believe it exists. The mind simply has not come to a realization of the evil which has been introduced into our midst. It rejects even the assumption that human creatures could espouse a philosophy which must ultimately destroy all that is good and decent.
Radio Sputnik discusses the origins of the Syrian crisis with Robert F. Kennedy Jr., attorney and nephew of US President John Fitzgerald Kennedy.
Kennedy writes that the US decided to remove Syrian President Bashar al-Assad from power after he refused to back a Qatari gas pipeline project. Sputnik also touched upon US foreign policy, the refugee crisis and why Donald Trump would be a better president than Ted Cruz and Marco Rubio.
Nicky Hager’s attention is turning towards Westpac Bank’s handing over of his bank records after watching police smash 213 times a hard drive containing his material.
About 17 months after police raided the Dirty Politics author’s home, Mr Hager and one of his lawyers, Steven Price, watched a hard drive and memory card containing copies of seized data get destroyed in the High Court at Auckland.
The pair also collected a computer and other equipment taken by police during what Mr Hager called a “Rambo” raid, after it was last year ruled unlawful.
Mr Hager fought for two months to get permission for the media to watch the copies being destroyed, without success.
But afterwards, he said it was an “amazing day” and he felt like he was “watching history.”
“We went down to the basement of the High Court building here, into this little narrow room, without lights on, and the police held torches around while one of the detectives, in fact the detective who was in charge of removing stuff from my house was there, while he destroyed the materials they had copied from the house.”
Mr Hager says the detective took to the hard drive 213 times with a hammer, before cutting holes in it with a bolt-colter.
But while he is “absolutely confident” the material was not tampered with while sitting at court, his attention now turns to other areas where he says the police were “tricky.”
Mr Price says there will likely be a further hearing later this year regarding further aspects of the case.
“The main thing that’s going on is the question whether it’s lawful for the police to go to banks and get them to turn over someone’s bank records, as they did with Nicky, without a court order.
That’s something that might affect thousands of people.”
Keith Locke: Hard To Spy Gains From Five Eyes March 22 2016 | From: KeithLocke
This article of mine [Keith Locke - former Green MP] was published in the New Zealand Herald on 15 March 2016. It was in response to the report of Intelligence and Security Agencies Review, released on 9 March.
The intelligence services report by Sir Michael Cullen and Dame Patsy Reddy sheds more light on the GCSB’s work with the Five Eyes network, but it also leaves several questions unanswered. Since the Snowden revelations there has been a concern that our Government Communications Security Bureau is involved in “mass surveillance”. The Government has denied that it is.
Cullen and Reddy describe how the GCSB collects communications from the geo-stationary satellites visible from its station at Waihopai, near Blenheim.
First; the bureau:
"Intercepts a set of communications, most of which will be of no relevance and will be discarded without ever being examined by the [GCSB] analyst. This is the haystack in which the needle must be found.”
“The GCSB filters intercepted material for relevance using search terms.”
These search terms could be subjects or groups and could take in lot of people, some of whom would be New Zealanders.
Although the GCSB is supposed to be targeting “foreign intelligence” it is not illegal for it to retain Waihopai’s intercept intelligence on New Zealanders if it was “incidentally obtained intelligence”, that is, if the New Zealanders weren’t a specific target, and the intelligence was relevant to the GCSB’s security objectives.
In addition, many New Zealanders can legally be targeted by the GCSB as “foreign persons” if they are active in “foreign organisations”, the definition of which is broad enough to include Greenpeace or the New Zealand subsidiary of a multi-national corporation. Former Prime Minister Jenny Shipley qualifies as a “foreign person” because she is on the board of the China Construction Bank.
The Cullen/Reddy report removes the problem of “mass surveillance” by saying it “suggests a kind of active monitoring of the general population that does not occur”.. [not true].
However, I don’t think any critic of government surveillance has ever envisaged the surveillance going that far [not true].
An over-the-top definition of mass surveillance avoids the reality of a mass collection of communications data at Waihopai and the possibility that the international phone calls or emails of any New Zealander could be caught in the net, accidentally or not. In theory, their communications could be subsequently analysed by a GCSB operative.
The next question is what happens to the “haystack” of communications collected at the Waihopai spy station. The report says that most of these communications “will be of no relevance and will be discarded without ever being examined by an analyst”.
They may be discarded by the analyst, but to what extent are they stored, either here or overseas, for later mining by the GCSB or its Five Eyes partners? We know that the US National Security Agency has access to raw communications from its Five Eyes partners, and that it stores billions of communications for later analysis.
This is relevant to the concern, correctly raised by Cullen and Reddy, that close co-operation with Five Eyes partners “creates a risk of some loss of independence, both operationally and potentially also in relation to our intelligence, defence and foreign policy settings”. Our national interests “do not and cannot exactly coincide with those of any other country”.
The reality is that when New Zealand is sharing raw communications data with other Fives Eyes partners some of the intelligence they glean from it will be used for foreign policy objectives which are not the same as New Zealand’s.
But this seems to be a secondary consideration to the net benefit Cullen and Reddy say New Zealand receives from Five Eyes intelligence sharing. It is hard to judge this as any benefits are largely invisible to the public.
Have any terrorist plots been found? Not as far as we know. Have our trade interests been advanced? No one has pointed out how. Has our diplomacy been assisted? I can’t see any evidence.
Yet the downside of New Zealand’s participation in Five Eyes surveillance is substantial. There was a cool reception in Beijing when the Snowden papers revealed the GCSB’s spying on China. Joining intelligence forces with America against China is hardly the way to optimise our trade with that important country.
New Zealand’s ambassador was called in to the Brazilian foreign ministry when it was revealed the GCSB had been gathering Five Eyes intercept data on Brazilian Roberto Azevedo in an unsuccessful attempt to stop him heading off our Trade Minister Tim Groser to become Director-General of the WTO.
Yes, we need to be concerned about possible terrorist activity. But do we need to be in the Five Eyes to detect any plots? The reality is that the police and intelligence forces of friendly nations share information on terrorism (and other international crime) regardless of who is in or out of the Five Eyes.
I don’t think Cullen and Reddy make much of a case for us to stay in this five-nation spy network.
Not long ago, Chocolate Oligarchs and their fascist gendarmes seized Ukraine’s fertile wheat and barley fields, whilst bankster-funded Islamist rebels took Mosul & the adjacent Kirkuk oilfield – one of the world’s largest – for Exxon Mobil.
BRIC nations saw imperial over-reach and, led by Putin, busied themselves preparing for the slow-motion unraveling of the Anglo-American financial empire.
The Rothschild / Rockefeller / banking / energy / arms / drugs oligopoly that has enslaved humankind and decimated planet earth for the last few centuries is coming apart at the seams. The arrogance and stupidity of the self-proclaimed “illuminated ones”, who operate their matrix from the city of London, is being writ large for all to see.
Their Mideast gendarmes Israel & Saudi Arabia now falter.
A while back, troops from Saudi Arabia and the United Arab Emirates (UAE) entered Bahrain to help the al-Khalifa petro-monarchy put down pro-democracy protests. This intervention – condoned by Western powers – represented a last-ditch effort at salvaging the Gulf Cooperation Council (GCC) – the chief neocolonial modus operandi which underwrites the London eurodollar money laundering scheme while propping up both the pound and the dollar.
But heads of monarchs will soon roll. The people of the GCC nations remain restless, particularly in Saudi Arabia and Bahrain. It was no coincidence that the unstable House of Saud financed Syrian rebels, sent them to destabilize Iraq, then launched a ruthless bombing campaign in Yemen.
Things on the Saudi domestic front are a bit dicey for the embattled and divided royals. It is important to know how we got here:
The six GCC nations- Saudi Arabia, Kuwait, Bahrain, UAE, Qatar and Oman- sit atop 42% of the world’s oil.
The single-family monarchies that control them were hand-picked by the British Empire. They work in tandem with Israel to steal crude oil from the Arab people. They, not China or Japan, are the biggest purchasers of US Treasuries. Their interests lie not with their people, but with the City of London and Wall Street.
The bloodline elite of the six GCC nations are heavily invested in Western economies. High volume crude oil production keeps this investment capital flowing to Wall Street and the City of London while allowing the GCC elites to live opulent lifestyles. As Saudi Oil Minister Hisham Nazer put it, “We now have a mutual bond of self-interest and reciprocal security interests.”
As Western dependence on Third World resources has increased, it has become increasingly necessary for the international bankers and their corporations to include local elite cliques in their capital accumulation schemes, making a small group of local people extremely wealthy so that this group will cooperate in selling local resources cheaply to the West.
An example of this utilization of local elites as surrogates can be seen through the case of the richest man in the world. He is Sultan Hassanal Bolkiah- Sultan of Brunei- a tiny oil enclave on the island of Borneo, where Royal Dutch/Shell holds a virtual monopoly over the oil industry and has paid the Sultan well to keep it that way. The Sultan of Brunei is worth over $60 billion and lives in a 1,778-room palace.
These local elite, in turn, hand over their wealth to Western bankers for protection from devaluation and bank failure. This robs their home country of much-needed capital and often precipitates devaluation and debt crises. The US has itself become a debtor nation and owes its debts, in part, to these same Third World elites, who own trillions on deposit at large US banks, while their fellow countrymen live in abject poverty.
Egyptian elites, for example, hold $60 billion in deposits in foreign banks, while the average Egyptian earns $650/year. In the case of the GCC, the amount of recycled petrodollars flowing back into Western investments is truly staggering.
The Saudis have over $600 billion invested abroad. Citigroup owns 33% of the Saudi American Bank but is itself now controlled by members of the House of Saud. In 1993 Saudi Prince al-Waleed bin Talal, owner of Saudi Commercial Bank, plunged $590 million into Citibank.
Bin Talal now owns 17.34% of Citigroup, while Crown Prince Abdullah owns a 5.4% share, making them the bank’s two largest shareholders. Bin Talal is also the 2nd largest shareholder in Rupert Murdoch’s Newscorp, parent of both Fox News and the Wall Street Journal.
The Saudi Citigroup share purchases were facilitated by the Washington-based Carlyle Group, which is 20%-owned by the Mellon family that owned Gulf Oil and now owns a large chunk of Chevron Texaco.
Carlyle is led by former Reagan and Bush Defense Secretary and Reagan NSC Chairman Frank Carlucci. George Bush Sr., James Baker III and former British Prime Minister John Major are senior advisers and board members at Carlyle. Bush Sr. served as Carlyle investment advisor to the bin Laden family until November 2001.
In 1995 Prince bin Talal teamed up with Canadian developer Paul Reichmann, Loews chairman Larry Tisch and Lebanese financier Edmund J. Safra- a close friend of war-criminal Henry Kissinger- to buy London’s Canary Wharf complex for $1.04 billion.
UAE ruling Sheik Zayed runs the Abu Dhabi Investment Authority. Much of its money is handled by private investment and equity firms like Carlyle Group and Donaldson, Lufkin & Jenrette- which is 18% owned by the Saudi Olayan Group. Olayan also owns big chunks of JP Morgan Chase and CS First Boston. The director of the Abu Dhabi Investment Authority serves as Carlyle Group’s Asian adviser.
Bahrain plays a role in this petrodollar recycling, serving as the key unregulated offshore banking center for both the GCC sheiks and their international mega-bank partners. Bahrain is also home to the US Fifth Fleet and a large number of refineries, which process Saudi crude.
Lebanon had been the premier banking center of the Middle East in earlier days, but with Beirut reduced to rubble by Israeli shelling, merchant banking has moved to the duty-free port of Dubai in the UAE, now the biggest gold market on the planet. Investment banking is centered in Kuwait.
But it is Bahrain which is home to the vast multi-billion dollar pool of money market funds derived from GCC/Four Horsemen petrodollar revenues. Most banks in Bahrain are foreign-owned and all US mega-banks have operations there. Many of Bahrain’s banks are owned by GCC elite and serve as a major conduit in the petrodollar recycling process.
The Kuwait Burgan Bank, for example, owns a 28% stake in one of Bahrain’s largest banks- the Middle Eastern Bank.
The most powerful firm in Bahrain is Investcorp, which took big stakes in Saks Fifth Avenue, BAT, Tiffany, Gucci, Color Tile, Carvel Ice Cream, Dellwood Foods, New York Department Store of Puerto Rico, Circle K and Chaumet. Investcorp was co-founded in 1983 by Bahrain ruling family scion Sheik Khalifa bin Sulman al-Khalifa- who also owned a big chunk of the infamous BCCI.
The story of the BCCI was told in the thriller movie 'The International'
A recent Investcorp prospectus lists the Bahrain Minister of Finance as an owner.
Investcorp’s chairman is Abdul-Rahman Al-Ateeqi, former Oil and Finance Minister of Kuwait. Its Vice-President is Ahmed Ali Kanoo of the wealthy Saudi Kanoo family, which is worth an estimated $1.5 billion.
Former Saudi Oil Minister Sheik Yamani was one of Investcorp’s founding shareholders, along with seven members of the Saudi royal family.
Investcorp has its eight-story headquarters in Bahrain, along with a Park Avenue New York office and a Mayfair district office in London.
Sheik al-Khalifa’s partner in launching Investcorp was Nemir Kirdar, the bank’s president who was in charge of Chase Manhattan’s Persian Gulf operations. Numerous Investcorp senior executives are Chase alumni as well.
Many Investcorp purchases turned out to be flops and there is a shady side to the bank.
French jeweler Chaumet executive Charles Lefevre said Investcorp fudged Chaumet numbers to entice shareholders while trying to pawn its shares off at a higher price to other Persian Gulf investors.
Another complaint alleged that Investcorp attempted to loot the Saudi European Bank in Paris.
Investcorp board member Abdullah Taha Bakhsh, a reclusive Saudi billionaire, invested heavily in George W. Bush’s Harken Energy.
So did Bahrain’s ruling Sheik al-Khalifa. Bush and co-owner Dick Cheney morphed their Arbusto Energy into Harken when Bush friend James Bath provided them with $50,000 in seed money.
Bath owned Skyway Aircrafts and was under investigation by the DEA for working with GCC sheiks in flying $100 bills to the Cayman Islands. Since Bath often borrowed money from Saudi Sheiks Khalid bin Mahfouz- BCCI’s largest shareholder- and Mohammed bin Laden, these wealthy Saudis likely provided the $50,000 in seed money to launch what became Harken Energy.
Bin Mahfouz and bin Laden helped Harken sign an exclusive offshore oil drilling agreement just prior to the Gulf War. In January 1990 President Bush Sr. had approved preferential trade status for the Iraqi regime. That very same month Harken Energy was awarded the biggest offshore oil concession ever in the Persian Gulf off the coast of Bahrain.
Other notable Harken investors included the Ft. Worth-based Bass brothers, the South African Rupert family, the Harvard Endowment Fund, and Rothschild lieutenant George Soros.
In 1989 the government of Bahrain abruptly cut off talks with Amoco concerning the same oil concession after Emir al-Khalifa decided to grant it instead to Harken Energy at the urging of Mobil’s Middle East operation’s chief Michael Ameen. Financing for the project was arranged by Bush Jr. friend Jackson Stephens, the Arkansas owner of Worthen Bank who was instrumental in bringing BCCI to the US and who donated $100,000 to the Bush Sr. 1988 Presidential Campaign.
New York attorney Allen Quasha and his father William Quasha of Manila helped swing the Harken deal with Bahrain. In 1961 Bill Quasha helped George Bush Sr. secure rights to drill the first oil well in Kuwait via Zapata Offshore Oil Company. Later Quasha served as legal counsel to the CIA drug laundry Nugan Hand Bank in the Philippines.
His son Allen became the biggest stockholder in Harken The Quasha’s own 21% of a Swiss company controlled by the South African Rupert family, who were major backer’s of that country’s former apartheid regime.
Just one month before Iraq invaded Kuwait, George W. Bush sold 66% of his stake in Harken Energy at a 200% profit. While stock analysts like Charlie Andrews of 13D Research were putting out “buy” recommendations on Harken, on June 22, 1990 Bush cashed in $840,000 in Harken stock, later saying he “sold into good news”. Bush knew that Harken had violated the terms of a loan package and was now on the ropes financially. Five weeks later Harken reported a $23 million loss and its stock price crashed.
Bush didn’t report his timely Harken Energy stock sale until March 1991. This was illegal, but Bush claimed the SEC had misplaced the forms and was never prosecuted. In 1993 Bush stepped down from Harken’s board. With heavy financial backing from Enron, he became Governor of Texas.
Bush was defended during the Harken scam by Baker Botts lawyer Robert Jordan, who was paid back in 2000 with an appointment as US Ambassador to Saudi Arabia.
The forgiving SEC chief during the Harken debacle was Richard Breeden, one of Bush Sr.’s biggest political supporters.
SEC counsel was James Doty, another Bush supporter who helped George W. buy the Texas Rangers baseball team.
When George W. Bush merged Harken with Spectrum 7 Energy, he brought in Investcorp insider Abdullah Taha Bakhsh, who bought 17.6% of Harken through a Netherlands Antilles holding company.
Some say Baksch was a front man for Sheik Khalid bin Mahfouz. Baksch was a major investor at the Bahrain-based Investcorp, which was launched by former Chase Manhattan executives. In 1988 he looted an Arab bank in London.
Bakhsh was also accused of looting the Al Saudi Banque of Paris when it collapsed in 1988 just ahead of the strikingly similar collapse of BCCI. Bakhsh is a shareholder in First Commercial Financial Group, a Chicago-based commodity futures trading firm which was sanctioned by US regulators for check-kiting and fraud. Just before the Gulf War broke out, Investcorp sold a 25.8% share to an Iraqi company, despite a Bahrain law prohibiting such transactions.
The Saudis and Kuwaitis are the clear leaders in GCC overseas investments. The Kuwaiti Investment Authority has over $250 billion invested abroad and is the biggest foreign investor in Japan and Spain. Citigroup and JP Morgan Chase handle Kuwaiti investments in the US, where the al-Sabah clan owns stock in each of the 70 largest firms listed on the New York Stock Exchange.
Their US holdings include 100% of Occidental Geothermal, 29.8% of Great Western Resources, 100% of the Atlanta Hilton Hotel, 45% of the Phoenician Hotel and 11% of Hogg Robinson.
In Germany they own 14% of Daimler-Chrysler, 25% of Hoechst (the Nazi IG Farben spin-off and the world’s 2nd largest pharmaceutical company), 20% of Metallgesellschaft and part of German retailer Asko. In Italy they own 6.7% of Afil, the Agnelli family holding company which owns Fiat and several other endeavors.
In the UK Kuwait owns St. Martin’s Properties and 5.4% of Sime Darby. In Malaysia their K-10 company owns the biggest newspaper- the New Straits Times Press. In neighboring Singapore, the Kuwaitis own 10.6% of Singapore Petroleum, 37% of Dao Heng Holdings and 49% of the securities firm J. M. Sassoon.
Kuwait Oil Company (KOC), was technically nationalized in the early 1980’s, but remains close to its former parents- Chevron Texaco and BP Amoco- selling these two Horsemen oil at a discount. KOC made wealthy the al-Sabah emirs and the al-Ghanim family, who acted as the company’s agent for decades.
By 1966 KOC bought a Danish subsidiary and became the first Middle Eastern oil company to retail gasoline in Europe.
KOC has been the most aggressive GCC firm in its overseas downstream investments. In 1982 it bought hundreds of Q8 gas stations across Europe. By 1987 it owned over 5,000 gasoline retailers in Europe and South Asia. Just last week KOC was awarded a contract to build oil refineries in South Korea.
The Kuwaitis even bought into one of the Four Horsemen- BP Amoco. As of 1988 they owned a 22% share. They have since reduced their share to 9.85%, still a controlling interest. They purchased the Naples, Italy refining operations of Mobil, own nearly 4% of ARCO (now part of BP Amoco), and 2.39% of Phillips Petroleum (now merged with Conoco). In Spain the Kuwaitis operate the Torras Hostenchchemical firm. In Japan they operate Arabian Oil.
All told GCC investments in Western banks and corporations total in the trillions. The bulk of this is invested in long-term US and Japanese government bonds. The GCC sheiks are crucial to floating the entire house of cards that is the global economy.
Their guaranteed purchases of US debt, which has largely been accrued through defense spending in the Persian Gulf region, keep the US dollar strong and prevent the international financial architecture from crumbling.
The emirs and their elite friends also bankroll CIA covert operations, while re-balancing their trade surpluses with the West through the purchase of US weaponry to protect their oil fiefdoms.
Events in Ukraine and the Middle East have exposed the desperate position of the Rockefeller/Rothschild energy oligopoly.
Putin has just begun playing his extremely good hand of cards.
The GCC puppets remain embattled and circling the wagons. The end of the petroleum standard can only be staved off by permanent war. Strange days indeed.
The Financial System Is A Larger Threat Than Terrorism March 21 2016 | From: PaulCraigRoberts
In the 21st century we have been distracted by the hyper-expensive “war on terror.” Trillions of dollars have been added to the taxpayers’ burden and many billions of dollars in profits to the military/security complex in order to combat insignificant foreign “threats,” such as the Taliban, that remain undefeated after 15 years.
All this time the financial system, working hand-in-hand with policymakers, has done more damage to Americans than terrorists could possibly inflict.
The purpose of the Federal Reserve and US Treasury’s policy of zero interest rates is to support the prices of the over-leveraged and fraudulent financial instruments that unregulated financial systems always create.
If inflation was properly measured, these zero rates would be negative rates, which means not only that retirees have no income from their retirement savings but also that saving is a losing proposition. Instead of earning interest on your savings, you pay interest that shrinks the real value of your saving.
Central banks, neoliberal economists, and the presstitute financial media advocate negative interest rates in order to force people to spend instead of save. The notion is that the economy’s poor economic performance is not due to the failure of economic policy but to people hoarding their money.
Negative interest rates, which have been introduced in some countries such as Switzerland and threatened in other countries, have caused people to avoid the tax on bank deposits by withdrawing their savings from banks in large denomination bills. In Switzerland, for example, demand for the 1,000 franc bill (about $1,000) has increased sharply. These large denomination bills now account for 60% of the Swiss currency in circulation.
The response of depositors to negative interest rates has resulted in neoliberal economists, such as Larry Summers, calling for the elimination of large denomination bank notes in order to make it difficult for people to keep their cash balances outside of banks.
Other neoliberal economists, such as Kenneth Rogoff want to eliminate cash altogether and have only electronic money. Electronic money cannot be removed from bank deposits except by spending it. With electronic money as the only money, financial institutions can use negative interest rates in order to steal the savings of their depositors.
People would attempt to resort to gold, silver, and forms of private money, but other methods of payment and saving would be banned, and government would conduct sting operations in order to suppress evasions of electronic money with stiff penalties.
What this picture shows is that government, economists, and presstitutes are allied against citizens achieving any financial independence from personal saving.
Policymakers have a crackpot economic policy and those with control over your life value their scheme more than they value your welfare.
This is the fate of people in the so-called democracies. Any remaining control that they have over their lives is being taken away. Governments serve a few powerful interest groups whose agendas result in the destruction of the host economies.
The offshoring of middle class jobs transfers income and wealth from the middle class to the executives and owners of the corporation, but it also kills the domestic consumer market for the offshored goods and services. As Michael Hudson writes, it kills the host.
The financialization of the economy also kills the host and the owners of corporations as well. When corporate executives borrow from banks in order to boost share prices and their performance bonuses by buying back the publicly held stock of the corporations, future profits are converted into interest payments to banks.
The future income streams of the corporations are financialized. If the future income streams fail, the companies can be foreclosed, like homeowners, and the banks become the owners of the corporations.
Between the offshoring of jobs and the conversion of more and more income streams into payments to banks, less and less is available to be spent on goods and services. Thus, the economy fails to grow and falls into long-term decline. Today many people can only pay the minimum payment on their credit card balance.
The result is massive growth in a balance that can never be paid off. It is these people who are the least able to service debt who are hit with draconian charges. The way the credit card companies have it now, if you make one late payment or your payment is returned by your bank, you are hit for the next six months with a Penalty Annual Percentage Rate of 29.49%.
In Europe entire countries are being foreclosed. Greece and Portugal have been forced into liquidation of national assets and the social security systems. So many women have been forced into poverty and prostitution that the hourly price of a prostitute has been driven down to $4.12.
Throughout the Western world the financial system has become an exploiter of the people and a deadweight loss on economies. There are only two possible solutions. One is to break the large banks up into smaller and local entities such as existed prior to the concentration that deregulation fostered.
The other is to nationalize them and operate them solely in the interest of the general welfare of the population.
The banks are too powerful currently for either solution to occur. But the greed, fraud, and self-serving behavior of Western financial systems, aided and abeted by governments, could be leading to such a breakdown of economic life that the idea of a private financial system will become as abhorent in the future as Nazism is today.
Helicopter Money: Get Ready To Be Showered March 20 2016 | From: KiwiWatch
Day after day we are insulted by wannabe broadcasters like (in New Zealand) Paul Henry and Mike Hosking, who continue to interview ‘bank economists’ or ‘central bank analysts’ attempting to discover why the global economy is slowing down, what central bankers are doing about it and why our own economy is showing signs of this distress.
Only Luddites would interview the people who are the very cause of the problem hoping to get a glimpse of the solution.
Massive government and private debt that has spiraled hugely since the unresolved 2008 ‘Global Financial Crisis’ is the major cause of the problem. 2008 wasn’t an event with an ending. It’s continuing and just got a whole lot worse in the interim due to massive central bank money printing, zero interest rates (ZIRP), Quantative Easing (QE), now negative interest rates (NIRP) and now a war on cash.
Central bankers are out of time, clueless as to what to do. Everything they try is an experiment, the consequences are unknown. Why bother interviewing the fools causing the problem? Instead why not interview people who can come up with a non bank solution?
Spiraling debt comes from the manner in which banks create money by the Fractional Reserve system that has empowered banks to become the almighty and powerful entities, ‘too large to fail’. That is the cause of the problem along with the now massive deflationary force of an aging baby boomer generation keeping their wallets in the hip pocket, spending less.
Back in the 1970’s a local (N.Z.) politician called Bruce Beetham promoted a political party called Social Credit whose basis was that the government should be the sole creator of credit in a nation disempowering bankers out of this role.
He was maligned as a ‘funny money’ man. In hind sight this solution would have solved the problem of bankers becoming the all powerful and kept our country from being beggars in the global credit markets… controlled by banks.
But maybe, just maybe there are politicians who themselves are going to be attacked and maligned by the powerful bank lobby as ‘nutters’ are thinking about ways governments are going to monetize the debt they can’t repay. Whatever result the lunacy of central bank thinking is past the use by date.